Title:   The Doctor

Subject:  

Author:   Ralph Connor

Keywords:  

Creator:  

PDF Version:   1.2



Contents:

Page No 1

Page No 2

Page No 3

Page No 4

Page No 5

Page No 6

Page No 7

Page No 8

Page No 9

Page No 10

Page No 11

Page No 12

Page No 13

Page No 14

Page No 15

Page No 16

Page No 17

Page No 18

Page No 19

Page No 20

Page No 21

Page No 22

Page No 23

Page No 24

Page No 25

Page No 26

Page No 27

Page No 28

Page No 29

Page No 30

Page No 31

Page No 32

Page No 33

Page No 34

Page No 35

Page No 36

Page No 37

Page No 38

Page No 39

Page No 40

Page No 41

Page No 42

Page No 43

Page No 44

Page No 45

Page No 46

Page No 47

Page No 48

Page No 49

Page No 50

Page No 51

Page No 52

Page No 53

Page No 54

Page No 55

Page No 56

Page No 57

Page No 58

Page No 59

Page No 60

Page No 61

Page No 62

Page No 63

Page No 64

Page No 65

Page No 66

Page No 67

Page No 68

Page No 69

Page No 70

Page No 71

Page No 72

Page No 73

Page No 74

Page No 75

Page No 76

Page No 77

Page No 78

Page No 79

Page No 80

Page No 81

Page No 82

Page No 83

Page No 84

Page No 85

Page No 86

Page No 87

Page No 88

Page No 89

Page No 90

Page No 91

Page No 92

Page No 93

Page No 94

Page No 95

Page No 96

Page No 97

Page No 98

Page No 99

Page No 100

Page No 101

Page No 102

Page No 103

Page No 104

Page No 105

Page No 106

Page No 107

Page No 108

Page No 109

Page No 110

Page No 111

Page No 112

Page No 113

Page No 114

Page No 115

Page No 116

Page No 117

Page No 118

Page No 119

Page No 120

Page No 121

Page No 122

Page No 123

Page No 124

Page No 125

Page No 126

Page No 127

Page No 128

Page No 129

Page No 130

Page No 131

Page No 132

Page No 133

Page No 134

Page No 135

Page No 136

Page No 137

Page No 138

Page No 139

Page No 140

Page No 141

Page No 142

Page No 143

Page No 144

Page No 145

Page No 146

Page No 147

Page No 148

Page No 149

Page No 150

Page No 151

Page No 152

Page No 153

Page No 154

Page No 155

Page No 156

Page No 157

Page No 158

Page No 159

Page No 160

Page No 161

Page No 162

Page No 163

Page No 164

Bookmarks





Page No 1


The Doctor

Ralph Connor



Top




Page No 2


Table of Contents

The Doctor...........................................................................................................................................................1

Ralph Connor ...........................................................................................................................................1

I. THE OLD STONE MILL .....................................................................................................................1

II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE................................................................................................4

III. THE RAISING ...................................................................................................................................9

IV. THE DANCE ...................................................................................................................................14

V. THE NEW TEACHER.....................................................................................................................20

VI. THE YOUNG DOCTOR .................................................................................................................25

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT ..........................................................................................28

VIII. BEN'S GANG...............................................................................................................................36

IX. LOVE'S TANGLED WAYS ...........................................................................................................44

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR ..............................................................................................................48

XI. IOLA'S CHOICE .............................................................................................................................57

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE.....................................................................................................63

XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT.................................................................................73

XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN .........................................................................78

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS .....................................................................................83

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH .................................................................................................90

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH .......................................................................................................96

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST .........................................105

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK ..................................................................................................111

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN ............................................................................................119

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST ...........................................................................................129

XXII. THE HEART'S REST...............................................................................................................136

XXIII. THE LAST CALL ....................................................................................................................146

XXIV. FOR LOVE'S SAKE ................................................................................................................162


The Doctor

i



Top




Page No 3


The Doctor

Ralph Connor

I. THE OLD STONE MILL 

II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE 

III. THE RAISING 

IV. THE DANCE 

V. THE NEW TEACHER 

VI. THE YOUNG DOCTOR 

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 

VIII. BEN'S GANG 

IX. LOVE'S TANGLED WAYS 

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 

XI. IOLA'S CHOICE 

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 

XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT 

XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN 

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS 

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH 

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S  NEST 

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST 

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 

XXIV. FOR LOVE'S SAKE  

THE DOCTOR

A TALE OF THE ROCKIES

I. THE OLD STONE MILL

There were two ways by which one could get to the Old Stone Mill.  One, from the sideroad by a lane which,

edged with grassy, flower  decked banks, wound between snake fences, along which straggled  irregular

clumps of hazel and blue beech, dogwood and thorn bushes,  and beyond which stretched on one side fields of

grain just heading  out this bright June morning, and on the other side a long strip of  hay fields of mixed

timothy and red clover, generous of colour and  perfume, which ran along the snake fence till it came to a

potato  patch which, in turn, led to an orchard where the lane began to  drop  down to the Mill valley. 

At the crest of the hill travellers with even the merest embryonic  aesthetic taste were forced to pause.  For

there the valley with  its  sweet loveliness lay in full view before them.  Far away to the  right,  out of an angle in

the woods, ran the Mill Creek to fill the  pond  which brimmed gleaming to the green bank of the dam.  Beyond

The Doctor 1



Top




Page No 4


the pond  a sloping grassy sward showed green under an open beech  and maple  woods.  On the hither side of

the pond an orchard ran  down hill to the  water's edge, and at the nearer corner of the dam,  among a clump of

ancient willows, stood the Old Stone Mill, with  house attached, and  across the mill yard the shed and barn, all

neat as a tidy housewife's  kitchen.  To the left of the mill, with  its green turfclad dam and  placid gleaming

pond, wandered off  green fields of many shading  colours, through which ran the Mill  Creek, foaming as if

enraged that  it should have been even for a  brief space paused in its flow to serve  another's will.  Then,

beyond the manyshaded fields, woods again,  spruce and tamarack,  where the stream entered, and maple and

beech on  the higher levels.  That was one way to the mill, the way the farmers  took with their  grist or their

oats for old Charley Boyle to grind. 

The other way came in by the McKenzies' lane from the Concession  Line, which ran at right angles to the

sideroad.  This was a mere  foot path, sometimes used by riders who came for a bag of flour or  meal when the

barrel or bin had unawares run low.  This path led  through the beech and maple woods to the farther end of

the dam,  where it divided, to the right if one wished to go to the mill  yard,  and across the dam if one wished

to reach the house.  From  any point  of view the Old Stone Mill, with its dam and pond, its  surrounding  woods

and fields and orchard, made a picture of rare  loveliness, and  suggestive of deep fulness of peace.  At least,

the  woman standing at  the dam, where the shade of the willows fell,  found it so.  The  beauty, the quiet of the

scene, rested her; the  full sweet harmony of  those many voices in which Nature pours forth  herself on a

summer day,  stole in upon her heart and comforted her.  She was a woman of striking  appearance.  Tall and

straight she  stood, a figure full of strength;  her dark face stamped with  features that bespoke her Highland

ancestry, her black hair shot  with silver threads, parting in waves  over her forehead; her eyes  deep set, black

and sombre, glowing with  that mystic light that  shines only in eyes that have for generations  peered into the

gloom  of Highland glens. 

"Ay, it's a bonny spot," she sighed, her rugged face softening as  she gazed.  "It's a bonny spot, and it would be

a sore thing to  part  it." 

As she stood looking and listening her face changed.  Through the  hum of the mill there pierced now and then

the notes of a violin. 

"Oh, that weary fiddle!" she said with an impatient shake of her  head.  But in a few moments the impatience

in her face passed into  tender pity.  "Ah, well, well," she sighed, "poor man, it is the  kind  heart he has,

whateffer." 

She passed down the bank into the house, then through the large  livingroom, speckless in its thrifty order,

into a longer room  that  joined house to mill.  She glanced at the tall clock that  stood beside  the door.  "Mercy

me!" she cried, "it's time my own  work was done.  But I'll just step in and see"  She opened the  door leading

to the  mill and stood silent.  A neat little man with  cheery, rosy face,  cleanshaven, and with a mass of curly

hair  tinged with grey hanging  about his forehead, was seated upon a  chair tipped back against the  wall,

playing a violin with great  vigour and unmistakable delight. 

"The mill's aworkin', mother," he cried without stopping his  flying fingers, "and I'm keepin' my eye upon

her." 

She shook her head reproachfully at her husband.  "Ay, the mill is  workin' indeed, but it's not of the mill

you're thinking." 

"Of what then?" he cried cheerily, still playing. 

"It is of that raising and of the dancing, I'll be bound you." 


The Doctor

The Doctor 2



Top




Page No 5


"Wrong, mother," replied the little man exultant.  "Sure you're  wrong.  Listen to this.  What is it now?" 

"Nonsense," cried the woman, "how do I know?" 

"But listen, Elsie, darlin'," he cried, dropping into his Irish  brogue.  "Don't you mind" and on he played for

a few minutes.  "Now  you mind, don't you?" 

"Of course, I mind, 'The Lass o' Gowrie.'  But what of it?" she  cried, heroically struggling to maintain her

stern appearance. 

But even as she spoke her face, so amazing in its power of swiftly  changing expression, took on a softer look. 

"Ah, there you are," cried the little man in triumph, "now I know  you remember.  And it's twentyfour years

tomorrow, Elsie,  darlin',  since"  He suddenly dropped his violin on some meal bags  at his side  and sprang

toward her. 

"Go away with you."  She closed the door quickly behind her.  "Whisht now!  Be quate now, I'm sayin'.  You're

just as foolish as  ever you were." 

"Foolish?  No mother, not foolish, but wise yon time, although it's  foolish enough I've been often since.  And,"

he added with a sigh,  "it's not much luck I've brought you, except for the boys.  They'll  do, perhaps, what I've

not done." 

"Whisht now, lad," said his wife, patting his shoulder gently, for  a great tenderness flowed over her eloquent

face.  "What has come  to  you today?  Go away now to your work," she added in her former  tone,  "there's the

hay waiting, you know well.  Go now and I'll  watch the  grist." 

"And why would you watch the grist, mother?" said a voice from the  mill door, as a young man of eighteen

years stepped inside.  He was  his mother's son.  The same swarthy, rugged face, the same deep  set,  sombre

eyes, the same suggestion of strength in every line of  his  body, of power in every move he made and of

passion in every  glance.  "Indeed, you will do no such thing.  Dad'll watch the  grist and I'll  slash down the hay

in no time.  And do you know,  mother," he continued  in a tone of suppressed excitement, "have you  heard the

big news?"  His mother waited.  "He's coming home today.  He's coming with the  Murrays, and Alec will

bring him to the  raising." 

A throb of light swept across the mother's face, but she only said  in a voice calm and steady, "Well, you'd

better get that hay down.  It'll be late enough before it is in." 

"Listen to her, Barney," cried her husband scornfully.  "And she'll  not be going to the raising today, either.

The boy'll be home by  one  in the morning, and sure that's time enough." 

Barney stood looking at his mother with a quiet smile on his face.  "We will have dinner early," he said, "and

I'll just take a turn at  the hay." 

She turned and entered the house without a word, while he took down  the scythe from its peg, removed the

blade from the snath and  handed  it to his father. 

"Give it a turn or two," he said; "you're better than me at this." 

"Here then," replied his father, handing him the violin, "and  you're better at this." 


The Doctor

The Doctor 3



Top




Page No 6


"They would not say so tonight, Dad," replied the lad as he took  the violin from his father's hands, looking it

over reverently.  In  a  very few minutes his father came back with the scythe ready for  work;  and Barney,

fastening it to the snath, again set off up the  lane. 

II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE

Two hours later, down from the dusty sideroad, a girl swinging a  milk pail in her hand turned into the mill

lane.  As she stepped  from  the glare and dust of the highroad into the lane, it seemed as  if  Nature had been

waiting to find in her the touch that makes  perfect;  so truly, in all her fresh daintiness, did she seem a bit  of

that  green shady lane with its sweet fragrance and its fresh  beauty. 

It had taken sixteen years of wholesome country life to round that  supple form into its firm lines of grace, and

to tint those moulded  cheeks with the dainty bloom that seemed a reflection from the  thistle heads that

nodded at her through the snake fence.  It had  taken sixteen years of purehearted, joyous living to lend those

eyes, azure as the sky above, their brave, clear glance; sixteen  years of unsullied maidenhood to endow her

with that divine  something  of mystery which, with its shy reserve and fearless  trust, awakens  reverence and

rebukes impurity as with the vision of  God. 

Her sunbonnet, fallen back from her yellow hair, shining golden in  the sun, revealed a face strong, brave and

kind, with just a touch  of  pride.  The pride showed most, however, in the poise of her head  and  the carriage of

her shoulders.  But when the mobile lips parted  in a  smile over the straight rows of white teeth one forgot the

pride and  thought only of the soft persuasive lips. 

As she sprang up the green turf, she drew in deep breaths of  cloverscented air, and exclaimed aloud, "Oh,

this is good!"  She  peeped through the snake fence at the luscious rich masses of red  clover.  "What a bed!" she

cried; "I believe I'll try it."  Over  the  fence she sprang, and in a thorn tree's shade, deep in the  fragrant

blossoms, she stretched herself at full length upon her  back.  For  some minutes she lay in the luxury of that

fragrant bed  looking up  through the spreading thorn tree branches to the blue  sky with its  floating, fleecy

clouds far overhead.  The lazy drone  of the bees in  the clover beside her, the languorous summer airs  swaying

into gentle  nodding the timothy stalks just above her head,  and all the soothing  sounds of a summer morning,

that manyvoiced  choir that sings to the  great God Nature's glad content that all is  so very good, rested and

comforted the girl's heart and body,  making her know as she had not  known before how very weary she had

been and how deep an ache her  heart had held. 

"Oh, it's good!" she cried again, stretching her hands at full  length above her head.  "I wish I could stay for

one whole day,  just  here in the clover with the bees and the birds and the trees  and the  clouds and the blue

sky, no children, no dinner, no tidying  up." 

As she lay there it seemed to her as if she had thrown off for the  moment the load she had been carrying for

many months.  For a year  she had tried to fill in the minister's household her mother's  place.  Without a day's

warning the burden had been laid upon her  shoulders,  but with the fine courage that youth and love combine

to  give, denying  herself even the poor luxury of indulgence of the  grief that had  fallen upon her young heart,

she had given herself,  without thought of  anything heroic in her giving, to the caring for  the house and the

household, and the comforting as best she could  of her father,  suddenly bereft of her who had been to him not

wife  alone, but comrade  and counsellor as well.  Without a thought, she  had at once  surrendered all the bright

plans that she, with her  mother, had  cherished for the cultivation of her varied talents,  and had turned to  the

dull, monotonous routine of household duties  with never a thought  but that she must do it.  There was no one

else. 

"I believe I am tired," she said again aloud; then letting her  heart follow her eyes into and beyond the blue


The Doctor

II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE 4



Top




Page No 7


above her, she cried  softly, "O mother, how tired you must have been with it all, and  how  much you did for

me!  For me, great, big lump that I am!  Dear  little  mother.  Oh, if I had only known!  Oh, we were all so

thoughtless!"  She stretched up her hands again to the blue sky  with its fleecy  clouds.  "For your sake, mother

dear," she  whispered.  Not often had  any seen those brave eyes dim with tears.  Not often since that day  when

they had carried her mother out from  the Manse and left her  behind with the weeping, clinging children,  and

even now she hastily  wiped the tears away, chiding herself the  while.  "I never saw HER  cry," she said to

herself, "not once,  except for some of us.  And I  will try.  I MUST try.  It is hard to  give up," and again the

tears  welled up in the brave blue eyes.  "Nonsense," she cried impatiently,  sitting up straight, "don't be a  big,

selfish baby.  They're just the  dearest little darlings in the  world, and I'll do my best for them." 

Her moment of selfpity was gone in a flood of shamed indignation.  She locked her hands round her knees

and looked about her.  "It is  a  beautiful world after all.  And how near the beauty is to us;  just  over the fence

and you are in the thick of it.  Oh, but this  is  great!"  Once more she rolled in an ecstasy of luxurious delight  in

the clover and lay again supine, revelling in that riot of  caressing  sounds and scents. 

"Kirrrinkachink, kirrrinkachink" 

She sprang up alert and listening.  "That is old Charley, I  suppose, or Barney, perhaps, sharpening his scythe."

She climbed  up  the conveniently jutting ends of the fence rails and looked over  the  field. 

"It's Barney," she said, shading her eyes with her hand; "I wonder  he does not cut his fingers."  She sat herself

down upon the top  rail  and leaned against the stake. 

"My! what a sweep," she said in admiring tones as the young man  swayed to and fro in all the rhythmic grace

of the mower's stride,  swinging easily now backward the curving blade and then forward in  a  cutting sweep,

clean and swift, laying the even swath.  Alas! the  clattering machineknives have driven off from our

hayfields the  mower's art with all its rhythmic grace. 

Those were days when men were famous according as they could "cut  off the heels of a rival mower."  There

are that grieve that, one  by  one, from field and from forest, are banished those ancient arts  of  daily toil by

which men were wont to prove their might, their  skill of  hand and eye, their invincible endurance.  But there

still  offer in  life's stern daily fight full opportunity to prove manhood  in ways  less picturesque perhaps, but no

less truly testing. 

Down the swath came Barney, his sinewy body swinging in very poetry  of motion. 

"Doesn't he do it well!" said the girl, following with admiring  eyes every movement of his wellpoised

frame.  "How big he is!  Why"  and her blue eyes widened with startled surprise, "he's  almost a man!"  The

tint of the thistle bloom deepened in her  cheek.  She glanced  down and made as if to spring to the ground;

then settling herself  resolutely back against her fence stake, she  exclaimed, "Pshaw!  I  don't care.  He is just a

boy.  Anyway, I'm  not going to mind Barney  Boyle." 

On came the mower in mighty sweeps, cutting the swath clean out to  the end. 

"Well done!" cried the girl.  "You'll be cutting off Long John's  heels in a year or so." 

"A year or so!  If I can't do it today I never can.  But I don't  want to blow." 

"You needn't.  They're all talking about you, with your binding and  pitching and cradling, and what not." 

"They are, are they?  Who is good enough to waste breath on me?" 


The Doctor

II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE 5



Top




Page No 8


"Oh, everybody.  The McKenzie girls were just telling me the other  day." 

"Oh, pshaw!  I ran away from their crowd, but that's nothing." 

"And I suppose you have not an idea how nice you look as you go  swinging along?" 

"Do I?  That's the only time then." 

"Oh, now you're fishing, and I'm not going to bite.  Where did you  learn the scythe?" 

"Where?  Right here where we had to, Dick and I.  By the way, he's  coming home today."  He glanced at her

face quickly as he said  this,  but her face showed only a frank pleasure. 

"Today?  Good.  Won't your mother be glad?" 

"Yes.  And some other people, too," said Barney. 

"And who, particularly?" 

A sudden shyness seemed to seize the young man, but recovering  himself, "Well, I guess I will, myself, a

little.  This is the  first  time he has ever been away.  We never slept a night apart  from each  other as long as I

can mind till he went to college last  year.  He  used to put his arm just round me here," touching his  breast.  "I'll

tell you the first nights after he went I used to  feel for him in the  dark and be sick to find the place empty." 

"Well," said the girl doubtfully, "I hope he won't be different.  College does make a difference, you know." 

"Different!  Dick!  He'd better not.  I'll thrash the daylights out  of him.  But he won't be different.  Not to us,

nor," he added  shyly,  "to you." 

"Oh, to me?"  She laughed lightly.  "He had better not try any airs  with me." 

"What would you do?" inquired Barney.  "You couldn't take it out of  his hide." 

"Oh, I'd fix him.  I'd take him down," she replied with a knowing  shake of her head. 

"Poor Dick!  He's in for a hard time," replied Barney.  "But  nothing can change Dick.  And I am awful glad he's

coming today,  in  time for the raising, too." 

"The raising?  Oh, yes.  The McLeods'.  Yes, I remember.  And,"  regretfully, "a big supper and a big spree

afterwards in the new  barn." 

"Are not you going?" inquired Barney. 

"I don't know.  They want me to go to help, but I don't think I'll  go.  I don't think father would like me to go,

and,"a pause  "anyway, I don't think I can get away." 

"Oh, pshaw!  Get Old Nancy in.  She can take care of the children  for once.  You would like the raising.  It's

great fun." 

"Oh! wouldn't I, though?  It's fine to see them racing.  They get  so wild and yell so." 


The Doctor

II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE 6



Top




Page No 9


"Well, come on then.  You must come.  They'll all be disappointed,  if you don't.  And Dick is coming that way,

too.  Alec Murray is to  bring him on his way home from town."  Again Barney glanced keenly  at  her face, but

he saw only puzzled uncertainty there. 

"Well, I don't know.  We'll see.  At any rate, I must go now." 

"Wait," cried Barney, "I'll go with you.  We're having dinner early  today."  He hung up the scythe in the thorn

tree and threw the  stone  at the foot. 

"I wish you would promise to come," he said earnestly. 

"Do you, really?"  The blue eyes turned full upon him. 

"Of course I do.  It will be lots better fun if you are there."  The frank, boyish honesty of his tone seemed to

disappoint the blue  eyes.  Together in silence they set off down the lane. 

"Well," she said, resuming their conversation, "I don't think I can  go, but I'll see.  You'll be playing for the

dancing, I suppose?" 

"No.  I won't play if Dan is around, and I guess he'll be there.  I  may spell him a little perhaps." 

"Then you'll be dancing yourself.  You're great at that, I know." 

"Me?  Not much.  It's Dick.  Oh, he's a dandy!  He's a bird!  You  ought to see him!  I'll make him do the

Highland Fling." 

"Oh, Dick, Dick!" she cried impatiently, "everything is Dick with  you." 

Barney glanced at her, and after a moment's pause said, "Yes.  I  guess you're right.  Everything is pretty much

Dick with me.  Next  to  my mother, Dick is the finest in all the world." 

At the crest of the hill they stood looking silently upon the scene  spread out before them. 

"There," said Barney, "if I live to be a hundred years, I can't  forget that," and he waved his hand over the

valley.  Then he  continued, "I tell you what, with the moon just over the pond there  making a track of light

across the pond"  She glanced shyly at  him.  The sombre eyes were looking far away. 

"I know," she said softly; "it must be lovely." 

Through the silence that followed there rose and fell with musical  cadence a call long and clear,

"Whooohoo." 

"That's mother," said Barney, answering the call with a quick  shout.  "You'll be in time for dinner." 

"Dinner!" she cried with a gasp.  "I'll have to get my buttermilk  and other things and hurry home."  And she

ran at full speed down  the  hill and into the mill yard, followed by Barney protesting that  it was  too hot to run. 

"How are you, Mrs. Boyle?" she panted.  "I'm in an awful hurry.  I'm after father's buttermilk and that recipe,

you know." 

Mrs. Boyle's eyes rested lovingly upon her flushed face. 


The Doctor

II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE 7



Top




Page No 10


"Indeed, there's no hurry, Margaret.  Barney should not be letting  you run." 

"Letting me!" she laughed defiantly.  "Indeed, he had all he could  do to keep up." 

"And that I had," said Barney, "and, mother, tell her she must come  to the raising." 

"And are you not going?" said the older woman. 

"I don't think so.  You know fatherwell, he wouldn't care for me  to be at the dance." 

"Yes, yes, I know," quickly replied Mrs. Boyle, "but you might just  come with me and look quietly on.  And,

indeed, the change will be  doing you good.  I will just call for you, and speak to your father  this afternoon." 

"Oh, I don't know, Mrs. Boyle.  I hardly think I ought." 

"Hoots, lassie!  Come away, then, into the milkhouse." 

Back among the overhanging willows stood the little whitewashed log  milkhouse, built over a little brook

that gurgled clear and cool  over  the gravelly floor. 

"What a lovely place," said Margaret, stepping along the foot  stones. 

"Ay, it's clean and sweet," said Mrs. Boyle.  "And that is what you  most need with the milk and butter." 

She took up an earthen jar from the gravelly bed and filled the  girl's pail with buttermilk. 

"Thank you, Mrs. Boyle.  And now for that recipe for the scones." 

"Och, yes!" said Mrs. Boyle.  "There's no recipe at all.  It is  just this way"  And she elucidated the mysteries

of sconemaking. 

"But they will not taste a bit like yours, I'm sure," cried  Margaret, in despair. 

"Never you fear, lassie.  You hurry away home now and get your  dinner past, and we will call for you on our

way." 

"Here, lassie," she cried, "your father will like this.  It is only  churned th' day."  She rolled a pat of butter in a

clean linen  cloth,  laid it between two rhubarb leaves and set it in a small  basket. 

"Goodbye," said the girl as she kissed the dark cheek.  "You're  far too kind to me." 

"Poor lassie, poor lassie, I would I could be kinder.  It's a good  girl you are, and a brave one." 

"Not very brave, I fear," replied the girl, as she quickly turned  away and ran up the hill and out of sight. 

"Poor motherless lassie," said Mrs. Boyle, looking after her with  loving eyes; "it's a heavy care she has, and

the minister, poor  man,  he can't see it.  Well, well, she has the promise." 


The Doctor

II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE 8



Top




Page No 11


III. THE RAISING

The building of a bankbarn was a watershed in farm chronology.  Toward that event or from it the years took

their flight.  For many  summers the big boulders were gathered from the fields and piled in  a  long heap at the

bottom of the lane on their way to their  ultimate  destination, the foundation of the bankbarn.  During the

winter,  previous the "timber was got out."  From the forest trees,  maple,  beech or elmfor the pine was long

since gonethe main  sills, the  plates, the posts and crossbeams were squared and  hauled to the site  of the

new barn.  Hither also the sand from the  pit at the big hill,  and the stone from the heap at the bottom of  the

lane, were drawn.  And before the snow had quite gone the  lighter lumberflooring,  scantling, sheeting and

shingleswere  marshalled to the scene of  action.  Then with the spring the masons  and framers appeared and

began their work of organising from this  mass of material the  structure that was to be at once the pride of  the

farm and the symbol  of its prosperity. 

From the very first the enterprise was carried on under the  acknowledged, but none the less critical,

observation of the  immediate neighbourhood.  For instance, it had been a matter of  free  discussion whether

"them timbers of McLeod's new barn wasn't  too  blamed heavy," and it was Jack McKenzie's openly

expressed  opinion  that "one of them 'purline plates' was so allfired crooked  that it  would do for both sides at

onct."  But the confidence of  the community  in Jack Murray, framer, was sufficiently strong to  allay serious

forebodings.  And by the time the masons had set firm  and solid the  manycoloured boulders in the

foundation, the  community at large had  begun to take interest in the undertaking. 

The McLeod raising was to be an event of no ordinary importance.  It had the distinction of being, in the

words of Jack Murray,  framer,  "the biggest thing in buildin's ever seen in them parts."  Indeed, so  magnificent

were its dimensions that Ben Fallows, who  stood just five  feet in his stocking soles, and was, therefore, a  man

of considerable  importance in his estimation, was overheard to  exclaim with an air of  finality, "What! two

twentyfoot floors and  two thirtyfoot mows!  It  cawn't be did."  Such was, therefore, the  magnitude of the

undertaking, and such the farfamed hospitality of  the McLeods, that  no man within the range of the family

acquaintance who was not sick,  or away from home, or prevented by  some special act of Providence,  failed to

appear at the raising  that day. 

It was still the early afternoon, but most of the men invited were  already there when the mill people drove up

in the family democrat.  The varied shouts of welcome that greeted them proclaimed their  popularity. 

"Hello, Barney!  Goodday, Mrs. Boyle," said Mr. McLeod, who stood  at the gate receiving his guests. 

"Ye've brought the baby, I see, Charley, me boy," shouted Tom  Magee, a big, goodnatured son of Erin, the

richness of whose  brogue  twenty years of life in Canada had failed to impoverish. 

"We could hardly leave the baby at home today," replied the  miller, as with tender care he handed the green

bag containing his  precious violin to his wife. 

"No, indeed, Mr. Boyle," replied Mr. McLeod.  "The girls yonder  would hardly forgive us if Charley Boyle's

fiddle were not to the  fore.  You'll find some oats in the granary, Barney.  Come along,  Mrs. Boyle.  The wife

will be glad of your help to keep those wild  colts in order yonder, eh, Margaret, lassie?" 

"Indeed, it is not Margaret Robertson that will be needing to be  kept in order," replied Mrs. Boyle. 

"Don't you be too sure of that, Mrs. Boyle," replied Mr. McLeod.  "A girl with an eye and a chin like that may

break through any  time,  and then woe betide you." 


The Doctor

III. THE RAISING 9



Top




Page No 12


"Then I warn you, don't try the curb on me," said Margaret,  springing lightly over the wheel and turning away

with Mrs. Boyle  toward the house, which was humming with that indescribable but  altogether bewitching

medley of sounds that only a score or two of  girls overflowing with life can produce. 

"Come along, Charley," roared Magee.  "We're waitin' to make ye the  boss." 

"All right, Tom," replied the little man, with a quiet chuckle.  "If you make me the boss, here's my orders, Up

you get yourself and  take hold of the gang.  What do you say, men?" 

"Ay, that's it."  "Tom it is."  "Jump in, Tom," were the answering  shouts. 

"Aw now," said Tom, "there's better than me here.  Take Big Angus  there.  He's the man fer ye!  Or what's the

matter wid me frind,  Rory  Ross?  It's the foine boss he'd make fer yez!  Sure, he'll put  the  fire intil ye!" 

There was a general laugh at this reference to the brilliant colour  of Rory's hair and face. 

"Never you mind Rory Ross, Tom Magee," said the fieryheaded,  fieryhearted little Highlander.  "When

he's wanted, ye'll not find  him far away, I'se warrant ye." 

There was no love lost between the two men.  Both were framers,  both famous captains, and more than once

had they led the opposing  forces at raisings.  The awkward silence following Rory's hot  speech  was relieved

by Charley Boyle's ready wit. 

"We'll divide the work, boys," he said.  "Some men do the liftin'  and others the yellin'.  Tom and me'll do the

yellin'." 

A roar of laughter rose at Tom's expense, whose reputation as a  worker was none too brilliant. 

"All right then, boys," roared Tom.  "Ye'll have to take it.  Git  togither an' quit yer blowin'."  He cast an

experienced eye over  the  ground where the huge timbers were strewn about in what to the  uninitiated would

seem wild confusion. 

"Them's the sills," he cried.  "Where's the skids?" 

"Right under yer nose, Tom," said the framer quietly. 

"Here they are, lads.  Git up thim skids!  Now thin, fer the sills.  Grab aholt, min, they're not hot!  All

togitherrrheave!  Togitherrrheave!  Once more, heave!  Walk her up, boys!  Walk  her  up!  Come on,

Angus!  Where's yer porridge gone to?  Move over,  two av  ye!  Don't take advantage av a little man loike that!"

Angus was just  six feet four.  "Now thin, yer pikes!  Shove her  along!  Up she is!  Steady!  Cant her over!  How's

that, framer?  More to the east, is it?  Climb up on her, ye cats, an' dig in yer  claws!  Now thin, east wid  her!

Togitherrrheave!  Aw now,  where are ye goin'?  Don't be too  rambunctious!  Ye'll be afther  knockin' a

hole in tomorrow mornin'.  Back a little now!  Whoa!  How's that, framer?  Will that suit yer  riverence?  All

right.  Now  thin, the nixt!  Look lively there!  The  gurls are comin' down to  pick the winners, an a small chance

there'll  be fer some of yez." 

And so with this running fire of exhortation, more or less pungent,  the sills were got in place upon the walls,

pinned and spliced. 

"Now thin, min fer the bints!" 


The Doctor

III. THE RAISING 10



Top




Page No 13


The "bents" were the cross sections of heavy square timbers which,  fastened together with cross ties, formed

the framework of the  barn.  Dividing his men into groups, the bents were put together on  the barn  floor, and,

one by one, raised into their places, each one  being  firmly joined to the one previously erected. 

"Mind yer braces, now, an' yer pins!" admonished Tom.  "We don't  want no slitherin' timbers round here

when we get into the ruction  a  little later on!" 

In spite of all Tom's tumultuous vocal energy, it was nearly five  before the last bent was reached.  One by one

they had fitted into  their places, but not without some few hitches, each of which was  the  occasion for an

outburst of exhortations on the part of the  boss, more  or less sulphurous, although the presence of the ladies

interfered  very considerably with Tom's fluency in this regard.  He  worked his  men like galley slaves, and

rowed them unmercifully.  But for the most  part they took it all with good humour, though  some few who had

the  misfortune to fall specially under his tongue  began to show signs that  the lash had bitten into the raw.  The

timbers of the last bent were  specially heavy, and the men, more or  less fagged with their hard  driving, didn't

spring to their work  with the alacrity that Tom deemed  suitable. 

"At it, min!" he roared.  "Snatch it alive!  Begob, ye'd think it  was plate glass ye're liftin', ye're so tinder about

it!  Now thin!  Togitherrrheave!  Once again, heave!  Ye didn't git it an inch  that time!  Stidy there a

minute!  Here you min on that pike, what  in  the blank, blank are ye bunchin' in one ind loike a swarm av  bees

on a  cowld day!  Shift over there, will ye!" 

In obedience to the word two pikepoles were withdrawn at the same  moment, leaving only a single pike

with Big Angus and two others to  sustain the full weight of the heavy timbers.  Immediately the bent  swayed

backward as if to fall upon the throng below.  Some of the  men  sprang back from under the huge bent.  It was

a moment of  supreme  peril. 

"Howld there, fer yer lives, ye divils!" howled Tom, "or the hull  of ye'll be in hell in two howly minutes." 

At the cry Barney and Rory sprang to Angus's side and threw  themselves upon the pike.  Immediately they

were followed by  others,  and the calamity was averted. 

"Up wid her now thin, me lads, God bliss ye!" cried Tom.  But there  was a new note in Tom's voice, the note

that is heard when men  stand  in the presence of serious danger.  There was no more pause.  The bent  was

walked up to its place, pinned and made secure.  Tom  sprang down  from the building, his face white, his voice

shaking.  "Give me yer  hand, Barney Boyle, an' yours, Rory Ross, for be all  the saints an'  the Blessid Virgin,

ye saved min's lives this day!" 

Around the two crowded the men, shaking their hands and clapping  them on the back with varied

exclamations.  "You're the lads!"  "Good  boys!"  "You're the stuff!"  "Put it there!" 

"What are ye doin' to us?" cried Rory at last; "I didn't see  anything happen.  Did you, Barney?" 

"We did, though," answered the crowd. 

For once Tom Magee was silent.  He walked about among the crowd  chewing hard upon his quid of tobacco,

fighting to recover his  nerve.  He had seen as no other of the men the terrible catastrophe  from  which the men

had been saved.  It was Charley Boyle that again  relieved the strain. 

"Did any of you hear the cowbell?" he said.  "It strikes me it's  not quitting time yet.  Better get your captains,

hadn't you?" 


The Doctor

III. THE RAISING 11



Top




Page No 14


"Rory and Tom for captains!" cried a voice. 

"Not me, by the powers!" said Tom. 

"Oh, come on, Tom.  You'll be all right.  Get your men." 

"All right, am I?  Be jabbers, I couldn't hit a pin onct in the  same place, let alone twice.  By me sowl, min, it's a

splash of  blood  an' brains I've jist been lookin' at, an' that's true fer ye.  Take  Barney there.  He's the man, I kin

tell ye." 

This suggestion caught the crowd's fancy. 

"Barney it is!"  "Rory and Barney!" they yelled. 

"Me!" cried Barney, seeking to escape through the crowd.  "I have  never done anything but carry pins and

braces at a raising all my  life." 

There was a loud laugh of scorn, for no man in all the crowd had  Barney's reputation for agility, nerve and

quickness. 

"Carry pins, is it?" said Tom.  "Ye can carry yer head level, me  boy.  So at it ye go, an' ye'll bate Rory fer me,

so ye will." 

"Well then," cried Barney, "I will, if you give me first choice,  and I'll take Tom here." 

"Hooray!" yelled Tom, "I'm wid ye."  So it was agreed, and in a few  minutes the sides were chosen, little Ben

Fallows falling to Rory  as  last choice. 

"We'll give ye Ben," said Tom, whose nerve was coming back to him.  "We don't want to hog on ye too

much." 

"Never you mind, Ben," said Rory, as the little Englishman strutted  to his place among Rory's men.  "You'll

earn your supper today  with  the best of them." 

"If I cawn't hearn it I can heat it, by Jove!" cried Ben, to the  huge delight of the crowd. 

And now the thrilling moment had arrived, for from this point out  there was to be a lifeanddeath contest as

to which side should  complete each its part of the structure first.  The main plates,  the  "purline" plates, posts

and braces, the rafters and collar  beams, must  all be set securely in position.  The side whose last  man was

first  down from the building after its work was done  claimed the victory.  In two opposing lines a hundred

men stood,  hats, coats, vests and, in  case of those told off to "ride" the  plates, boots discarded.  A  brawny,

sinewy lot they were, quick of  eye and steady of nerve, strong  of hand and sure of foot, men to be  depended

upon whether to raise a  barn or to build an empire.  The  choice of sides fell to Rory, who  took the north, or

bank, side. 

"Niver fret, Barney," cried Tom Magee, who in the near approach of  battle was his own man again.  "Niver ye

fret.  It's birrds we are,  an' the more air for us the better." 

Between the sides stood the framer ready to give the word. 


The Doctor

III. THE RAISING 12



Top




Page No 15


"Aren't they splendid!" said Margaret in a low tone to Mrs. Boyle,  her cheek pale and her blue eyes blazing

with excitement.  "Oh, if  I  were only a boy!" 

"Ay," said Mrs. Boyle, "ye'd be riding the plate, I doubt." 

"Wouldn't I, though!  My! they're fine!" answered the girl, with  her eyes upon Barney.  And more eyes than

hers were upon the young  captain, whose rugged face showed pale even at that distance. 

"Now then, men," cried the framer.  "Mind your pins.  Are you  ready?" holding his hat high in the air. 

"Ready," answered Rory. 

Barney nodded. 

"Git then!" he cried, flinging his hat hard on the ground.  Like  hounds after a hare in full sight, like racers

springing from the  tape, they leaped at the timbers, every man to his place, yelling  like men possessed.  At

once the admiring female friends broke into  rival camps, wildly enthusiastic, fiercely partisan. 

"Well done, Rory!  He's up first!" cried a girl whose brilliant  complexion and still more brilliant locks

proclaimed her  relationship  to the captain of the north side. 

"Huh! Barney'll soon catch him, you'll see," cried Margaret.  "Oh,  Barney, hurry! hurry!" 

"Indeed, he will need to hurry," cried Rory's sister, mercilessly  exultant.  "He's up!  He's up!" 

Sure enough, Rory, riding the first half of his plate over the  bent, had just "broken it down," and in half a

minute, seized by  the  men detailed for this duty, it was in its place upon the posts.  Like  cats, three men with

mauls were upon it driving the pins home  just as  the second half was making its appearance over the bent, to

be seized  and placed and pinned as its mate had been. 

"He's won!  He's won!" shrieked Rory's admiring faction. 

"Barney!  Barney!" screamed his contingent reproachfully. 

"Well done, Rory!  Keep at it!  You've got them beaten!" 

"Beaten, indeed!" was the scornful reply.  "Just wait a minute." 

"They're at the 'purlines'!" shrieked Rory's sister, and her  friends, proceeding to scream wildly after the

female method of  expressing emotion under such circumstances. 

"My!" sniffed a contemptuous member of Barney's faction, suffering  unutterable pangs of humiliation.

"Some people don't mind making a  show of themselves." 

"Oh, Barney! why don't you hurry?" cried Margaret, to whose eager  spirit Barney's movements seemed

painfully and almost wilfully  slow. 

But Barney had laid his plans.  Dividing his men into squads, he  had been carrying out the policy of

simultaneous preparation, and  while part of his men had been getting the plates to their places,  others had

been making ready the "purlines" and laying the rafters  in  order so that, although beaten by Rory in the initial

stages of  the  struggle, when once his plates were in position, while Rory's  men were  rushing about in more or


The Doctor

III. THE RAISING 13



Top




Page No 16


less confusion after their  rafters, Barney's  purlins and rafters moved to their positions as  if by magic.

Consequently, though when they arrived at the rafters  Barney was half  a dozen behind, the rest of his rafters

were lifted  almost as one into  their places. 

At once the ranks of Barney's faction, which up to this point had  been enduring the poignant pangs of what

looked like humiliating  defeat, rose in a tumult of triumph to heights of bliss  inexpressible, save by a series of

earpiercing but altogether  rapturous shrieks. 

"They're down!  They're down!" screamed Margaret, dancing in an  ecstasy of joy, while hand over hand down

posts, catching at  braces,  slipping, sliding, springing, the men of both sides kept  dropping from  incredible

distances to the ground.  Suddenly through  all the  tumultuous shouts of victory a heartrending scream rang

out, followed  by a shuddering groan and dead silence.  Onehalf of  Rory's purlin  plate slipped from its

splicing, the pin having been  neglected in the  furious haste, and swinging free, fell crashing  through the

timbers  upon the scurrying, scrambling men below.  On  its way it swept off the  middle bent Rory, who was

madly entreating  a laggard to drop to the  earth, but who, flung by good fortune  against a brace, clung there.

On the plate went in its path of  destruction, missing several men by  hairs' breadths, but striking  at last with

smashing cruel force across  the ankle of poor little  Ben Fallows, in the act of sliding down a  post to the

ground.  In a  moment two or three men were beside him.  He  was lifted up groaning  and screaming and carried

to an open grassy  spot.  After some  moments of confusion Barney was seen to emerge from  the crowd and

hurry after his horse.  A stretcher was hastily knocked  together, a  mattress and pillow placed thereon, to which

Ben, still  groaning  piteously, was tenderly lifted. 

"I'll go wid ye," said Tom Magee, throwing on his coat and hat. 

Before they drove out of the yard the little Englishman pulled  himself together.  "Stop a bit, Barney," he said.

He beckoned Rory  to his side.  "Tell them," he said between his gasps, "not to spoil  their supper for me.  I

cawn't heat my share, but I guess perhaps I  hearned it." 

"And that you did, lad," cried Rory.  "No man better, and I'll tell  them." 

The men who were standing near and who had heard Ben's words broke  out into admiring expletives, "Good

boy, Benny!"  "Benny's the  stuff!" till finally someone swinging his hat in the air cried,  "Three cheers for

Benny!" and the feelings of the crowd, held in  check for so many minutes, at length found expression in three

times  three, and with the cheers ringing in his ears and with a  smile upon  his drawn face, poor Ben, forgetting

his agony for the  time, was borne  away on his threemile drive to the doctor. 

The raising was over, but no man asked which side had won. 

IV. THE DANCE

The dance was well on when Barney and Tom drove up to the McLeods'  gate.  They were met by Margaret

and Barney's mother, who, with a  group of girls and Mr. McLeod, had been waiting for them.  As they  drove

into the yard they were met at once with eager questions as  to  the condition and fate of the unhappy Ben. 

"Ben, is it?" said Tom.  "Indeed, it's a hero we've discovered.  He  stud it like a brick.  An' I'm not sure but there

are two av thim,"  he said, jerking his thumb toward Barney.  "Ye ought to have seen  him  stand there houldin'

the light an' passin' the doctor sthrings,  an'  the blood spoutin' like a stuck pig.  What happened afther,  it's

mesilf can't tell ye at all, for I was restin' quietly by  mesilf on  the floor on the broad av me back, an' naither

av thim  takin'  annythin' to do wid me except to drown me wid watther betune  times.  Indeed, it's himsilf is the

born doctor, an' so he is,"  continued  Tom, warming to his theme, "for wid his hands red wid  blood an' his


The Doctor

IV. THE DANCE 14



Top




Page No 17


face as white as yer apron, ma'am, niver a shiver did  he give until  the last knot was tied an' the last stitch was

sewed.  Bedad! there's  not a man in the county could do the same." 

There was no stopping Tom in his recital, and after many attempts  Barney finally gave it up, and began

unhitching his horse.  Meantime  the sound of the dancing had ceased, and suddenly up through the  silence

there rose a voice in song to the accompaniment of some  stringed instrument.  It was an arresting voice.  The

group about  the  horse stood perfectly still as the voice rose and soared and  sank and  rose again in an old

familiar plantation air. 

"Who in thunder is that?" cried Barney, turning to his mother. 

But his mother shook her head.  "Indeed, I know not, but it's  likely yon strange girl that came out from town

with the Murrays." 

"I know," cried Teenie Ross, Rory's sister, with a little toss of  her head, "Alec told me.  She is the girl who has

come to take the  teacher's place for a month.  She is the niece of Sheriff Hossie.  Her  father was a colonel in

the Southern army, California or  Virginia or  some place, I don't just remember.  Oh! I know all  about her,

Alec  told me," continued Teenie with a knowing shake of  her ruddy curls.  "And she'll have a string of hearts

dangling to  her apron, if she  wears one, before the month is out, so you'd  better mind out, Barney." 

But Barney was not heeding her.  "Hush!" he said, holding up his  hand, for again the voice was rising up clear

and full into the  night  silence.  Even Teenie's chatter was subdued and no one moved  till the  verse was

finished. 

"She'll be needing a boarding house, Barney," continued Teenie  wickedly.  "You'll just need to take her with

you to the Mill." 

"Indeed, and there will be no such lassie as yon in my house," said  the mother, speaking sharply. 

"She has no mother," said Margaret softly, "and she will need a  place." 

"Yes, that she will," replied Mrs. Boyle, "and I know very well  where she will be going, too, and you with

four little ones to do  for, not to speak of the minister, the hardest of the lot."  Mrs.  Boyle was evidently

seriously angered. 

"Man!  What a voice!" breathed Barney, and, making fast the horse  to the waggon, he set off for the barn

apparently oblivious of all  about him. 

"Begorra, ma'am, an' savin' yer prisince, there's nobody knows  what's in that lad.  But he'll stir the world yit,

an' so he will.  An' that's what the ould Doctor said, so it was." 

When Barney reached the barn floor the Southern girl had just  finished her song, and with her guitar still in

her hands was idly  strumming its strings.  The moonlight fell about her in a flood so  bright as to reveal the

ivory pallor of her face and the lustrous  depths of her dark eyes.  It was a face of rare and romantic beauty

framed in soft, fluffy, dark hair, brushed high off the forehead  and  gathered in a Greek knot at the back of her

head.  But besides  the  beauty of face and eyes, there was an air of gentle, appealing  innocence that awakened

the chivalrous instincts latent in every  masculine heart, and a lazy, languorous grace that set her in  striking

contrast to the alert, vigorous country maids so perfectly  able to care for themselves, asking odds of no man.

When the  singing  ceased Barney came out of the shadow at his father's side,  and,  reaching for the violin, said,

"Let me spell you a bit, Dad." 


The Doctor

IV. THE DANCE 15



Top




Page No 18


At his voice Dick, who was across the floor beside the singer,  turned quickly and, seeing Barney, sprang for

him, shouting,  "Hello!  you old whale, you!"  The father hastily pulled his  precious violin  out of danger. 

"Let go, Dick!  Let go, I tell you!" said Barney, struggling in his  brother's embrace; "stop it, now!" 

With a mighty effort he threw Dick off from him and stood on guard  with an embarrassed, halfshamed,

halfindignant laugh.  The crowd  gathered near in delighted expectation.  There was always something  sure to

happen when Dick "got after" his older brother. 

"He won't let me kiss him," cried Dick pitifully, to the huge  enjoyment of the crowd. 

"It's too bad, Dick," they cried. 

"So it is.  But I'm not going to be put off.  It's a shame!"  replied Dick, in a hurt tone.  "And me just home, too." 

"It's a mean shame, Dick.  Wouldn't stand it a minute," cried his  sympathisers. 

"I won't either," cried Dick, preparing to make an attack. 

"Look here, Dick," cried Barney impatiently, "just quit your  nonsense or I'll throw you on the floor there and

sit on you.  Besides, you're spoiling the music." 

"Well, well, that's so," said Dick.  "So on Miss Lane's account  I'll forbear, provided, that is, she sings again,

as, of course,  she  will." 

It was Dick's custom to assume command in every company where he  found himself. 

"What is it to be?  'Dixie'?" 

"Yes!  Yes!" cried the crowd.  "'Dixie.'  We'll give you the  chorus." 

After a little protest the girl struck a few chords and dashed off  into that old plantation song full of mingling

pathos and humour.  Barney picked up his father's violin, touched the strings softly  till  he found her key and

then followed in a subdued accompaniment  of weird  chords.  The girl turned herself toward him, her beautiful

face  lighting up as if she had caught a glimpse of a kindred  spirit, and  with a new richness and tenderness she

poured forth the  full flood of  her song.  The crowd were entranced with delight.  Even those who had  been

somewhat impatient for the renewal of the  dance joined in calls  for another song.  She turned to Dick, who

had resumed his place  beside her.  "Who is the man you wanted so  badly to kiss?" she asked  quietly. 

"Who?" he cried, so that everyone heard.  "What! don't you know?  That's Barney, the one and only Barney,

my brother.  Here, Barney,  drop your fiddle and be introduced to Miss Iola Lane, late from  Virginia, or is it

Maryland?  Some of those heathen places beyond  the  Dixie line." 

Barney dropped the violin from his chin, came over the floor, and  awkwardly offered his hand.  With easy,

lazy grace she rose from  the  block where she had been sitting. 

"You accompany beautifully," she said in her soft Southern drawl;  "it's in you, I can see.  No one can ever be

taught to accompany  like  that." 

"Oh, pshaw!  That's nothing," said Barney, eager to get back again  to his shadow, "but if you don't mind I'll

try to follow you if you  sing again." 


The Doctor

IV. THE DANCE 16



Top




Page No 19


"Certainly," cried Dick, "she'll sing again.  What will you give us  now, white or black?" 

"Plantation, of course," said Barney brusquely. 

"All right.  'Kentucky home,' eh?" cried Dick. 

The girl looked up at him with a saucy, defiant look.  "Do they all  obey you here?" 

"Ask them." 

"That's what," cried Alec Murray, "especially the girls." 

She hesitated a few moments, evidently meditating rebellion, then  turning to Barney, who was playing softly

the air that had been  asked  for, "You, too, obey, I see," she said. 

"Generally, always when I like," he replied, continuing to play. 

"Oh, well," shrugging her shoulders, "I suppose I must then."  And  she began: 

"The sun shines bright on de old Kentucky home." 

Again that hush fell upon the crowd.  The face of the singer, with  its dark, romantic beauty touched with the

magic of the moonlight,  the voice soft, mellow, vibrant with passion, like the deeper notes  of a 'cello,

supported by the weird chords of Barney's violin, held  them breathless.  No voice joined in the chorus.  As she

sang, the  subtle telepathic waves came back from her audience to the girl,  and  with everdeepening passion

and abandon she poured forth into  the  moonlit silence the full throbbing tide of song.  The old air,  simple  and

timeworn, took on a new richness of tone colour and a  fulness of  volume suggestive of springs of

unutterable depths.  Even Dick's gay  air of command surrendered to the spell.  As  before, silence followed  the

song. 

"But you did not do your part," she said, smiling up at him with a  very pretty air of embarrassment. 

"No," said Dick solemnly, "we didn't dare." 

"Sing again," said Barney abruptly.  His voice sounded deep and  hoarse, and Dick, looking curiously at him,

said apologetically,  "Music, when it's good, makes him quite batty." 

But Iola ignored him.  "Did you ever hear this?" she said to  Barney.  She strummed a few chords on her guitar.

"It's only a  little baby song, one my old mammy used to sing." 

"Sleep, ma baby, close youah lil winkahs fas',  Loola, Loola,  don' you gib me any sass.  Youah mammy's

ol', an' want you to de berry  las',  So, baby, honey, let dose mean ol' angels pass. 

CHORUS: 

"Sleep, ma baby, mammy can't let you go.  Sleep, ma baby, de angels  want you sho!  De angels want you,

guess I know,  But mammy hol' you,  hol' you tight jes' so. 

"Sleep, ma baby, close youah lil fingahs, Meah,  Loola, Loola,  tight about ma fingahs heah,  De dawk come

close, but baby don' you  nebbeh feah,  Youah mammy'll hol' you, hol' you till de mawn appeah. 


The Doctor

IV. THE DANCE 17



Top




Page No 20


"Sleep, ma baby, why you lie so col', so col'?  Loola, Loola, do  Massa want you for His fol'?  But, baby,

honey, don' you know youah  mammy's ol'  An' want you, want you, oh, she want you jes' to hol'." 

A long silence followed the song.  The girl laid her guitar down  and sat quietly looking straight before her,

while Barney played  the  refrain over and over.  The simple pathos of the little song,  its  tender appeal to the

motherchords that somehow vibrate in all  human  hearts, reached the deep places in the honest hearts of her

listeners  and for some moments they stood silent about her.  It was  with an  obvious effort that Dick released

the tension by crying  out, "Partners  for fourhand reel."  Instantly the company resolved  itself into  groups of

four and stood waiting for the music. 

"Strike up, Barney," cried Dick impatiently, shuffling before Iola,  whom he had chosen for his partner.  But

Barney, handing the violin  to his father, slipped back into the shadow where his mother and  Margaret were

standing.  The boy's face was pale through its  swarthy  tan. 

"Come away," he said to his mother in a strained, unnatural voice. 

"Isn't she beautiful?" cried Margaret impulsively. 

"Is she?  I didn't notice.  But great goodness!  What a voice!" 

"Um, some will be thinking so, I doubt," said Mrs. Boyle grimly,  with a sharp glance at her son. 

But Barney had become oblivious to her words and glances.  He moved  away as in a dream to make ready for

the home going of his party,  for  soon the dancers would be at Sir Roger's.  Nor did he waken  from his  dream

mood during the drive home.  He could hear Dick  chattering gaily  to Margaret and his mother of his College

experiences, but except for  an occasional word with his father he  sat in silence, gazing not upon  the fields and

woods that lay in  all their moonlit glory about them,  but upon that new world, vast,  unreal, yet vividly

present, whose  horizon lay beyond the line of  vision, the world of his imagination,  where he must henceforth

live  and where his work must lie.  For the  events of the afternoon had  summoned a new self into being, a self

unfamiliar, but real and  terribly insistent, demanding recognition.  He could not analyse  the change that had

come to him, nor could he  account for it.  He  did not try to.  He lived again those great  moments when, having

been thrust by chance into the command of these  fifty mighty men,  he had swung them to victory.  He

remembered the  ease, the perfect  harmony with which his faculties had wrought through  those few  minutes of

fierce struggle.  Again he passed through the  awful  ordeal of the operation, now holding the light, now

assisting  with  forceps or cord or needle, now sponging away that ghastly red  flow  that could not be stemmed.

He wondered now at his selfmastery.  He could see again his fingers, bloody, but unshaking, handing the  old

doctor a needle and silk cord.  He remembered his surprise and  pity, almost contempt, for big Tom Magee

lying on the floor unable  to  lift his head; remembered, too, the strange absence of anything  like  elation at the

doctor's words, "My boy, you have the nerve and  the  fingers of a surgeon, and that's what your Maker

intended you  to be." 

But he let his mind linger long and with thrilling joy through the  interlude in the dance.  Every detail of that

scene stood clearly  limned before his mind.  The bare skeleton of the new harp, the  crowding, eager, tense

faces of the listeners, his mother's and  Margaret's in the hindmost row, his brother standing in the centre

foreground, the upturned face of the singer with its pale romantic  loveliness, all in the mystery of the

moonlight, and, soaring over  all, that clear, vibrant, yet softly passionate, glorious voice.  That  was the final

magic touch that rolled back the screen and set  before  him the new world which must henceforth be his.  He

could  not explain  that touch.  The songs were the old simple airs worn  threadbare by  long use in the

countryside.  It was certainly not  the songs.  Nor was  it the singer.  Curiously enough, the girl, her  personality,

her  character, worthy or unworthy, had only a  subordinate place in his  thought.  He was conscious of her

presence  there as a subtle yet  powerful influence, but as something detached  from the upturned face  illumined


The Doctor

IV. THE DANCE 18



Top




Page No 21


in the soft moonlight and the  stream of heartshaking song.  She was to him thus far simply a  vision and a

voice, to which all the  psychic element in him made  eager response.  As he drove into the  quiet Mill yard it

came upon  him with a shock of pain that with the  old life he had done  forever.  He felt himself already

detached from  it.  The new self  looking out upon its new world had shaken off his  boyhood as the  bursting

leaf shakes off the husks of spring. 

As Dick's gay exclamation of delight at sight of the old home fell  upon his ear a deeper pain struck him, for

he vaguely felt that  while  his brother still held his place in the centre of the stage,  that  stage had

immeasurably extended and was now peopled with other  figures, shadowy, it is true, but there, and

influential.  His  brother, who with his mother, or, indeed, perhaps more than his  mother, had absorbed his

boyish devotion, must henceforth share  that  devotion with others.  Upon this thought his brother's voice  broke

in. 

"What's the matter, old chap?  Is there anything wrong?" 

The kindly tone stabbed like a knife. 

"No, no.  Nothing, Dick." 

"Yes, but there is.  You're not the same."  At the anxious appeal  in the voice Barney stood for a moment

steadily regarding his  brother, for whom he could easily give his life, with a troubled  sense of change that he

could not analyse to himself, much less  explain to his brother. 

"I don't know, DickI can't tell youI don't think I am the  same."  A look of startled dismay fell swiftly

down upon the frank,  handsome face turned toward him. 

"Have I done anything, Barney?" said the younger boy, his dismay  showing in his tone. 

"No, no, Dick, boy, it has nothing to do with you."  He put his  hands on his brother's shoulders, the nearest

thing to an embrace  he  ever allowed himself.  "It is in myself; but to you, my boy, I  am the  same."  His speech

came now hurriedly and with difficulty:  "And  whatever comes to me or to you, Dick, remember I shall never

change to  youremember that, Dick, to you I shall never change."  His breath was  coming in quick gasps.

The younger boy gazed at his  usually so  undemonstrative brother.  Suddenly he threw his arms  about his neck,

crying in a broken voice, "You won't, Barney, I  know you won't.  If  you ever do I don't want to live." 

For a single moment Barney held the boy in his arms, patting his  shoulder gently, then, pushing him back,

said impatiently, "Well, I  am a blamed old fool, anyway.  What in the diggins is the matter  with  me, I don't

know.  I guess I want supper, nothing to eat since  noon.  But all the same, Dick," he added in a steady,

matterof  fact tone,  "we must expect many changes from this out, but we'll  stand by each  other till the

world cracks." 

After Dick had gone upstairs with his father, Barney and his mother  sat together talking over the doings of

the day after their  invariable custom. 

"He is looking thin, I am thinking," said the mother. 

"Oh, he's right enough.  A few days after the reaper and a few  meals out of your kitchen, mother, and he will

be as fit as ever." 

"That was a fine work of yours with the doctor."  The indifferent  tone did not deceive her son for a moment. 


The Doctor

IV. THE DANCE 19



Top




Page No 22


"Oh, pshaw, that was nothing. At least it seemed nothing then.  There were things to be done, blood to be

stopped, skin to be sewed  up, and I just did what I could."  The mother nodded slightly. 

"You did no more than you ought, and that great Tom Magee might be  doing something better than lying on

his back on the floor like a  baby." 

"He couldn't help himself, mother.  That's the way it struck him.  But, man, it was fine to see the doctor, so

quick and so clever,  and  never a slip or a stop."  He paused abruptly and stood upright  looking  far away for

some moments.  "Yes, fine!  Splendid!" he  continued as in  a dream.  "And he said I had the fingers and the

nerve for a surgeon.  That's it.  I see nowmother, I'm going to  be a doctor." 

His mother stood and faced him.  "A doctor?  You?" 

The sharp tone recalled her son. 

"Yes, me.  Why not?" 

"And Richard?" 

Her son understood her perfectly.  His mind went back to a morning  long ago when his mother, putting his

younger brother's hand in his  as they set forth to school for the first time, said, "Take care of  your brother,

Bernard.  I give him into your charge."  That very  day  and many a day after he had stood by his brother, had

fought  for him,  had pulled him out of scraps into which the younger lad's  fiery temper  and reckless spirit

were frequently plunging him, but  never once had  he consciously failed in the trust imposed on him.  And as

Dick  developed exceptional brilliance in his school work,  together they  planned for him, the mother and the

older brother,  the mother  painfully making and saving, the brother accepting as  his part the  life of plodding

obscurity in order that the younger  boy might have  his full chance of what school and college could do  for

him.  True to  the best traditions of her race, the mother had  fondly dreamed of a  day when she should hear

from her son's lips  the word of life.  With  never a thought of the sacrifice she was  demanding, she had drawn

into  this partnership her elder son.  And  thus to the mother it seemed  nothing less than an act of treachery,

amounting to sacrilege, that  Barney for a single moment should  cherish for himself an ambition  whose

realisation might imperil his  brother's future.  Barney needed,  therefore, no explanation of his  mother's cry of

dismay, almost of  horror.  He was quick with his  answer. 

"Dick?  Oh, mother, do you think I was forgetting Dick?  Of course  nothing must stop Dick.  I can waitbut I

am going to be a  doctor." 

The mother looked into her son's rugged face, so like her own in  its firm lines, and replied almost grudgingly,

"Ay, I doubt you  will."  Then she added hastily, as if conscious of her ungracious  tone, "And what for should

you not?" 

"Thank you, mother," said her son humbly, "and never fear we'll  stand by Dick." 

Her eyes followed him out of the room and for some moments she  stood watching the door through which he

had passed.  Then, with a  great sigh, she said aloud: "Ay, it is the grand doctor he will  make.  He has the nerve

and the fingers whatever."  Then after a  pause she  added: "And he will not fail the laddie, I warrant." 

V. THE NEW TEACHER

The new teacher was distinctly phenomenal from every point of view.  Her beauty was a type quite unusual


The Doctor

V. THE NEW TEACHER 20



Top




Page No 23


where rosycheeked, deep  chested, sturdy womanhood was the rule.  Even the smallest child  was  sensible of

the fascination of her smile, which seemed to  emanate from  every feature of her face, so much so that little

Ruby  Ross was heard  to say: "And do you know, mother, she smiles with  her nose!"  The  almost timid appeal

in her gentle manner stirred  the chivalry latent  in every boy's heart.  Back of her appealing  gentleness,

however,  there was a reserve of proud command due to  the strain in her blood of  a regnant, haughty,

slaveruling race.  But in her discipline of the  school she had rarely to fall back  upon sheer authority.  She had

a  method unique, but undoubtedly  effective, based upon two fundamental  principles: regard for public

opinion, and hope of reward.  The daily  tasks were prepared and  rendered as if in the presence of the great if

somewhat vague  public which at times she individualized, as she became  familiar  with her pupils, in the

person of father or mother or  trustee, as  the case might be.  And with marvellous skill she played  this  string,

albeit occasionally she struck a false note. 

"What would your father think, Lincoln?" she inquired reproachfully  of little Link Young.  Link's father was a

typical Down Easterner,  by  name Jabez Young or, as he was more commonly known, "Maine  Jabe," for  his

fondness of his reminiscence of his native State.  "What would your  father think if he saw you act so rudely?" 

"Dad wouldn't care a dang." 

Instantly conscious of her mistake, she hastened to recover. 

"Well, Lincoln, what do you think I think?" 

Link's Yankee assurance sank abashed before this direct personal  appeal.  He hung his head in blushing

silence. 

"Do you know, Lincoln, you might come to be a right clever  gentleman if you tried hard."  A new idea lodged

itself under  Link's  red thatch of hair and a new motive stirred in his shrewd  little soul.  Here was one visibly

present whose good opinion he  valued.  At all  costs that good opinion he must win. 

The whole school was being consciously trained for exhibition  purposes.  The day would surely come when

before the eyes of the  public they would parade for inspection.  Therefore, it behooved  them  to be ready. 

But more important in enforcing discipline was the hope of reward.  This principle was robbed of its more

sordid elements by the nature  of the reward held forth.  A day of good conduct and of faithful  work  invariably

closed with an hour devoted to histrionic and  musical  exercise.  To recite before the teacher and to hear the

teacher recite  was worth considerable effort.  To sing with the  teacher was a joy,  but to hear the teacher sing

to the accompaniment  of her guitar was  the supreme of bliss.  It was not only an hour of  pleasure to the  pupils,

but an hour of training as well.  She  initiated them into the  mysteries of deep breathing, chest tones,  phrasing,

and expression,  and such was their absorbing interest in  and devotion to this study,  that in a few weeks truly

remarkable  results were obtained.  The  singing lesson invariably concluded with  a plantation song from the

teacher; and with her memorygates wide  open to the sunny South of her  childhood, and with all her soul in

her voice, she gave them her best,  holding them breathless,  laughterful, or tearchoked, according to her

mood and song. 

It was by such a song that Mr. Jabez Young, driving along the road  on his way to the store, was suddenly

arrested and rendered  incapable  of movement till the song was done.  In amazed excitement  he burst  forth to

old Hector Ross, the Chairman of the Trustee  Board, who  happened to be in the store: 

"Gol dang my cats!  What hev yeh got in the school up yonder?  Say!  I couldn't git my team to move past that

there door!" 


The Doctor

V. THE NEW TEACHER 21



Top




Page No 24


"What's matter, Mr. Young?" 

"Why, dang it all!  I'll report to the Reeve.  Fust thing yeh know  there'll be a stringateams from here to the

next concession  blockin' that there road in front of the school!" 

"Why, what's the matter with the school, Mr. Young?" inquired old  Hector, in anxious surprise. 

"Why, ain't ye heard her?  Say! down in Maine I paid a dollar one  'time to hear a big singer, forgit her name,

but she was 'lowed to  be  the dangdest singer in all them parts.  But, Gol dang my cats to  cinders! she ain't any

more like that there teacher of yours than  my  old Tom cat's like the angel that leads the choir in Abram's

bosom!" 

"That is very interesting, Mr. Young.  And I suppose you won't mind  paying a little extra school rate now,"

said Hector, with a shrewd  twinkle in his eye. 

"Extra school rate!  I tell yeh what, I'll charge up my lost time  to the trustees!  But danged if I wouldn't give a

day's pay to hear  that song again!" 

In application of this principle of reward for merit, the teacher  introduced a subordinate principle which

proved effective when all  else failed.  The school was made corporately and jointly  responsible  for the

individual.  The offence of one was the offence  of all, the  merit of one the merit of all.  Thus every pupil was

associated with  her in the business of securing good lessons and  exemplary conduct.  As the day went on each

misdemeanour was  gravely, and in full view of  the school, marked down upon the  blackboard.  The merits

obtained by  any pupil were in like manner  recorded.  The day closing with an  adverse balance knew no hour

of  song.  Woe to the boy who, dead to all  other motives of good  conduct, persisted in robbing the school of its

hour of delight.  In the case of Ab Maddock, big, impudent, and  pachydermous, it took  Dugald Robertson, the

minister's son, just half  an hour's hard  fighting to extract a promise of good behaviour.  Dugald was in the

main a thoughtful, peaceable boy, the most advanced  pupil in the  entrance class, and a great mathematician.

At first he  was  inclined to despise the teacher, setting little store by her  beautiful face and fascinating smile,

for on the very first day he  discovered her woful mathematical inadequacy.  Arithmetic was her  despair.  With

algebraic formulae and Euclid's propositions her  fine  memory saved her.  But with quick intuition she threw

herself  frankly  upon the boy's generosity, and in the evenings together  they, with  Margaret's assistance,

wrestled with the bewildering  intricacies of  arithmetical problems.  Her open confession of  helplessness, and

her  heroic attempts to overcome her defects, made  irresistible appeal to  the chivalrous heart of the little

Highland  gentleman.  Thenceforth he  was her champion for all that was in  him. 

But the teacher's weakness in mathematics was atoned for, if  atonement there be for such a weakness, by the

ample strength of  her  endowments in those branches of learning in which imagination  and  artistic sensibility

play any large part.  And a far larger  part, and  far more important, do these Divine gifts play than many  wise

educationists conceive.  The lessons in history, in geography,  and in  reading ceased to be mere memory tasks

and became instinct  with life.  The whole school would stay its ordinary work to listen  while the  teacher told

tales of the brave days of old to the  history class, or  transformed the geography lessons into excursions

among people of  strange tongues dwelling in far lands.  But it was  in the reading  lessons that her artistic

talents had full play.  The mere pronouncing  and spelling of words were but incidents in  the way of expression

of  thought and emotion.  After a whole week  of drilling which she would  give to a single lesson, she would

arrest the class with the question,  "What is the author seeing?"  and with the further question, "How does  he

try to show it to us?"  Reading, to her, consisted in the ability to  see what the author  saw and the art of telling

it, and to set forth  with grace that  thing in the author's words. 

In the writing class her chief anxiety was to avoid blots.  Every  blot might become an occasion of humiliation

to teacher and pupils  alike.  "Oh, this will never do!  They must not see this!" she  would  cry, rubbing out with


The Doctor

V. THE NEW TEACHER 22



Top




Page No 25


infinite care and pains the blot, and  rubbing in  the horror of such a defilement being paraded before the  eyes

of the  vague but terrible "they." 

Thus the pathway trodden in the school routine was, perchance,  neither wide nor far extended, but it was

thoroughly well trodden.  As  a consequence, when the day for the closing exercises came  around both  teacher

and pupils had become so thoroughly familiar  with the path and  so accustomed to the vision of the onlooking

public that they faced  the ordeal without dread, prepared to give  forth whatever of knowledge  or

accomplishment they might possess. 

A fortunate rainy day, making the hauling of hay or the cutting of  fall wheat equally impossible, filled the

school with the parents  and  friends of the children.  The minister and the trustees were  dutifully  present.  Of

the mill people Dick and his mother  appeared, Dick  because his mother insisted that a student should  show

interest in the  school, his mother because Dick refused to go  a step without her.  Barney came later, not

because of his interest  in the school, but  chiefly, he declared to himself, conscious of  the need of a reason,

because there was nothing much else to do.  The presence of "Maine"  Jabe might be taken as the high water

mark  of the interest aroused  throughout the section in the new teacher  and her methods. 

The closing exercises were, with a single exception, a brilliantly  flawless exhibition.  That exception appeared

in the Euclid of the  entrance class.  The mathematics were introduced early in the day.  The arithmetic, which

dealt chiefly with problems of barter and  sale  of the various products of the farm, was lightly and deftly

passed  over.  The algebra class was equally successful.  In the  Euclid class  it seemed as if the hitherto

unbroken success would  come to an unhappy  end in the bewilderment and confusion of Phoebe  Ross, from

whom the  minister had asked a demonstration of the pons  asinorum.  But the  blame for poor Phoebe's

bewilderment clearly lay  with the minister  himself, for in placing the figure upon the board  with the letters

designating the isosceles triangle he made the  fatal blunder of  setting the letter B at the right hand side of the

base instead of at  its proper place at the left, as in the book.  The result was that the  unhappy Phoebe, ignoring

the figure upon  the board and depending  entirely upon her memory, soon plunged both  the minister and

herself  into confusion hopeless and complete.  But  the quick eye of the  teacher had detected the difficulty,

and,  going to the board, she  erased the unfamiliar figure, saying, as  she did so, in her gentle  appealing voice,

"Wait, Phoebe.  You are  quite confused, I know.  We  shall wipe the board clean and begin  all over."  She

placed the figure  upon the board with the  designating letters arranged as in the book.  "Now, take your  time,"

she said with deliberate emphasis.  "Let A, B,  C be an  isosceles triangle."  And thus, with her feet set firmly

upon  the  familiar path, little Phoebe slipped through that desperate maze  of  angles and triangles with an ease,

speed, and dexterity that  elicited the wonder and admiration of all present, the minister,  good  man, included.

Upon Barney, however, who understood perfectly  what  had happened, the incident left a decidedly

unpleasant  impression.  Indeed, the superficiality of the mathematical  exercises as a whole  awakened within

him a feeling of pain which he  could not explain. 

When the reading classes were under review the school passed from  the atmosphere of the superficial to that

of the real.  Never had  such reading been heard in that or in any other common school.  The  familiar singsong

monotony of the reading lesson was gone and in  its  place a real and vivid picturing of the scenes described or

enacted.  It was all simple, natural, and effective. 

The exercises attained an easy climax with the recitations and  singing which closed the day.  Here the artistic

gifts of the  teacher  had full scope.  There was an absence of all nervous dread  in the  performers.  By some

marvellous power she caught hold and  absorbed  their attention so that for her chiefly, if not entirely,  they

recited  or sang.  In the singing, which terminated the  proceedings, the  triumph of the day was complete.  A

single hymn,  two or three  kindergarten action songs, hitherto unheard in that  community, a  rollicking negro

chorus; and, at the last, "for the  children and the  mothers," the teacher said, one soft lullaby in  which for the

first  time the teacher's voice was heard, the low,  vibrant tones filling the  room with music such as in all their

lives they had never listened to.  It was a fine sense of artistic  values that cut out the speeches and  dismissed


The Doctor

V. THE NEW TEACHER 23



Top




Page No 26


the school in the  ordinary way.  The full tide of their  enthusiasm broke upon her as  minister, trustees, parents,

and all  crowded about her, offering  congratulations.  Her air of shy grace  with just a touch of  nonchalant

reserve served in no small degree to  heighten the whole  effect of the day. 

The mill people walked home with the minister and Margaret. 

"Isn't she a wonder?" cried Dick.  "What has she done to those  little blocks?  Why, they don't seem the same

children!" 

"Yes, yes," replied the minister, "it is quite surprising, indeed." 

"In their mathematics, though, there was some thin skating there  for a while," continued Dick. 

"Yes, yes, the little lassie became confused.  But she recovered  herself cleverly." 

"Yes, indeed," said Dick, with a slight laugh.  "That was a clever  bit of work on the part of the teacher." 

"Oh, shut up, Dick!" said Barney sharply. 

"Oh, well," replied Dick, "no one expects mathematics from a girl,  anyway." 

"Do you hear the conceit of him?" said his mother indignantly, "and  Margaret there can show all of you the

way." 

"Yes, that's true, mother, but Margaret is a wonder, too.  But  whatever you say, the reciting and singing were

good.  Even little  Link Young was quite dramatic.  They say that 'Maine' Jabe for the  first time in his life is

quite reckless in regard to the school  rates." 

"We will just wait a year," said his mother.  "It is a new broom  that sweeps clean." 

"Now, mother, you are too hard to please." 

"Perhaps," she replied, grimly closing her lips. 

As they reached the manse gate the minister, who had evidently been  pondering Dick's words, said, "Well,

Mrs. Boyle, we have had a  delightful afternoon, whatever, a remarkable exhibition.  Yes, yes.  And after all it

is a great matter that the children should be  taught  to read and recite well.  And it was no wonder that the poor

thing  would seek to make it easy for the little girl.  And Margaret  will  need to take Dugald over his

mathematics, I fear, before he  goes up to  the entrance."  At which remark the painful feeling  which the

reciting  and singing had caused Barney to forget for the  time, returned with  even greater poignancy. 

But in all the section there was only one opinion, and that was  that, at all costs, the teacher's services must be

retained.  For  once, the trustees realised that no longer would they depend for  popularity upon the sole

qualification of their ability to keep  down  the school rate.  It was, perhaps, not the most diplomatic  moment

they  chose for the securing of the teacher's services for  another year.  It  might be that they were moved to

immediate action  by the apparent  willingness on her part to leave the matter of re  engagement an open

question.  On all hands, however, they were  applauded as having done a  good stroke of business when, there

and  then, they closed their  bargain with the teacher, although at a  higher salary, as it turned  out, than had ever

been paid in the  section before. 


The Doctor

V. THE NEW TEACHER 24



Top




Page No 27


VI. THE YOUNG DOCTOR

Barney's jaw ran along the side of his face, ending abruptly in a  squarecut chin, the jaw and chin doing for

his face what a ridge  and  bluff of rock do for a landscape.  They suggested the bed rock  of  character, abiding,

firm, indomitable.  Having seen the goal at  which  he would arrive, there remained only to find the path and

press it.  He would be a doctor.  The question was, how?  His first  step was to  consult the only authority

available, old Doctor  Ferguson.  It was a  stormy interview, for the doctor was of a  craggy sort like Barney

himself, with a jaw and a chin and all they  suggested.  The boy told  his purpose briefly, almost defiantly, as  if

expecting scornful  opposition, and asked guidance.  The doctor  flung difficulties at his  head for half an hour

and ended by  offering him money, cursing his  Highland pride when the boy refused  it. 

"What do I want with money?" cried the doctor.  He had lost his  only son three years before.  "There's only my

wife.  And she'll  have  plenty.  Money!  Dirt, fit to walk on, to make a path with,  that's  all!  Had my boy lived,

God knows I'd have made him a  surgeon.  But"  Here the doctor snorted violently and coughed,  trumpeting

hard with  his nose.  "Confound these foggy nights!  I'll  put you through." 

"I'll pay my way," said Barney almost sullenly, or I'll stay at  home." 

"What are you doing here, then?" he roared at the boy. 

"I came to find out how to start.  Must a man go to college?" 

"No," shouted the doctor again; "he can be a confounded fool and  work up by himself, a terrible handicap,

going up for the  examinations till the last year, when he must attend college." 

"I could do that," said Barney, closing his jaws. 

The doctor looked at his face.  The shut jaws looked more than ever  like a ledge of granite and the chin like a

cliff.  "You can, eh?  Hanged if I don't believe you!  And I'll help you.  I'd like to, if  you would let me."  The

voice ended in a wistful tone.  The boy was  touched. 

"Oh, you can!" he cried impulsively, "and I'll be awfully thankful.  You can tell me what books to get and

sometimes explain, perhaps,  if  you have time."  His face went suddenly crimson.  He was  conscious of  asking

a favour. 

The old doctor sat down, rejoicing greatly in him, and for the  first time treated him as an equal.  He explained

in detail the  course of study, making much of the difficulties in the way.  When  he  had done he waved his

hand toward his library. 

"Now, there are my books," he cried; "use them and ask me what you  will.  It will brush me up.  And I'll take

you to see my cases and,  by God's help, we'll make you a surgeon!  A surgeon, sir!  You've  got  the fingers and

the nerves.  A surgeon!  That's the only thing  worth  while.  The physician can't see further below the skin than

anyone  else.  He guesses and experiments, treats symptoms, trys one  drug then  another, guessing and

experimenting all along the line.  But the knife,  boy!"  Here the doctor rose and began to pace the  floor.

"There's no  guess in the knife point!  The knife lays bare  the evil, fights,  eradicates it!  Look at that boy Kane,

died three  weeks ago.  'Inflammation,' said the physician.  Treated his  symptoms properly  enough.  The boy

died.  At the postmortem"here  the doctor paused in  his walk, lowering his voice almost to a  whisper while

he bent over  the boy"at the postmortem the knife  discovered an abscess on the  vermiform appendix.  The

discovery was  made too late."  These were the  days before appendicitis became  fashionable.  "Now, listen to

me,"  continued the doctor, even more  impressively, "I believe in my soul  that the knife at the proper  moment


The Doctor

VI. THE YOUNG DOCTOR 25



Top




Page No 28


might have saved that boy's life!  A slight incision an inch  or two long, the removal of the diseased  part, a few

stitches, and  in a couple of weeks the boy is well!  Ah,  boy!  God knows I'd give  my life to be a great surgeon!

But He didn't  give me the fingers.  Look at these," and he held up a coarse, heavy  hand; "I haven't the  touch.

And besides, He brought me my wife, the  best thing I've got  in the world, and my baby, which settled the

surgeon business  forever.  Now listen, boy!  You've got the  nerveplenty of men  have thatbut you've also

got the fingers, which  few men have.  With your touch and your steady nerve and your  mechanical

ingenuityI've seen your machines, boyyou can be a great  surgeon!  But you must know your subject.

You must think, dream,  sleep, eat, drink bones and muscles and sinews and nerves.  Push  everything else

aside!" he cried, waving his great hands.  "And  remember!"here his voice took a solemn tone"let nothing

share  your heart with your knife!  Leave the women alone.  A woman has no  business in science.  She distracts

the mind, disturbs the liver,  absorbs the vital powers, besides paralysing the finances.  For  you,  let there be

one woman, your mother, at least till you are a  surgeon.  Now, then, there are my books and all my spare time

at  your command."  At these words the boy's face, which had caught the  light and glow of  the old man's

enthusiasm, fell. 

"Well, what now?" cried the doctor, reading his face like a book. 

"I have no right to take your books or your time." 

The doctor sprang to his feet with an oath.  The boy also rose and  faced him, almost as if expecting a blow.

For a moment they stood  steadfastly regarding each other, then the doctor's old face  relaxed,  his eyes

softened.  He put his big hand on the boy's  shoulder. 

"Now, by the Lord that made you and me!" he said, "we were meant  for a team, and a team we'll make.  I'll

help you and I'll make you  pay."  The boy's face brightened. 

"How?" he cried eagerly. 

"We'll change work."  The doctor's old eyes began to twinkle.  "I  want fall ploughing done and my cordwood

hauled." 

"I'll do it!" cried Barney.  A light broke in his eyes and flooded  his face.  At last he saw his path. 

"Here," said the doctor, taking down a book, "here's your Gray."  And turning the leaves, "Here's what

happened to Ben Fallows.  Read  this.  And here's the treatment," pulling down another book and  turning to a

page, "Read that.  I'll make Ben your first patient.  There's no money in it, anyway, and you can't kill him.  He

only  needs three things, cleanliness, good cheer, and good food.  By and  by we'll get him a leg.  Here's that

Buffalo doctor's catalogue.  Take  it along.  Now, boy, I'll work you, grind you, and you'll go  for your  first

examination next spring." 

"Next spring!" cried Barney, aghast, "not for three years." 

"Three years!" snorted the doctor, "three fiddlesticks!  You can do  this first examination by next spring." 

"Yes.  I could do it," said Barney slowly. 

The doctor cast an admiring glance at the line of jaw on the boy's  face. 

"But there's the mortgage and there's Dick's college." 

"Dick's college?  Why Dick's and not yours?" 


The Doctor

VI. THE YOUNG DOCTOR 26



Top




Page No 29


The boy's rugged face changed.  A tender light fell over it,  filling in its cracks and canyons. 

"Becausewell, because Dick must go through.  Dick's clever.  He's  awful clever."  Pride mingled with the

tenderness in look and tone.  "Mother wants him to be a minister, and," he added after a pause,  "I  do, too." 

The old doctor turned from him, stood looking out of the window a  few minutes, and then came back.  He put

his hands on the boy's  shoulders.  "I understand, boy," he said, his great voice vibrating  in deep and tender

tones, "I, too, had a brother once.  Make Dick a  minister if you want, but meantime we'll grind the surgeon's

knife." 

The boy went home to his mother in high exultation. 

"The doctor wants me to look after Ben for him," he announced.  "He  is going to show me the dressings, and

he says all he wants is  cleanliness, good cheer, and good food.  I can keep him clean.  But  how he is to get

good cheer in that house, and how he is to get  good  food, are more than I can tell." 

"Good cheer!" cried Dick.  "He'll not lack for company.  How many  has she now, mother?  A couple of dozen,

more or less?" 

"There are thirteen of them already, poor thing." 

"Thirteen!  That's an unlucky stopping place.  Let us hope she  won't allow the figure to remain at that." 

"Indeed, I am thinking it will not," said his mother, speaking with  the confidence of intimate knowledge. 

"Well," replied Dick, with a judicial air, "it's a question whether  it's worse to defy the fate that lurks in that

unlucky number, or  to  accept the doubtful blessing of another twig to the already  overburdened olive tree." 

"Ay, it is a hard time she is having with the four babies and all." 

"Four, mother!  Surely that's an unusual number even for the  prolific Mrs. Fallows!" 

"Whisht, laddie!" said his mother, in a shocked tone, "don't talk  foolishly." 

"But you said four, mother." 

"Twins the last twice," interjected Barney. 

"Great snakes!" cried Dick, "let us hope she won't get the habit." 

"But, mother," inquired Barney seriously, "what's to be done?" 

"Indeed, I can't tell," said his mother. 

"Listen to me," cried Dick, "I've got an inspiration.  I'll  undertake the 'good cheer.'  I'll impress the young

ladies into  this  worthy service.  Light conversation and song.  And you can put  up the  food, mother, can't

you?" 

"We will see," said the mother quietly; "we will do our best." 


The Doctor

VI. THE YOUNG DOCTOR 27



Top




Page No 30


"In that case the 'food department' is secure," said Dick; "already  I see Ben Fallows making rapid strides

toward convalescence." 

It was characteristic of Barney that within a few days he had all  three departments in full operation.  With

great tact he succeeded  in  making Mrs. Fallows thoroughly scour the woodwork and whitewash  the  walls in

Ben's little room, urging the doctor's orders and  emphasizing  the danger of microbes, the dread of which was

just  beginning to  obtain in popular imagination. 

"Microbes?  What's them?" inquired Mrs. Fallows, suspiciously. 

"Very small insects." 

"Insects?  Is it bugs you mean?"  Mrs. Fallows at once became  fiercely hostile.  "I want to tell yeh, young sir,

ther' hain't no  bugs in this 'ouse.  If ther's one thing I'm pertickler 'bout, it's  bugs.  John sez to me, sez 'e,

'What's the hodds of a bug or two,  Hianthy?'  But I sez to 'im, sez I, 'No bugs fer me, John.  I  hain't  been

brought up with bugs, an' bugs I cawn't an' won't  'ave.'" 

It was only Barney's earnest assurance that the presence of  microbes was no impeachment of the most

scrupulous housekeeping  and,  indeed, that these mysterious creatures were to be found in  the very  highest

circles, that Mrs. Fallows was finally appeased.  With equal  skill he inaugurated his "good food" department,

soothing Mrs.  Fallows' susceptibilities with the diplomatic  information that in  surgical cases such as Ben's

certain articles  of diet specially  prepared were necessary to the best results. 

Not the least successful part of the treatment prescribed was that  furnished by the "good cheer" department.

This was left entirely  in  Dick's charge, and he threw himself into its direction with the  enthusiasm of a

devotee.  Iola with her guitar was undoubtedly his  mainstay.  But Dick was never quite satisfied unless he

could  persuade Margaret, too, to assist in his department.  But Margaret  had other duties, and, besides, she had

associated herself more  particularly with Mrs. Boyle in the work of supplementing Mrs.  Fallows' somewhat

unappetising though entirely substantial meals  with  delicacies more suited to the sickroom.  Dick, however,

insisted that  with all that Iola and himself in the "good cheer"  department and  Barney in what he called the

"scavenging" department  could achieve,  there was still need of Margaret's presence and  Margaret's touch.

Hence, before the busy harvest time came upon  them, he made a  practice of calling at the manse, and,

relieving  her of the duty of  getting to sleep little fiveyearold Tom, with  whom he was first  favourite, he

would carry her off to the Fallows  household, whither  Barney and Iola had preceded them. 

Altogether the "young doctor," as Ben called him, had reason to be  proud of the success he was achieving

with his first patient.  The  amputation healed over and the bone knit at the first intention,  and  in a few weeks

Ben was far on the way to convalescence.  He was  never  weary in his praises of the "young doctor."  It was the

"young doctor"  who, by changing the bandages, had eased him of the  intolerable pain  which followed the

first dressing.  It was the  "young doctor" who had  changed the splints, shaping them cunningly  to fit the limb,

bringing  ease where there had been chafing pain. 

"Let 'em 'ave the old doctor if they want," was Ben's final  conclusion, "but fer me, the young doctor, sez I." 

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT

The "good cheer" department, while ostensibly for Ben's benefit,  wrought profit and cheer for others besides.

What Dick got of it  no  one but himself knew, for that young man, with all his apparent  frankness, kept the

veil over his heart drawn close.  To Barney,  absorbed in his new work, with its wealth of new ideas and his

new  ambitions, the "good cheer" department was chiefly valued as an  important factor in Ben's progress.  To


The Doctor

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 28



Top




Page No 31


Iola it brought what to her  was the breath of life, admiration, gratitude, affection.  But  Margaret perhaps more

than any, not even excepting Ben himself,  gathered from this department what might be called its

byproducts.  The daily monotony of her household duties bore hard upon her young  heart.  Ambitions long

cherished, though cheerfully laid aside at  the  sudden call of duty, could not be quite abandoned without a

sense of  pain and loss.  The break offered by the work of the  department in the  monotony of her life, the

companionship of its  members, and, as much  as anything, the irresistible appeal to her  keen sense of humour

by  the genial, loquacious, dirty but  irresistibly cheery Mrs. Fallows,  far more than compensated for the  extra

effort which her membership in  the department rendered  necessary. 

It was the evening following that of the school closing that Dick  with Margaret and Iola were making one of

their customary calls at  the Fallows cottage.  It would be for Iola the last visit for some  weeks, as she was

about to depart to town for her holidays. 

"I have come to say goodbye," she announced as she shook hands  with Mrs. Fallows. 

"Goodbye, dear 'eart," said that lady, throwing up her hands  aghast; "art goin' to leave us fer good?" 

"No, nothing so bad," said Dick; "only for a few weeks, Mrs.  Fallows.  The section couldn't do without her,

and the trustees  have  decided that they wouldn't let her out of sight till they had  put a  string on her." 

"Goin' to come back again, be yeh?  I did 'ear as 'ow yeh was goin'  to leave.  My little Joe was that

broken'earted, an' 'e declared  to  me as 'ow 'e wouldn't go to school no more." 

"I don't wonder," said Dick.  "Why, if the trustees hadn't engaged  her, as 'Maine Jabe' said, 'there'd be the

dangdest kind of riot in  the section.'" 

"Don't listen to him, Mrs. Fallows.  I'm going in to sing to Ben,  if I may." 

"An' that yeh may, bless yer 'eart!" said Mrs. Fallows, picking up  a twin from the doorway to allow Iola and

Dick to pass into the  inner  room.  "Ther' now," she continued to Margaret, who was moving  about  putting

things to rights, "don't yeh go tirin' of yerself.  I  know  things is in a muss.  Some'ow by Saturday night things

piles  up  terr'ble, an' I'm that tired I don't seem to 'ave no 'eart to  straighten 'em up.  Jest look at that 'ouse!  I sez

to John, sez I,  'I cawn't do no 'ousekeepin' with all 'em children 'bout my feet.  An', bless their 'earts! it's all I

kin do to put the bread in  their  mouths an keep the rags on their backs.'  But John sez to me,  sez 'e,  'Don't yeh

worry, lass, 'bout the rags.  Keep 'em full,'  sez 'e, 'a  full belly never 'eeds a bare back,' sez 'e.  That's 'is  way.

'E's  halways acomin' over somethin' cleverlike, is John.  Lard save us!  will yeh listen to that, now!" she

continued in an  awestruck  undertone, as Iola's voice came in full rich melody from  the next  room.  "An' Ben is

fair raptured with 'er.  Poor Benny!  it's a sore  calamity 'as overtaken 'im, abreakin' of 'is leg an'  amutilatin'

of  'isself.  It does seem as if the Lard 'ad give me  som'at more'n my  share.  Listen to that ther'.  Bless 'er dear

'eart; Benny fergits 'is  hamputation an' 'is splits." 

"His splints," cried Margaret; "are they all right now?" 

"Yes.  Since the young doctorthat's w'at Benny calls 'imchange  'em.  Oh, that's a clever young man!

Benney, 'e sez, 'Give me the  young doctor,' sez 'e.  Yeh see," continued Mrs. Fallows  confidentially, and again

lowering her voice impressively, "yeh  see,  'is leg 'urt most orful at first, an' Benny cried to me, 'It's  in me

toes, mother, it's in me toes.'  'Why, Benny,' sez I to 'im,  'yeh  hain't got no toes, Benny.'  'That's w'ere it 'urts,'

sez 'e,  'toes or  no toes.'  An' father 'e wakes right up an' 'erd w'at  Benny was  cryin', an' sez 'e, 'Benny's right

enough.  'Is toes'll  'urt till  they're rotted away in the ground.'  An' 'e tells as 'ow  'is sister's  holdest boy got 'is leg

hamputated, poor soul! an' 'ow  'is toes 'urted  till they was took an' buried an' rotted away.  Some doctors don't

bury  'em, an' they do say," and here Mrs.  Fallows' voice dropped quite to a  whisper, "as 'ow that keeps 'em


The Doctor

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 29



Top




Page No 32


sore all the longer.  Well, jest as  father was speakin' in comes  the doctor 'isself, an' father 'e told  'im as 'ow

Benny was feelin'  the pain in 'is toes.  'In yer toes,  Benny?' sez the doctor  surprisedlike.  'Tain't yer toes, Ben.'

'Well, I guess it's me as  is doin' the feelin',' sez Ben quite sharp,  'an' it's in me toes  the feelin' is.'  Then father 'e

spoke up.  'E's  a terr'ble man fer  hargument, is father.  'Doctor,' sez 'e, 'is them  toes buried,  if I might be so

bold?'  'Cawn't say,' sez the doctor  quite  hindifferent, though 'e must 'a' knowed.  'Well, my opinion is,'  sez

father, ''e'll feel them toes till they're took an' buried an'  rotted away in the ground.'  An' then 'e tells 'bout 'is

sister's  boy.  'Nonsense,' sez the doctor, 'tain't 'is toes at all.  'Is  toes  'as nothin' to do with it.'  'W'at then?' asks

father quite  polite.  'It's the feelin' of 'is toes 'e's feelin'.'  ''Ow can 'e  'ave any  feelin' of 'is toes if 'e hain't got no

toes?'  'Well,'  sez the  doctor, ''is feelin's hain't in 'is toes at all.'  'Well,  that's w'ere  mine is,' sez father.  'W'en I

'urts my toes it's in  my toes I feel  'em.  W'en I 'urts my 'and, it's my 'and.'  'My dear  sir,' sez the  doctor

calmlike, 'it hain't in yer 'and, nor yet in  yer toes, but in  yer brain, in yer mind, yeh feel the pain.'  'P'raps,' sez

Ben quite  short again.  My! 'e WAS short!  'But the  feelin' in my mind is that  my toes is 'urtin' most orful, an'

I'd  like to 'ave 'em buried if it's  goin' to 'elp any.'  'Oh, come,  Benny, that's all nonsense, yeh know,'  sez the

doctor, puttin' 'im  off.  But father is terr'ble persistent,  an' 'e keeps on an' sez,  'Don't 'is mind know 'e hain't got

no toes,  doctor?  'Ow can 'is  mind feel 'is toes 'urt w'en 'is mind knows 'e  hain't got no toes  to 'urt?'  'It hain't 'is

toes, I tell yeh,' sez  the doctor quite  short, 'jest the feelin' of 'is toes in 'is mind.'  'The feelin' of  'is toes in 'is

mind?' sez father.  'But 'e hain't  got no toes to  give 'im the feelin' of 'is toes in 'is mind or  henywheres else.'

'Dummed old fool!' sez the doctor, quite losin' 'is  temper, fer  father is terr'ble provokin'.  'It's the feelin' 'is toes

used to  give 'im, an' that same feelin' of toes keeps up after 'is  toes is  gone.'  'Well,' sez father, an' me tryin' to

ketch 'is eye to  make  'im stop, 'I don't git no feelin' of toes till me toes is 'urt.  If  I don't 'urt 'em, I don't git no

feelin' of toes.  'Ow are yeh  goin' to start that ther' toe feelin' 'thout no toes to start it?'  'Yeh don't need no toes

to start it,' sez the doctor, 'it's the old  feelin' of toes akeepin' up.'  'Ther' hain't no'  'Look 'ere,'  sez  'e, 'I tell

yeh it hain't toes, it's the nerves of the toes  reachin'  up to the brain.  Don't yeh see?  W'en the toes are 'urt  the

nerves  sends word up to the brain jest like the telegraph.'  Then father 'e  ponders aw'ile.  'W'ere's them nerves,

doctor?' sez  'e.  'In the  toes.'  'In the toes?  Then w'en them toes is gone  them nerves is  gone, hain't they?'  'Yes.'

'But the nerve feelin'  is ther' still.'  This puzzles father some.  'Then,' sez 'e, 'the  feelin's in the  nerves, an' if

ther's no nerves, no feelin's.'  'That's so,' sez the  doctor.  'W'en them toes is gone, doctor, the  nerves is gone.

'Ow  could ther' be any feelin's?'  'Look 'ere,'  sez the doctor, an' I was  feared 'e was gettin' real mad, 'jest  quit it

right now.'  'Well,  well.  All right, doctor,' sez father  quite polite, 'I've got a  terr'ble inquirin' mind, an' I jest

wanted to know.'  Then the doctor  'e did seem a little ashamed of  'isself, an' 'e set right down an' sez  'e, 'Look

a'ere, Mr.  Fallows, I'll hexplain it to yeh.  It's like the  telegraph wire.  'Ere's a station we'll call Bradford, an'

'ere's a  station we'll  call London.  Hevery station 'as 'is own call.  Bradford  station,  we'll say, 'as a call X Y Z,

an' w'enever X Y Z sounds yeh  know  that's Bradford aspeakin'.  So if yeh 'eerd X Y Z in London  yeh'd  know

somethin' was wrong with Bradford.'  'But if ther' hain't  any,' breaks in father, who was gettin' impatient.  'Shut

up! will  yeh?' sez the doctor, 'till I git through.  Well; all 'long that  Bradford line yeh can give that Bradford

call.  D'yeh see?'  'Can  yeh  make that Bradford call houtside of Bradford?' sez father.  'Well,' sez  the doctor, an'

'e seemed quite puzzled, 'e did, 'I  suppose yeh can.  Any kind of a bang'll do along the line.  Now  ther's

Benny's toes,  w'en they git 'urt they sounds up to the  brain, "Toes! Toes! Toes!"  an' all 'long that toe line yeh

can git  the same call to the brain.'  This keeps father quiet a long time,  then sez 'e, 'I say, doctor, is  ther' many

of them nerves?'  ''Undreds of 'em.'  'Hevery part of the  body got nerves?'  'Yes.'  'Hankles? calves? shins?'  'Yes,

all got  nerves.'  'Well, doctor,'  sez father, quite triumphant, 'w'en yeh cut  through hankles, shins,  an'

heverythin', all them nerves begin to  shout, don't they?'  'Yes,' sez the doctor, not seein' w'ere father was  at.

'Then,' sez  'e quicklike, 'w'at makes 'em all shout "Toes?"  W'y  don't the  brain 'ear "Hankle" or "'Eel"?'  Then

the old doctor 'e did  git mad  an' 'e did swear at father most orful.  But father, 'e knows  'ow to  conduct 'isself,

an' sez 'e quite dignified, 'I 'ope as 'ow I  know  'ow to treat a gentleman.'  This pulls the old doctor up an' 'e  sez,

'I beg yer pardon, Mr. Fallows,' sez 'e.  'Don't mention it,'  sez father.  Then the doctor went on quite nice, 'Yeh

see, Mr.  Fallows, the truth is, we don't hunderstand these things very  well,'  sez 'e.  'Well, doctor,' sez father, 'it

would 'a' saved a  lot of  trouble if yeh'd said so at the first.'  An' 'e said no  more, but I  seed 'im thinkin' 'ard, an'

w'en the doctor was goin'  'e speaks up  sez, sez 'e, 'I think I know w'y it's the shoutin' of  toes keeps up  an' not

'eels or hankles,' sez 'e.  'W'en my thirteen  gits ashoutin'  in this little 'ouse, yeh cawn't 'ear the old woman  or

me.  Ther's  thirteen of 'em.  An' I suppose w'en them toes gits  ashoutin' yeh  cawn't 'ear nothin' of hankle, or


The Doctor

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 30



Top




Page No 33


'eel, but it's all  toes.  Ther's  five to one.  But, doctor,' 'e sez, as 'e druv' away,  'if it's not too  bold, would yeh

mind buryin' them toes?'" 

"But," said Mrs. Fallows, pulling herself up, "I do talk.  But poor  Benny, 'e kep' acryin' with 'is toes till that

ther' blessed young  lady come, the young doctor fetched 'er, an' the minit she begin to  sing, poor Benny 'e

fergits 'is toes an' 'e soon falls off to  sleep,  the first 'e 'ad fer two days an' two nights.  Poor dear!  An 'e hain't

ever done talkin' 'bout that very young lady an' the  young doctor.  An' a lovely pair they'd make, poor souls." 

Margaret was conscious of a sudden pang at this grouping of names  by Mrs. Fallows, but before she had time

to analyse her feelings  Iola  reappeared. 

"Well, goodbye," said Mrs. Fallows.  "Yeh'll come agin w'en yeh  git back.  Goodbye, Miss," she said to

Margaret.  "It does seem to  give me a fresh start w'en yeh put things to rights." 

It was not till that night when she was in her own room preparing  for bed that Margaret had time to analyse

that sudden pang. 

"It can't be that I am jealous," she said.  "Of course, she is far  more attractive than I am and why shouldn't

everyone like her  better?"  She shook her fist at her reflection in the glass.  "Do  you  know, you are as mean as

you can be," she said viciously. 

At that moment there came from Iola's room the sound of soft  singing. 

"It's no wonder," said Margaret as she listened to the exquisite  sound, "it's no wonder that she could catch

poor Ben and his mother  with a voice like that.  Yes, andand the rest of them, too." 

In a few minutes there was a tap at her door and Iola came in, her  hair hanging like a dusky curtain about her

face.  Margaret uttered  an involuntary exclamation of admiration. 

"My! you are lovely!" she cried.  "No wonder everyone loves you."  With a sudden rush of penitent feeling for

her "mean thoughts" she  put her arms about Iola and kissed her warmly. 

"Lovely!  Nonsense!" she exclaimed, surprised at this display of  affection so unusual for Margaret, "I am not

half so lovely as you.  When I see you at home here with all the things to worry you and  the  children to care

for, I think you are just splendid and I feel  myself  cheap and worthless." 

Margaret was conscious of a grateful glow in her heart. 

"Indeed, my work doesn't amount to much, washing and dusting and  mending.  Anybody could do it.  No one

would ever notice me.  Wherever  you go the people just fall down and worship you."  As she  spoke she  let

down her hair preparatory to brushing it.  It fell  like a cloud, a  goldenyellow cloud, about her face and

shoulders.  Iola looked  critically at her. 

"You are beautiful," she said slowly.  "Your hair is lovely, and  your big blue eyes, and your face has

something, what is it?  I  can't  tell you.  But I believe people would come to you in  difficulty.  Yes.  That's it,"

she continued, with her eyes on  Margaret's face, "I can  please them in a way.  I can sing.  Yes, I  can sing.

Some day I shall  make people listen.  But suppose I  couldn't sing, suppose I lost my  voice, people would

forget me.  They wouldn't forget you." 

"What nonsense!" said Margaret brusquely.  "It is not your voice  alone; it is your beauty and something I

cannot describe, something  in your manner that is so fetching.  At any rate, all the young  fellows are daft


The Doctor

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 31



Top




Page No 34


about you." 

"But the women don't care for me," said Iola, with the same slow,  thoughtful voice.  "If I wanted very much I

believe I could make  them.  But they don't.  There's Mrs. Boyle, she doesn't like me." 

"Now you're talking nonsense," said Margaret impatiently.  "You  ought to have heard old Mrs. Fallows this

evening." 

"Now," continued Iola, ignoring her remark, "the women all like  you, and the men, too, in a way." 

"Don't talk nonsense," said Margaret impatiently.  "When you're  around the boys don't look at me." 

"Yes, they do," said Iola, as if pondering the question.  "Ben  does." 

Margaret laughed scornfully.  "Ben likes my jelly." 

"And Dick does," continued Iola, "and Barney."  Here she shot a  keen glance at Margaret's face.  Margaret

caught the glance, and,  though enraged at herself, she could not prevent a warm flush  spreading over her fair

cheek and down her bare neck. 

"Pshaw!" she cried angrily, "those boys!  Of course, they like me.  I've known them ever since I was a baby.

Why, I used to go  swimming  with them in the pond.  They think of me just likewell  just like a  boy, you

know." 

"Do you think so?  They are nice boys, I think, that is, if they  had a chance to be anything." 

"Be anything!" cried Margaret hotly.  "Why, Dick's going to be a  minister and" 

"Yes.  Dick will do something, though he'll make a funny clergyman.  But Barney, what will he be?  Just a

miller?" 

"Miller or whatever he is, he'll be a man, and that's good enough,"  replied Margaret indignantly. 

"Oh, yes, I suppose so.  But it's a pity.  You know in this pokey  little place no one will ever hear of him.  I

mean he'll never make  any stir."  To Iola there was no crime so deadly as the "unheard  of."  "And yet," she

went on, "if he had a chance" 

But Margaret could bear this no longer.  "What are you talking  about?  There are plenty of good men who are

never heard of." 

"Oh," cried Iola quickly, "I didn't meanof course your father.  Well, your father is a gentle man.  But

Barney" 

"Oh, go to bed!  Come, get out of my room.  Go to bed!  I must get  to sleep.  Seven o'clock comes mighty

quick.  Goodnight." 

"Don't be cross, Margaret.  I didn't mean to say anything  offensive.  And I want you to love me.  I think I want

everyone to  love me.  I can't bear to have people not love me.  But more than  anyone else I want you."  As she

spoke she turned impulsively  toward  Margaret and put her arms around her neck.  Margaret  relented. 

"Of course I love you," she said.  "There," kissing her, "good  night.  Go to sleep or you'll lose your beauty." 


The Doctor

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 32



Top




Page No 35


But Iola clung to her.  "Goodnight, dear Margaret," she said, her  lips trembling pathetically.  "You are the

only girl friend I ever  had.  I couldn't bear you to forget me or to give up loving me." 

"I never forget my friends," cried Margaret gravely.  "And I never  cease to love them." 

"Oh, Margaret!" said Iola, trembling and clinging fast to her,  "don't turn from me.  No matter what comes,

don't stop loving me." 

"You little goose," cried Margaret, caressing her as if she were a  child, "of course I will always love you.

Goodnight now."  She  kissed Iola tenderly. 

"Goodnight," said Iola.  "You know this is my last night with you  for a long time." 

"Not the very last," said Margaret.  "We go to the Mill tomorrow  night, you remember, and you come back

here with me.  Barney is  going  to have Ben there for nursing and feeding." 

Next day Barney had Ben down to the Mill, and that was the  beginning of a new life to Ben in more ways

than one.  The old  mill  became a place of interest and delight to him.  Perhaps his  happiest  hours were spent in

what was known as Barney's workroom,  where were  various laboursaving machines for churning, washing,

and  appleparing, which, by Barney's invention, were run by the  mill  power.  He offered to connect the

sewing machine with the same  power,  but his mother would have none of it. 

Before many more weeks had gone Ben was hopping about by the aid of  a crutch, eager to make himself

useful, and soon he was not only  "paying his board," as Barney declared, but "earning good wages as  well." 

The early afternoon found Margaret and Iola on their way to the  Mill.  It was with great difficulty that

Margaret had been  persuaded  to leave her home for so long a time.  The stern  conscience law under  which she

regulated her life made her suspect  those things which gave  her peculiar pleasure, and among these was  a

visit to the Mill and the  Mill people.  It was in vain that Dick  set before her, with the  completeness amounting

to demonstration,  the reasons why she should  make that visit.  "Ben needs you," he  argued.  "And Iola will not

come  unless with you.  Barney and I,  weary with our day's work, absolutely  require the cheer and  refreshment

of your presence.  Mother wants you.  I want you.  We  all want you.  You must come."  It was Mrs. Boyle's

quiet  invitation and her anxious entreaty and command that she should  throw off the burden at times, that

finally weighed with her. 

The hours of that afternoon, spent partly in rowing about in the  old flatbottomed boat seeking water lilies in

the pond, and partly  in the shade of the big willows overlooking the dam, were full of  restful delight to

Margaret.  It was one of those rare summer  evenings that fall in harvest weather when, after the burning heat

of  the day, the cool air is beginning to blow across the fields  with long  shadows.  When their work was done

the boys hurried to  join the little  group under the big willows.  They were all there.  Ben was set there  in the

big armchair, Mrs. Boyle with her  knitting, for there were no  idle hours for her, Margaret with a  book which

she pretended to read,  old Charley smoking in silent  content, Iola lazily strumming her  guitar and

occasionally singing  in her low, rich voice some of her old  Mammy's songs or plantation  hymns.  Of these

latter, however, Mrs.  Boyle was none too sure.  To  her they bordered dangerously on  sacrilege; nor did she

ever quite  fully abandon herself to delight in  the guitar.  It continued to be  a "foreign" and "feckless" sort of

instrument.  But in spite of her  there were times when the old lady  paused in her knitting and sat  with sombre

eyes looking far across the  pond and into the shady  isles of the woods on the other side while  Iola sang some

of her  quaint Southern "baby songs." 

Under Dick's tuition the girl learned some of the Highland laments  and love songs of the North, to which his

mother had hushed him to  sleep through his baby years.  To Barney these songs took place  with  the Psalms of


The Doctor

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 33



Top




Page No 36


David, if, indeed, they were not more sacred,  and it was  with a shock at first that he heard the Southern girl

with her  "foreign instrument" try over these songs that none but  his mother had  ever sung to him.  Listening to

Iola's soft,  thrilling voice carrying  these old Highland airs, he was conscious  of a strange incongruity.  They

undoubtedly took on a new beauty,  but they lost something as  well. 

"No one sings them like your mother, Barney," said Margaret after  Dick had been drilling Iola on some of

their finer shadings and  cadences, "and they are quite different with the guitar, too.  They  are not the same a

bit.  They make me see different things and feel  different things when your mother sings." 

"Different how?" said Dick. 

"I can't tell, but somehow they give me a different taste in my  mouth, just the difference between eating your

mother's scones with  rich creamy milk and eating fruit cake and honey with tea to  drink." 

"I know," said Barney gravely.  "They lose the Scotch with the  guitar.  They are sweet and beautiful,

wonderful, but they are a  different kind altogether.  To me it's the difference between a  wood  violet and a

garden rose." 

"Listen to the poetry of him.  Come, mother," cried Dick, "sing us  one now." 

"Me sing!" cried the mother aghast.  "After yon!" nodding toward  Iola.  "You would not be shaming your

mother, Richard." 

"Shaming you, indeed!" cried Margaret, indignantly. 

"Do, Mrs. Boyle," entreated Iola.  "I have never heard you sing.  Indeed, I did not know you could sing." 

Something in her voice grated upon Barney's ear, but he spoke no  word. 

"Sing!" cried Dick.  "You ought to hear her.  Now, mother, for the  honor of the heather!  Give us 'Can Ye Sew

Cushions?'  That's a  'baby  song,' too." 

"No," said Barney quietly, "Sing 'The Mac'Intosh,' mother."  And he  began to play that exquisite Highland

lament. 

It was not her son's entreaty so much as something in the soft  drawl of the Southern girl that made Mrs. Boyle

yield.  Something  in  that tone touched the pride in the old lady's Highland blood.  When  Barney reached the

end of the refrain his mother took up the  verse  with the violin accompanying. 

Her voice lacked fulness and power.  It was worn and thin, but she  had the exquisite lilting note of the

Highland maids at their  milking  or of the fisher folk at the mending of their nets.  Clear  and sweet  and with a

penetrating pathos indescribable, the voice  rose and fell  in all the quaint turns and quavers and cadences that

a tune takes on  with age.  As she sang her song in the soft Gaelic  tongue, with hands  lying idly in her lap, with

eyes glowing in  their gloomy depths, the  spell of mountain and glen and loch fell  upon her sons and upon the

girl seated at her feet, while Iola's  great lustrous eyes, fastened  upon the stranger's face, softened to  tears. 

"Oh, that is too lovely!" cried Iola, when the song was done,  clapping her hands.  "No, not lovely.  That is not

the word.  Sad,  sad."  She hid her face in her hands one impulsive moment, then  said  softly, "I could never do

that.  Never!  Never!  What is it  you put  into the song?  What is it?" she cried, turning to Barney. 

"It's the moan of the sea," said Barney gravely. 


The Doctor

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 34



Top




Page No 37


"It gives a feller a kind of holler pain inside," said Ben Fallows.  "There hain't no words fer it." 

"Sing again," entreated Iola, all the lazy indifference gone from  her voice.  "Sing just one more." 

"This one, mother," said Barney, playing the tune, "your mother  used to sing, you know, 'Fhir a Bhata'." 

"How often haunting the highest hilltop,  I scan the ocean thy sail  to see;  Wilt come tonight, Love? wilt

come tomorrow?  Wilt ever  come, love, to comfort me?  Fhir a bhata, na horo eile,  Fhir a bhata,  na horo eile,

Fhir a bhata, na horo eile,  O fare ye well, love,  where'er ye be." 

For some moments they sat quiet with the spell of the dreamy, sad  music upon them. 

"One more, mother," entreated Dick. 

"No, laddie.  The night is falling.  There's work tomorrow for  you.  Aye, and for Margaret here." 

Iola rose and came timidly to Mrs. Boyle.  "Thank you," she said,  lifting up her great, dark eyes to the old

woman's face, "you have  given me great pleasure tonight." 

"Indeed, and you're welcome, lassie," said Mrs. Boyle, smitten with  a sudden pity for the motherless girl.

"And we will be glad to see  ye when ye come back again." 

For this, too, it was that Iola as well as Margaret could never  forget that afternoon. 

"And now, ladies and gentlemen," cried Dick, striking an attitude,  "though the 'good cheer' department may

seem to have accomplished  the  purpose for which it was organised, it cannot be said to have  outlived  its

usefulness, in that it appears to have created for  itself a sphere  of operations from which it cannot be

withdrawn  without injury to all  its members.  I, therefore, respectfully  suggest that the department  be

organised upon a permanent basis  with headquarters at the Mill and  my humble self at its head.  All  who agree

will say 'Aye'." 

"Aye," said Barney with prompt heartiness. 

"Me, too," cried Iola, holding up both hands. 

"Mother, what do you say?" 

"Aye, laddie.  There's much need for good cheer in the world." 

"And you?" turning to Margaret, who stood with Mrs. Boyle's arm  thrown about her, "how do you vote?" 

"This member needs it too much"with a somewhat uncertain smile  "to say anything but 'Aye'." 

"Then," said Dick solemnly, "the 'good cheer' department is hereby  and henceforth organised as a permanent

institution in the  community  here represented, and we earnestly hope that its members  will continue  in their

faithful adherence thereto, believing, as we  do, that loyalty  to this institution will be its highest reward." 

But none of them knew what potencies of joy and of pain lay wrapped  up for them all in that same

department of "good cheer." 


The Doctor

VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT 35



Top




Page No 38


VIII. BEN'S GANG

The harvest time in Ontario is ever a season of delightful rush and  bustle.  The fall wheat follows hard upon

the haying, and close  upon  the fall wheat comes the barley, then the oats and the rest of  the  spring grain. 

It was this year to be a more than usually busy time for the Boyle  boys.  They had a common purse, and out of

that purse the payments  on  the mortgage must be met, as well as Dick's college expenses.  For the  little farm,

with the profits from the mill, could do  little more than  provide a living for the family.  Ordinarily the  lads

worked for day's  wages, the farmers gladly paying the highest  going, for the boys were  famous binders and

good workers generally.  This year, however, they  had in mind something more ambitious. 

"Mother," said Dick, "did you hear of the new harvesting gang?" 

"And who might they be?" asked his mother, always on the lookout  for some nonsense from her younger son. 

"Boyle and Fallowsor Fallows and Boyle, I guess it will be.  Ben's starting with us Monday morning." 

"Nonsense, laddie.  There will be no reaping for Ben this year,  I  doubt, poor fellow; and, besides, I will be

needing him for  myself." 

"Yes.  But I am in earnest, mother.  Ben is to drive the reaper for  us.  He can sit on the reaper half a day, you

know.  At least, his  doctor here says so.  And he will keep us busy." 

"If I cawn't keep the two of you ahumpin', though you are some  pumpkins at bindin', I hain't worth my

feed." 

"But, Barney," remonstrated his mother, "is he fit to go about that  machine?  Something might happen the

lad." 

"I don't think there is any danger, mother.  And, besides, we will  be at hand all the time." 

"And what will two lads like you do following the machine all day?  You will only be hurting yourselves." 

"You watch us, mother," cried Dick.  "We'll be after Ben like a dog  after a coon." 

"Indeed," said his mother.  "I have heard that it takes four good  men to keep up to a machine.  It was no later

than yesterday that  Mr.  Morrison's Sam was telling me that they had all they could do  to  follow up, the whole

four of them." 

"Huh!" grunted Dick scornfully, "I suppose so.  Four like Fatty  Morrison and that gang of his!" 

"Hush, laddie.  It is not good to be speaking ill of your  neighbours," said his mother. 

"It's not speaking ill to say that a man is fat.  It's a very fine  compliment, mother.  Only wish someone could

say the same of me." 

"Indeed, and you would be the better of it," replied his mother  compassionately, "with your bones sticking

through your skin!" 

It was with the spring crop that Ben Fallows began his labours; and  much elevated, indeed, was he at the


The Doctor

VIII. BEN'S GANG 36



Top




Page No 39


prospect of entering into  partnership with the Boyle boys, who were renowned for the very  virtues which

poor Ben consciously lacked and to which, in the new  spirit that was waking in him, he was beginning to

aspire.  For the  weeks spent under Barney's care and especially in the atmosphere of  the Mill household had

quickened in Ben new motives and new  ambitions.  This Barney had noticed, and it was for Ben's sake more

than for their own that the boys had associated him with them in  their venture of taking harvesting contracts.

And as the summer  went  on they found no reason to regret the new arrangement.  But it  was at  the expense of

long days and hard days for the two boys  following the  reaper, and often when the day's work was done they

could with  difficulty draw their legs home and to bed.  Indeed,  there were nights  when Dick, hardly the equal

of his brother in  weight and strength, lay  sleepless from sheer exhaustion, while  Barney from sympathy kept

anxious vigil with him.  Morning,  however, found them stiff and sore,  it is true, but full of courage  and ready

for the renewal of the  longdrawn struggle which was  winning for them not only very  substantial financial

profits, but  also high fame as workers.  The end  of the harvest found them hard,  tough, full of nerve and fit for

any  call within the limit of their  powers.  It was Ben who furnished the  occasion of such a call being  made

upon them.  A rainy day found him  at the blacksmith shop with  the Mill team waiting to be shod.  The  shop

was full of horses and  men.  A rainy day was a harvest day for  the blacksmith.  All odd  jobs allowed to

accumulate during the fine  weather were on that day  brought to the shop. 

Ben, with his crutch and his wooden leg, found himself the centre  of a new interest and sympathy.  In spite of

the sympathy, however,  there was a disposition to chaff poor Ben, whose temper was  brittle,  and whose

tongue took on a keener edge as his temper  became more  uncertain.  Withal, he had a little man's tendency to

brag.  Today,  however, though conscious of the new interest  centring in him, and  though visibly swollen

with the importance of  his new partnership with  the Boyle boys, he was exhibiting a  dignity and selfcontrol

quite  unusual, and was, for that very  reason, provocative of chaff more  pungent than ordinary. 

Chief among his tormenters was Sam Morrison, or "Fatty" Morrison,  as he was colloquially designated.  Sam

was one of four sons of  "Old  King" Morrison, the richest and altogether most important  farmer in  the district.

On this account Samuel was inclined to  assume the  blustering manners of his portly, pompous, but  altogether

goodnatured  father, the "Old King."  But while bluster  in the old man, who had  gained the respect and

esteem that success  generally brings, was  tolerated, in Sammy it became ridiculous and  at times offensive.

The  young man had been entertaining the  assembled group of farmers and  farm lads with vivid descriptions

of  various achievements in the  harvest field on the part of himself or  some of the members of his

distinguished family, the latest and  most notable achievement being  the "slashing down and tying up" of  a

tenacre field of oats by the  four of them, the "Old King"  himself driving the reaper. 

"Yes, sir!" shouted Sammy.  "And Joe, he took the last sheaf right  off that table!  You bet!" 

"How many of you?" asked Ben sharply. 

"Just four," replied Sammy, turning quickly at Ben's unexpected  question. 

"How many shocking?" continued Ben, with a judicial air. 

"Why, none, you blamed gander!  An' kep' us humpin', too, you bet!" 

"I guess so," grunted Ben, "from what I've seed." 

Sam regarded him steadfastly.  "And what have you 'seed,' Mr.  Fallows, may I ask?" he inquired with fine

scorn. 

"Seed?  Seed you bindin', of course." 


The Doctor

VIII. BEN'S GANG 37



Top




Page No 40


"Well, what are ye hootin' about?"  Sam was exceedingly wroth. 

"I hain't been talking much for the last hour."  In moments of  excitement Ben became uncertain of his h's.  "I

used to talk more  when I wasn't so busy, but I hain't been talkin' so much this 'ere  'arvest.  We hain't had time.

When we're on a job," continued Ben,  as the crowd drew near to listen, "we hain't got time fer talkin',  and

when we're through we don't feel like it.  We don't need, to." 

A general laugh of approval followed Ben's words. 

"You're right, Ben.  You're a gang of hustlers," said Alec Murray.  "There ain't much talkin' when you git

agoin'.  But that's a  pretty  good day's work, Ben, ten acres." 

Ben gave a snort.  "Yes.  Not a bad day's work fer two men."  He  had no love for any of the Morrisons, whose

near neighbours he was  and at whose hands he had suffered many things. 

"Two men!" shouted Sammy.  "Your gang, I suppose you mean." 

Suddenly Ben's selfcontrol vanished.  "Yes, by the jumpin'  Jemima!" he cried, facing suddenly upon Sam.

"Them's the two, if  yeh  want to know.  Them's binders!  They don't stop, at hevery  corner to  swap lies an' to

see if it's goin' to ran.  They keep a  workin', they  do.  They don't wait to cool hoff before they drink  fer fear

they git  foundered, as if they was 'osses, like you  fellers up on the west side  line there."  Ben threw his h's

recklessly about.  "You hain't no  binders, you hain't.  Yeh never  seed any." 

At this moment "King" Morrison himself entered the blacksmith shop. 

"Hello, Ben!  What's eatin' you?" he exclaimed. 

Ben grew suddenly quiet.  "Makin' a bloomin' hass of myself, I  guess," he growled. 

"What's up with Benny?  He seems a little raised," said the "Old  King," addressing the crowd generally. 

"Oh, blowin' 'bout his harvestin' gang," said his son Sam. 

"Well, you can do a little blowin' yourself, Sammy." 

"Guess I came by it natcherly n'ough," said Sam.  He stood in no  awe of his father. 

"Blowin's all right if you can back it up, Sammy.  But what's the  matter, Benny, my boy?  We're all glad to see

you about, an' more'n  that, we're glad to hear of your good work this summer.  But what  are  they doin' to

you?" 

"Doin' nothin'," broke in Sam, a little nettled at the "Old King's"  kindly tone toward Ben.  "He's blowin' round

here to beat the band  'bout his gang." 

"Well, Sam, he's got a right to blow, for they're two good  workers." 

"But they can't bind ten acres a day, as Ben blows about." 

"Well, that would be a little strong," said the "Old King."  "Why,  it took my four boys a good day to tie up ten

acres, Ben." 


The Doctor

VIII. BEN'S GANG 38



Top




Page No 41


"I'm talkin' 'bout binders," said Ben, in what could hardly be  called a respectful tone. 

"Look here, Ben, no two men can bind ten acres in a day, so just  quit yer blowin' an' talk sense." 

"I'm talkin' 'bout binders," repeated Ben stubbornly. 

"And I tell you, Ben," replied the "Old King," with emphasis, "your  boysand they're good boys, toocan't

tie no ten acres in a day.  They've got the chance of tryin' on that ten acres of wheat on my  west fifty.  If they

can do it in a day they can have it." 

"They wouldn't take it," answered Ben regretfully.  "They can do  it, fast enough." 

Then the "Old King" quite lost patience.  "Now, Ben, shut up!  You're a blowhard!  Why, I'd bet any man the

whole field against  $50  that it can't be done." 

"I'll take you on that," said Alec Murray. 

"What?"  The "Old King" was nonplussed for a moment. 

"I'll take that.  But I guess you don't mean it." 

But the "Old King" was too much of a sport to go back upon his  offer.  "It's big odds," he said.  "But I'll stick

to it.  Though I  want to tell you, there's nearer twelve acres than ten." 

"I know the field," said Alec.  "But I'm willing to risk it.  The  winner pays the wages.  How long a day?"

continued Alec. 

"Quit at six." 

"The best part of the day is after that." 

"Make it eight, then," said the "Old King."  "And we'll bring it  off on Monday.  We're thrashing that day, but

the more the  merrier." 

"There's jest one thing," interposed Ben, "an' that is, the boys  mustn't know about this." 

"Why not?" said Alec.  "They're dead game." 

"Oh, Dick'd jump at it quick enough, but Barney wouldn't let 'im  risk it.  He's right careful of that boy." 

After full discussion next Sabbath morning by those who were  loitering, after their custom, in the churchyard

waiting for the  service to begin, it was generally agreed that the "Old King" with  his usual shrewdness had

"put his money on the winning horse."  Even  Alec Murray, though he kept a bold face, confided to his bosom

friend,  Rory Ross, that he "guessed his cake was dough, though they  would make  a pretty big stagger at it." 

"If Dick only had Barney's weight," said Rory, "they would stand a  better chance." 

"Yes.  But Dick tires quicker.  An' he'll die before he drops." 

"But ten acres, Alec!  And there's more than ten acres in that  field." 


The Doctor

VIII. BEN'S GANG 39



Top




Page No 42


"I know.  But it's standing nice, an' it's lighter on the knoll in  the centre.  If I can only get them goin' their best

clipI'll  have  to work it some way.  I'll have to get Barney moving.  Dick's  such an  ambitious little beggar

he'd follow till he bust.  The  first thing,"  continued Alec, "is to get them a good early start.  I'll have a talk  with

Ben." 

As a result of his conversation with Ben it was hardly daylight on  Monday morning when Mrs. Boyle,

glancing at her clock, sprang at  once  from her bed and called her sons. 

"You're late, Barney.  It's nearly six, and you have to go to  Morrison's today.  Here's Ben with the horses

fed." 

"Why, mother, it's only five o'clock by my watch." 

"No, it's six." 

Upon comparison Ben's watch corresponded with the clock.  Barney  concluded something must be wrong and

routed Dick up, and with such  good purpose did they hasten through breakfast that in an hour from  the time

the boys were called they were standing in the field  waiting  for Ben to begin the day's work. 

After they had been binding an hour Alec Murray appeared on the  field.  "I'm going to shock," he announced.

"They've got men  enough  up at the thrashing, an' the 'Old King' wants to get this  field in  shock by tomorrow

afternoon so he can get it thrashed, if  you  hustlers can get it down by then."  Alec was apparently in  great

spirits.  He brought with him into the field a breezy air of  excitement. 

"Here, Ben, don't take all day oiling up there.  I guess I'm after  you today, remember." 

"Guess yeh'll wait till it's tied, won't yeh?" said Ben, who  thoroughly understood Alec's game. 

"Don't know 'bout that.  I may have to jump in an' tie a few  myself." 

"Don't you fret yourself," replied Dick.  "If you shock all that's  tied today you'll need to hang your shirt on

the fence at night." 

"Keep cool, Dick, or you'll be leavin' Barney too far behind.  You  tie quicker than him, I hear." 

"Oh, I don't know," said Dick modestly, though quite convinced in  his own mind that he could. 

"Dick's a little quicker, ain't he?" said Alec, turning to Barney. 

"Oh, he's quick enough." 

"Did you never have a tussle?" inquired Alec, snatching up a couple  of sheaves in each arm and setting them

in their places in the  shock  with a quick swing, then stepping off briskly for others. 

"No," said Barney shortly. 

"I guess he didn't want you to hurt yourself," he suggested  cunningly to Dick.  "When a fellow isn't very

strong he's got to be  careful."  This was Dick's sensitive point.  He was not content to  do  a man's work in the

field, but he was miserable unless he took  first  place. 


The Doctor

VIII. BEN'S GANG 40



Top




Page No 43


"Oh, he needn't be afraid of hurting me," he said, taking Alec's  bait.  "I've worked with him all harvest and I'm

alive yet."  Unconsciously Dick's pace quickened, and for the next few minutes  Barney was left several

sheaves behind. 

"He's just foolin' with you, Dick," jeered Alec.  "He wouldn't hurt  you for the world." 

Unconsciously by his hustling manner and by his sly suggestion of  superiority now to one and again to the

other, he put both boys  upon  their mettle, and before they were aware they were going at a  racing  pace,

though neither would acknowledge that to the other.  Alec kept  following them close, almost running for his

sheaves,  flinging a word  of encouragement now to one, now to the other,  shouting at Ben as he  turned the

corners, and by every means  possible keeping the excitement  at the highest point.  But he was  careful not to

overdrive his men.  By a previous arrangement and  without serious difficulty he had  persuaded Teenie Ross,

who had  come to assist the Morrison girls at  the threshing, to bring out a  lunch to the field at ten o'clock.  For

half an hour they sat in  the long grass in the shade of a maple tree  eating the lunch which  Dick at least was

beginning to feel in need of.  But not a minute  more did Alec allow. 

"I'm going to catch you fellows," he said, "if I've to take off my  shirt to do it." 

Dick was quick to respond and again set off at full speed.  But the  grain was heavier than Alec had counted

upon, and when the noon  hour  had arrived he estimated that the grain was not more than one  third  down.  A

full hour and a half he allowed his men for rest,  cunningly  drawing them off from the crowd of threshers to a

quiet  place in the  orchard where they could lie down and sleep, waking  them when time was  up that there

should be no loss of a single  precious moment.  As they  were going out to the field Alec  suggested that

instead of coming back  for supper at five, according  to the usual custom, they should have it  brought to them

in the  field. 

"It's a long way up to the house," he explained, "and the days are  getting short."  And though the boys didn't

take very kindly to the  suggestion, neither would think of opposing it. 

But in spite of all that Alec and Ben could do, when the threshers  knocked off work for the day and sauntered

down to the field where  the reaping was going on, it looked as if the "Old King" were to  win  his bet. 

"Keep out of this field!" yelled Alec, as the men drew near;  "you're interferin' with our work.  Come, get out!"

For the boys  had  begun to take it easy and chatting with some of them. 

"Get away from here, I tell you!" cried Alec.  "You line up along  the fence and we'll show you how this thing

should be done!" 

Realizing the fairness of his demand, the men retired from the  field.  The long shadows of the evening were

falling across the  field.  The boys were both showing weariness at every step they  took.  Alec was at his wit's

end.  The grain was all cut, but there  was  still a large part of it to bind.  He determined to take the  boys into  his

confidence.  He knew all the risk there was in this  step.  Barney  might refuse to risk an injury to his brother.  It

was Alec's only  chance, however, and walking over to the boys, he  told them the issue  at stake. 

"Boys," he said, "I don't want you to hurt yourselves.  I don't  care a dern about the money.  I'd like to beat 'Old

King' Morrison  and I'd like to see you make a record.  You've done a big day's  work  already, and if you want

to quit I won't say a word." 

"Quit!" cried Dick in scorn, kindling at Alec's story.  "What time  have we left?" 

"We have till eight o'clock.  It's now just seven." 


The Doctor

VIII. BEN'S GANG 41



Top




Page No 44


"Come on then, Barney!" cried Dick.  "We're good for an hour,  anyway." 

"I don't know, Dick," said Barney, hesitating. 

"Come along!  I can stand it and I know you can."  And off he set  again at racing pace and making no attempt

to hide it. 

In half an hour there were still left them, taking two swaths  apiece, the two long sides and the two short ends. 

"You can't do it, boys," said Alec regretfully.  "Let 'er go." 

"Yes, boys," cried the "Old King," who, with the crowd, had drawn  near, "you've done a big day's work.

You'll hurt yourselves.  You've  earned double pay and you'll get it." 

"Not yet," cried Dick.  "We'll put in the half hour at any rate.  Come on, Barney!  Never mind your rake!" 

His face looked pale and worn, but his eyes were ablaze with light,  and but for his pale face there was no sign

of weariness about him.  He flung away his rake and, snatching up a band, kicked the sheaf  together, caught it

up, drew, tied, and fastened it as with one  single act. 

"We'll show them waltz time, Barney," he called, springing toward  the next sheaf.  "One"at the word he

snatched up and made the  band,  "two"he passed the band around the sheaf, kicking it at the  same  time into

shape, "three"he drew and knotted the band,  shoving the  end in with his thumb.  After him went Barney.

One  twothree! and  a sheaf was done.  Onetwothree! and so from  sheaf to sheaf.  It  took them

fifteen minutes to go down the long  side.  Dick, who had the  inside, finished and sprang to his place  at the

outer side. 

"Get inside!" shouted Barney, "let me take that swath!" 

"Come along!" replied Dick, tying his sheaf. 

"Fifteen minutes left, boys!  I believe you're going to do it!"  At  this Ben gave a yell. 

"They're goin' to do it!" he shouted, stumping around in great  excitement. 

"Double up, Dick!" cried Barney, carrying one sheaf to the next and  tying them both together.  Dick followed

Barney's example, but here  his brother's extra strength told in the race.  Close after them  came  the crowd, Alec

leading them, watch in hand, all yelling. 

"Two minutes for that end, boys!" cried Alec, as they reached the  corner.  "You're goin' to do it, my hearties!

You're goin' to do  it!"  They had thirteen minutes in which to bind a side and an end. 

"They can't do it, Alec," said the "Old King."  "They'll hurt  themselves.  Call them off!" 

"Are you all right, Dick?" cried Barney, swinging on to the outer  swath. 

"All right," panted his brother, striding in at his side. 

"Come on!  We'll do it, then!" replied Barney. 


The Doctor

VIII. BEN'S GANG 42



Top




Page No 45


Side by side they rushed.  Sheaf by sheaf they tied together,  Barney gradually gaining by the doubling

process. 

"Don't wait for me," gasped Dick, "if you can go faster!" 

"One minute and a half, boys, if you can stand it!" cried Alec, as  they reached the last corner.  "One minute

and a half, and we win!" 

There remained five sheaves on the outer of Barney's two swaths,  two on the inner of Dick's.  In all, nine for

Barney, six for Dick.  The sheaves were comparatively small.  Springing at this swath,  Barney doubled the

first two, the second two, the third two, and  putting the last three together swung in upon Dick's swath where

there were two sheaves left. 

"Don't you touch it!" gasped Dick angrily. 

"How's the time, Alec?" panted Barney. 

"Half a minute." 

Before he spoke, Dick flung himself on his last two sheaves,  crying, "Out of the way there!" snatched his

band, passing it  around  the sheaf, tied it, flung it over his shoulder, and stood  with his  hands on his knees, his

breath coming in sobbing gasps. 

For a few minutes the men went wild.  Barney stepped to Dick's  side, and patting him on the shoulder, said,

"Great man, Dick!  But  I  was a fool to let you!" 

"That's what you were!" cried the "Old King," slapping Dick on the  back, "but there's the greatest day's work

ever done in these  parts.  The wheat's yours," he said, turning to Alec, "but begad! I  wish it  was goin' to them

that won it!" 

"An' that's where it is going," said Alec, "every blamed sheaf of  it, to Ben's gang." 

"We'll take what's coming to us," said Barney shortly. 

"I told yeh so," said Ben regretfully. 

"Why, don't you know it was for you I took the bet?" said Alec,  angry that he should be balked in his good

intention to help the  boys. 

"We'll take our wages," repeated Barney in a tone that settled the  controversy.  "The wheat is not ours." 

"Then it ain't mine," said Alec, disgusted, remembering in how  great peril his $50 had been. 

"Well, boys," said the "Old King," "it ain't mine.  We'll divide it  in three." 

"We'll take our wages," said Barney again, in sullen determination. 

"Confound the boy!" cried the "Old King."  "What'll we do with the  wheat?  I say, we'll give it to Ben; he's had

hard luck this year." 


The Doctor

VIII. BEN'S GANG 43



Top




Page No 46


"No, by the jumpin' Jemima Jebbs!" said Ben, stumping over to  Barney's side.  "I stand with the boss.  I take

my wages." 

"Well, doggone you all!  Will you take double pay, then?  There's  two days' good work there.  And the rest

we'll give to the church.  Good thing the minister ain't here or he'd kick, too!" 

"But," added the "Old King," turning to his son Sam, "after this  you crawl into your shell when there's any

blowin' bein' done about  Ben's gang." 

IX. LOVE'S TANGLED WAYS

The mill lane was prinked with all the June flowers.  Over the  snake fence massed the clover, red and white.

Through the rails  peeped the thistle bloom, pink and purple, and higher up above the  top rail the white crest

of the dogwood slowly nodded in the breeze  this sweet summer day.  In the clover the bumblebees, the

crickets,  and the grasshoppers boomed, chirped, crackled, shouting their joy  to  be alive in so good a place and

on so good a day.  Above, the  sky was  blue, pure blue, and all the bluer for the specks of cloud  that hung,

stillpoised like whitewinged birds, white against the  blue.  Last  evening's rain had washed the world clean.

The sky,  the air, the  flowers, the clover, red and white, the kindly grass  that ran green  everywhere under foot,

the dusty road, all were  washed clean.  In the  elm bunches by the fence, in the maples and  thorns, the birds,

their  summer preoccupations forgotten at the  bidding of this new washed day,  recalled their spring songs and

poured them forth with fine careless  courage. 

In tune to this brave symphony of colour and song, and down this  flowerprinked, songfilled, clean washed,

grassy lane stepped Dick  this summer morning, stepped with the spring and balance of the  welltrained

athlete, stepped with the step of a man whose heart  makes him merry music.  A cleanlooking man was Dick,

harmonious  with  the day and with the lane down which he stepped.  Against the  grey of  his suit his hands, his

face, and his neck, where the  negligee shirt  fell away wide, revealing his strong, full curves  spreading to the

shoulders, all showed ruddy brown.  He was a man  good to look upon,  with his springy step, his tan skin, his

clear  eye, but chiefly  because out of his clear eye a soul looked forth  clean and unafraid  upon God's good

world of wholesome growing  things. 

From his three years of 'varsity life he came back unspoiled to his  boyhood's love of the open sky and of all

things under it.  He had  just come through a great year in college, his third, the greatest  in  many ways of the

college course.  His class had thrust him into  a  man's place of leadership in that world where only manhood

counts, and  he had "made good."  In the literary, in the gym, on  the campus he had  made and held high place,

and on the class lists,  in spite of his many  distractions, he had ranked a double first.  Best of all, it filled him

with warm gratitude to remember that  none of his fellows had grudged  him any of his good things.  What a

decent lot they were!  It humbled  him to think of their pride in  him.  He would not disappoint them.  Noblesse

oblige. 

At the crest of the hill he paused to look back, and here the pain  that had been running below his

consciousness, like the minor  strain  in rich music, came to the top.  This was Barney's spot.  At  this spot

Barney always made him pause to look back upon the old  mill in its  frame of beauty.  Poor Barney!  Twice he

had gone down  to the exams,  and twice he had failed.  Of all in the home circle  only Dick could  understand

the full bitterness of the cup of  humiliation that his  brother had put silently to his lips and  drained.  To his

mother, the  failure brought no surprise, and she  would have been glad enough to  have him give up "his notion

of  being a doctor and be content with the  mill."  She had no ambitions  for poor Barney, who was "a quiet lad

and  welldoing enough," an  encomium which stood for all the virtues  removed from any touch of  genius.

She was not hurt by his failure.  Indeed, she could hardly  understand how deep the shame had gone into  his

proud, reserved  heart.  His father did not talk about it, but  carried him off to  look at some of the mill


The Doctor

IX. LOVE'S TANGLED WAYS 44



Top




Page No 47


machinery which had gone  wrong, and it was  only by a gentler tone in his voice that Barney knew  that his

father understood.  But Dick, with his fuller knowledge of  college  life, realized as none other of them did the

extent of  Barney's  miserable sense of defeat. 

And now, as he looked back upon the mill, Barney's pain became his  anew.  The causes of his failure were not

far to seek.  "He had no  chance!" said Dick aloud, leaning upon the top rail and looking  with  gloomy eyes

upon the scene of beauty before him.  Things had  changed  since old Doctor Ferguson's time.  The scientific

basis of  medicine  was coming to its place in medical study, and the old  doctor's  contempt for these

newfangled notions had wrought ill for  Barney.  Dick remembered how he had gone, hot with indignation

for  his  brother, to the new English professor in chemistry, whose  papers were  the terror of all pass men and,

indeed, all honour men  who stuck too  closely to the textbook.  He remembered the  Englishman's drawling

contempt as, after looking up Barney's name  and papers, he dismissed  the matter with the words, "He knows

nothing whatever about the  subject, couldn't conduct the simplest  experiment, don't you know."  Poor Barney!

the ancient and  elementary chemistry of Dr. Ferguson  seemed to hold not even the  remotest affinity to that

which Professor  Fish expected.  Dick was  glad this morning that he had had sense  enough to hold his tongue

in the professor's presence.  It comforted  him to recall the  generous enthusiasm with which Dr. Trent, the most

brilliant  surgeon on the staff, had recalled Barney's name. 

"Your brother, is he?  Well, sir, he's a wonder!" 

"Fish doesn't think so," Dick had replied. 

"Oh!  Fish be hanged!" the doctor had answered, with the fine  contempt of a specialist in practical work for

the theorist in  medicine.  He has some idiotic notions in his head that he plucks  men  for not knowing.  I don't

say they are not necessary, but  useful  chiefly for examination purposes.  Send your brother down.  Send him

down.  For if ever I saw an embryonic surgeon, he's one!  When he  comes, bring him to me." 

"He'll come," Dick had answered, his face hot to think that it was  for his sake Barney had remained grinding

at home. 

"And he's going this fall," said Dick aloud, "or no 'varsity for  me."  He pulled a letter out of his pocket.  It was

from his  football  comrade, young Macdonald, offering, in his father's name,  to Barney  and himself positions

in one of the lumber mills far up  the Ottawa,  where, by working overtime, there was a chance of  making $100

a month  and all found.  "And we'll make it go," said  Dick.  "There's $300  apiece for us, and that's more than

we want.  Poor old chap!" he  continued, musing aloud, "he'll get his chance  at last.  Besides,  we'll get him

away from that girl, confound her!  though I'm afraid  it's no use now." 

A deeper pain surged up from the bottom of Dick's heart.  "That  girl" was Iola.  The night before, as they were

driving home in the  growing dark, with halting words and with shamed face, as if he  were  doing his brother a

wrong, Barney had confided to him that  Iola and he  had come to an understanding of their mutual love.  Dick

remembered  this morning, and he would remember to his dying  day, the sense of  loss, of being forsaken, that

had smitten him as  he cried, "Oh,  Barney! is it possible?"  Then, as Barney had gone  on to explain how  it had

come about, almost apologizing, as it  seemed to Dick, for his  weakness, Dick, seeing in the gloom a gleam  of

hope, had cried, "We'll  get you out of it, Barney.  I'll help  you this summer."  And then  again the

inevitableness of what had  taken place had come over him at  Barney's reply: "But, Dick, I  don't want to get

out of it."  At that  moment Dick's world changed.  No longer was he first with his brother.  Iola had taken his

place.  In vain Barney, guessing the thought in his  heart, had protested  with eager, almost piteous, appeal that

Dick  would be the same to  him as ever.  In the first acute moment of his  pain he had cried  out some quick

word of bitter reproach, but the look  on Barney's  face had checked him.  He was glad now that he had said

nothing  against the girl.  And as he thought of her in the saner light  of  the morning, he felt that he could not be

quite fair to her, and  yet he wished it had been some other than Iola.  "It's that  confounded voice of hers, and


The Doctor

IX. LOVE'S TANGLED WAYS 45



Top




Page No 48


her eyes, and her whole getup.  She's  got something diabolically fetching about her."  Then, as if  he had  gone

too far, he continued, still musing aloud, "She's good  enough, I  guess, but not for Barney."  That was one of

the bitter  things that  had survived the night.  She was not good enough for  his brother, his  hero, his beau ideal

of high manhood ever since he  could think.  "But  there is no one good enough for Barney," he  continued,

"exceptyesthere is oneMargaretshe is good  enougheven for  Barney."  As Barney among men, so

Margaret among  women had stood with  Dick, peerless.  And all his life he had put  these two together.  Even  as

a little fellow, when saying his  prayers to his mother, next in the  list to Barney's name had always  come

Margaret's.  She was like Barney  in so many ways; strong like  Barney in her relentless devotion to  duty; she

had Barney's fine  sense of honour, of righteousness, and  Barney's superb courage,  and, more than anything

else, the same  unfathomable heart of love.  One could never get to the bottom of it.  No matter what the drain,

there would still be love there. 

It was the thought of Margaret that had set his heart singing  within him this morning.  Even last night, after

the first few  moments of pain, the thought of Margaret had come to him, bringing  an  odd sense of happiness,

and early this morning the first  consciousness  of loss, that had made him tighten his arm hard about  his

brother, had  been followed by that feeling of happiness,  indefinable at first, but  soon traced to the thought of

Margaret.  For the first time in his life  he thought of her unrelated to  Barney.  He had always loved Margaret,

rejoiced in her high spirit,  her courage, her downright sincerity, her  deep heart, but never for  himself, always

for Barney.  The first  resentment that Barney  should have passed her by for one like Iola had  given way to a

timid fluttering of heart that strengthened and  deepened to a great  joy that the way to Margaret for him stood

open.  For himself, now,  he might love her.  With such marvellous swiftness  does love work  that, when his

mother bade him go "pay his duty to the  minister,"  his heart responded with so great a leap of joy that he

found  himself glancing quickly at the faces of those about him, sure  that  they must have noticed. 

And now he was on his way to Margaret.  It was as if he had to make  acquaintance of her.  He wondered how

she would greet him and he  wondered what he should say to her.  What would she be doing now?  He  glanced

at his watch.  It was just ten o'clock.  The morning  work  would be done.  She might come for a little stroll in

the  woods at the  back of the manse, but he would say nothing to her to  day.  He would  wait and watch to

read her heart.  He sprang up the  bank, that ran  along beside the fence, to go on his way.  A gleam  of white

through  the snake fence against the pink of the clover  caught his eye.  Under  the thorn treehe knew the spot

welland  upon the grass, lay a girl.  "By Jove!" he whispered, his heart  stopping, thumping, then rushing,  "it

is Margaret."  He would creep  up and surprise her.  The deep grass  deadened his footfalls.  He  was close to her.

He held his breath.  She lay asleep, one arm  under her head, the other flung wide in an  abandonment of

weariness.  He stood gazing down upon her.  Pale she  looked to him,  and thin and weary.  The lines about her

mouth and eyes  spoke of  cares and of griefs, too.  How much older she was than he had  thought!  "Poor girl!

she has been having a hard time!  It's a  shame,  a downright shame!  And she's only a child yet!"  At the  thought

of  her long sacrifice for those three past years a great  pity stole into  his heart.  At that touch of pity the love

that had  ever filled his  heart, dammed back for so long by his regard for  his brother's rights,  suddenly finding

its new channel, burst forth  and swept like a torrent  through his being.  He lost grip of  himself and, before he

knew, he  had bent over the sleeping girl and  kissed her lips.  A long shivering  sigh shook her.  "Barney," she

murmured, a slight smile playing about  her lips.  She opened her  eyes.  A moment she lay looking up into

Dick's face, then, suddenly  wide awake, she sat upright. 

"You! Dick!" she cried, surprise, indignation, shame, mingling in  her voice.  "Youyou dare to" 

"Yes, Margaret," said Dick, aghast at what he had done, "I couldn't  help it.  You looked so sweet and so sad,

andand I love you so  much." 

"You," cried the girl again, as if she could find no other word.  "What did you say?" 

"I said, Margaret," he replied, gathering his courage together,  "that I love you so much." 


The Doctor

IX. LOVE'S TANGLED WAYS 46



Top




Page No 49


"You love me?" she gasped. 

"Yes, I love you.  I never knew till last night." 

"Last night?" she echoed, with her eyes upon his face, now grown  pale, but illuminated with a light she had

never seen there before. 

"Yes, last night.  It was always there, Margaret," he hurried to  say, "but only last night I found out I might

love you.  I never  let  myself go.  I thought I had no right.  I mean I thought Barney"  At  the mention of his

brother's name, the face that had been  white with a  look almost of horror flamed quickly with red.  "Last

night,"  continued Dick, wondering at the change in her, "I found  out, and this  morning, Margaret, the whole

world is just humming  with joy because I  know I may love you all I want to.  Oh, it's  great!  I never imagined

a fellow could hold so much love or so  much joy.  Do you understand  me, Margaret?  Do you knew what I am

talking about?"  Margaret's face  had grown pale and haggard, as  with pain, and her eyes were wide open  with

pity. 

"Yes, Dick," she said slowly, "I know.  I have just been learning."  The brave lips quivered, but she kept firm

hold of herself.  "I  know  all the joy andall the pain."  She stopped short at the look  in  Dick's face.  The

buoyant, glad light flickered and went out.  A look  of perplexity, of great fear, and then of desolation, like  that

on her  own face, spread over his.  He knew her too well to  misunderstand her  meaning.  She leaned over to

him, still kneeling  in the grass.  "Oh,  Dick, dear!" she cried, taking his hand in hers  with a mothertouch  and

tone, "must you suffer, too?  Oh, don't say  you must!  Not with my  pain, Dick!  Not with my pain!"  Her voice

rose in a cry, broke into a  sob, but still she held him with her  eyes. 

"Do you say I must?" he answered in a hoarse tone.  "I love you  with all my heart." 

"Oh, don't Dick, dear," she pleaded, "don't say it!" 

"Yes, I will," he said, recovering his voice, "because it's true.  And I'm glad it's true.  I'm glad that I can at last

let myself  love  you.  It was only last night when Barney told me about Iola,  you  know." 

"Yes, yes," she said hurriedly. 

"I had always thought that it was you, and I was glad to think so  for Barney.  But last night"here a quick

flash of joy came into  his  face at the memory"I found out, and this morning I could  hardly help  shouting it

as I came along to you."  He paused, and,  leaning toward  her, he took her hand.  "Don't you think, Margaret,

you might perhaps  some time."  The piteous entreaty in his voice  broke down the girl's  proud courage. 

"Oh, Dick!  Oh, Dick!" she sobbed, "don't!  Don't ask me!"  Her  sobs came tempestuously. 

He put his arms about her and, stroking her yellow hair, gently  said, "Never mind, little girl.  Don't do that!  I

can't stand  that,  andwell, I won't bother you a bit with my affair.  Don't  think about  me.  I'll get hold of

myself.  There nowhush, hush,  girlie.  Don't  cry like that!"  He held her close to him, caressing  her till she

grew  quiet. 

At length she drew away, saying, "I don't know why I should act  like this.  I haven't cried for a year.  I think I

am tired.  It  has  been a hard winter, Dick.  They used to play and sing together  for  hours.  Oh, it was wonderful

music, but I could have shrieked  aloud.  Don't think me horrid," she went on hurriedly.  "I wonder I  am not

ashamed to tell you.  But I never let anyone know, neither  of them nor  anyone else.  Mind you that, Dick, no

one knows."  She  sat up  straight, her courage coming back.  "I never meant to tell  you, Dick,  but you know

you took me unaware."  A little smile was  struggling to  the corners of her mouth and a faint flush touched  her


The Doctor

IX. LOVE'S TANGLED WAYS 47



Top




Page No 50


pale cheek.  "But I am glad you know.  And, Dick, can't we go  back?  Won't you  forget what you have said?"

Dick had been looking  at her, wondering  at her courage and selfcommand, but in his eyes  a look of misery

that  went to the girl's heart. 

"Forget!" he cried.  "Tell me how." 

She shook her head, and then, reading his eyes, she cried aloud,  "Oh, Dick! must we go on and on like this?"

She pressed her hands  hard upon her heart.  "There's a sore, sore pain right here," she  said.  "Is there to be no

rest, no relief from it?  It's been there  for two years."  She was fast losing her grip of herself again.  Once  more

he caught her in his strong brown hands. 

"Now, Margaret dear, don't do that!  We'll help each other somehow.  Godyes, God will help us if He takes

any interest in us at all.  He  can't let us go on like this!" 

The words steadied her. 

"I know, Dick," she said, a sudden quiet falling upon her, "there  has been no one else for all these months,

and He has helped me.  He  will help you, too.  Come," she continued, "let us go." 

"No, sit down and talk," replied Dick.  He looked at his watch.  "A  quarter after ten," he said, in surprise.  "Can

the whole world  change in one little quarter of an hour?" he asked, looking up at  her, "it was ten when I

stopped at the hill." 

"Come, Dick," she said again, "we'll talk another time, I can't  trust myself just now.  I was going to your

mother's." 

But Dick remained kneeling in the grass where he was.  It seemed to  him as if he had been in some strange

land remote from this common  life, and he shrank from contact with the ordinary day and its  ordinary doings. 

"I can't, Margaret," he said.  "You go.  Let me fight it out." 

She knew too well where he was.  "No, Dick, I will not leave you  here.  Come, do."  She went quickly to him,

kneeled down, put her  arms about his neck and kissed him.  "Help me, Dick," she  whispered. 

It was the word he needed.  He threw his arms about her, kissed her  once, and then, as if seized with a frenzy

of passion, he kissed,  again and again, her hair, her face, her hands, her lips, murmuring  in hoarse, passionate

tones, "I love you!  I love you!"  For a few  moments she suffered him, and then gently pushed him back and

drew  apart from him.  Her action recalled him to himself. 

"Forgive me, Margaret," he cried brokenly, "I'm a great, selfish  brute.  I think only of myself.  Now I'm ready

to go.  And when I  weaken again, don't think me quite a cad." 

He sprang up, threw back his shoulders as if adjusting them to a  load, gave her his hand, and lifted her up,

and together they set  off  down the lane, the shadow a little lighter as each felt the  other  near. 

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR

Are you going to Trinity convocation tomorrow?" asked Dr. Bulling  of Iola. 

They were sitting in what Iola called her studio.  A poor little  room it was, but suggesting in every detail the


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 48



Top




Page No 51


artistic taste of  its  occupant.  Its adornments, the luxurious arrangement of  cushions in  the cosey corner, the

prints upon the walls, and the  books on the  little table, spoke of a pathetic attempt to reproduce  the

surroundings of luxurious art without the large outlay that art  demands.  At one side of the room stood a piano

with music lying  carelessly about.  In another corner was Iola's guitar, which she  seldom used now except

when intimate friends gathered for one of  the  little suppers she loved to give.  Then she took it up to sing  the

mammy songs of her childhood.  On the side opposite to that on  which  the piano stood was a little fireplace.  It

was the fireplace  that had  determined the choice of the room. 

As Dr. Bulling asked his question Iola's lace lit up with a sudden  splendour. 

"Yes, of course," she cried. 

"And why 'of course'?" inquired the doctor. 

"Why?  Because a great friend of mine is to receive his degree and  his gold medal." 

"And who is that, pray?" 

"Mr. Boyle." 

"Oh, you know him?  Clever chap, they say.  Can't say I know him.  Have seen him a few times in the hospital

with Trent.  Struck me as  rather crude.  From the country, some place, isn't he?" 

"Yes," replied Iola, with ever so slight a hesitation, "he is from  the country, where I met him fiveyes, it is

actually fiveyears  ago.  So you see he is quite an old friend.  And as for being  crude,  I think you can hardly

call him that.  Of course, he is not  one of  society's darlings, a patron of art, and a rising member of  his

profession as yet"this with a little bow to her visitor"but  some  day he will be great.  And, besides, he is

very nice." 

"Of that I have no doubt," said the doctor, "seeing he is a friend  of yours.  But how are you going?  Some

friends of mine are to be  there and will be glad to call for you."  The doctor could hardly  prevent a tone of

condescension, almost of patronage, in his voice. 

"You are very kind," said Iola, with just enough reserve in her  manner to make the doctor conscious of his

tone, "but I am going  with  friends." 

"Friends?" inquired the doctor.  "And who, may I ask?"  There was  an almost rude familiarity in his tone, but

Iola only smiled at him  the more sweetly. 

"Oh, very dear friends, and very old friends, and friends of Mr.  Boyle.  In fact, his brother, a theological

student, and a Miss  Robertson.  I think you have met her.  She is a nurse in the  General  Hospital." 

"Nurse Robertson?" said Bulling.  "Oh, yes, I know her.  Pretty  much of a saint, isn't she?" 

"A saint?" cried Iola, for the first time throwing energy into her  voice.  "Yes, a saint.  But the best and sweetest

and kindest and  jolliest girl I know." 

"I should hardly have called her jolly," said the doctor, with an  air of dismissing her. 

"Oh, she is!" cried Iola, enthusiastically, her large eyes glowing  eager enthusiasm.  "You ought to have seen

her at home.  Why, at  sixteen years she took charge of her father's manse and the  children  in the most


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 49



Top




Page No 52


wonderful way.  Looked after me, too." 

"Poor girl!" murmured the doctor.  "She had a handful, sure  enough." 

"Yes, you may say so.  Then her father went on a trip to the old  country, and, to the surprise of everybody,

brought back a new  wife." 

"And put the girl's nose out of joint," said the doctor. 

"Well, hardly that.  But there was no longer need for her at home,  and, on the whole, she felt better to be

independent, and so here  she  has been for the last two years.  She shares my room when she  is at  home, which

is not often, and still takes care of me." 

"Most fortunate young lady she is," murmured the doctor. 

"So I am going with them," continued Iola. 

"Then I suppose nobody will see you."  The doctor's tone was quite  gloomy. 

"Why, I love to see all my friends." 

"It will be the usual thing," said the doctor, "the same circle  crowding you, the same impossibility of getting a

word with you." 

"That depends on how much you" cried Iola, throwing a swift smile  at him. 

"How much I want to?" interrupted the doctor eagerly.  "You know  quite well I" 

"How much time there is.  You see, one can't be rude.  One must  speak to all one's friends.  But, of course, one

can always plan  one's time.  How ever," she continued, "one can hardly expect to  see  much of the very

popular Dr. Bulling, whose attention is always  so  fully taken up." 

"Oh, rot!" said the doctor.  "I say, can't we get off a little  together?  There are nice quiet nooks about the old

building." 

"Oh, doctor, how shocking!"  But her eyes belied her voice, and the  doctor departed with the lively

expectation of a very pleasant  convocation day at Trinity. 

The convocation passed off with the usual uproar on the part of the  students and the usual longsuffering

endurance on the part of the  dean and faculty and those who were fortunate, or unfortunate,  enough  to be the

orators of the day, the fervent enthusiasm of the  undergraduate body finding expression, now in college

songs, whose  chief characteristic was the vigour with which they were rendered,  personal remarks in the way

of encouragement, deprecation, pity,  or  gentle reproof to all who had to take part in the public  proceedings,

and at intervals in wildly uproarious applause and  cheers at the  mention of the name of some favourite.  At no

point  was the fervour  greater than when Barney was called to receive his  medal.  To the  little group of friends

at the left of the desk,  consisting of his  brother, Margaret, and Iola, it seemed as if the  cheering that greeted

Barney's name was almost worthy of the  occasion.  Dr. Trent presented  him, and as he spoke of the

difficulties he had to contend with in the  early part of his  course, of the perseverance and indomitable courage

the young man  had shown, and the singular, indeed the very remarkable,  ability he  had manifested in the

special line of study for which this  medal  was granted, the dead silence that pervaded the room was even

more  eloquent than the tumult of cheers that followed Dr. Trent's  remarks and that continued until Barney


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 50



Top




Page No 53


had taken his place again  among the graduating class. 

Then someone called out, "What's the matter with old Carbuncle?"  eliciting the usual vociferous reply, "He's

all right!" 

"By Jove," said Dick to Margaret, who sat next him, "isn't that  great?  And the old boy deserves it every bit!"

But Margaret made  no  reply.  She was sitting with her eyes cast down, pale except for  a  spot of red in each

cheek.  At Dick's words she glanced at him  for a  moment, and he noticed that the large blue eyes were full of

tears. 

"It's all right, little girl," he whispered, giving her hand a  little pat.  He dared say no more, for the sight of her

face and  the  look in her eyes set his own heart beating and gave him a choke  in his  throat. 

On the other side of Margaret sat Iola, her face radiant with pride  and joy, and as Barney reached his seat,

turning half around and in  the face of the whole company, she flashed him a look and a smile  so  full of pride

and love that it seemed to him at that moment as  if all  he had endured for the last three years were quite worth

while. 

After the formal proceedings were over, Dr. Bulling made his way to  the little group about Barney. 

"Congratulations, Boyle," he said, in the somewhat patronizing  manner of a graduate of some years' standing

to one who holds his  parchment in his hand and wears his still blushing honours as men  wear new clothes,

"that was a remarkable fine reception you had  today." 

Barney's brief word of acknowledgment showed his resentment of  Bulling's tone and his dislike of the man.  It

angered Barney to  observe the familiar, almost confidential, manner of Dr. Bulling  with  Iola, but it made him

more furious to notice that, instead of  resenting, Iola seemed to be pleased with his manner.  Just now,

however, she was giving herself to Barney.  Her pride in him, her  joy  in him, and her quiet appreciation of

him, were evident to all,  so  evident, indeed, that after a few words Dr. Bulling took himself  off. 

"Brute!" said Barney as the doctor retired. 

"Why, I am sure he seems very nice," said Iola, raising her  eyebrows in surprise. 

"Nice!" said Barney contemptuously.  "If you knew how the men speak  of him about town you wouldn't call

him nice.  He has money, and  he's  in the swim, but he's a beast, all the same." 

"Oh, Barney, you mustn't say so!" cried Iola, "for you know he's  been a great friend to me.  He has been very

kind.  I am quite  devoted to him."  Something in the tone of her voice, and more in  the  smile which she gave

Barney, took the sting out of her words. 

Before many minutes had passed the little group was broken up,  chiefly because of the fact that Iola was soon

surrounded by a  circle  of her own admiring friends, and among them the most  insistent was Dr.  Bulling, who

finally, with bluff, goodnatured  but almost rude  aggressiveness, carried her off to the tearoom.  It  took all the

joy  out of the day for Barney, and on his behalf, for  Margaret and Dick,  that for the rest of the afternoon

Iola's  attention was entirely  absorbed by Dr. Bulling and his little  coterie of friends. 

And this feeling of disappointment in Iola and of resentment  against  Dr. Bulling he carried with him to a little

stag dinner by the  hospital staff at the Olympic that evening.  The dinner was due  chiefly to the exertions of

Dr. Trent, and was intended by him not  only to bring into closer touch with each other the members of the

hospital staff, but also to be a kind of introduction of Barney to  the inner circle of medical men in the city.


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 51



Top




Page No 54


For the past year  Barney had acted as his clerk, almost as his assistant, and, indeed,  Dr. Trent had made the

formal proposition of an assistantship to  him.  Out of compliment to Barney, Dick had been invited, and

young  Drake  also, who owed his parchment that day to Barney's merciless  grinding  in surgery, and perhaps

more to his steadying friendship.  Dr. Bulling,  who, more for his great wealth and his large social  connection

than  for his professional standing, had been invited, was  present with  Foxmore, Smead, and others who

followed him about  applauding his  coarse jokes and accepting his favours.  The dinner  was purely  informal in

character, the menu well chosen, the wines  abundant, and  the drinking hard enough with some, with the result

that as the dinner  neared its end the men, and especially the group  about Bulling, became  more and more

hilarious.  Barney, who was  drinking water and keeping  his hand upon Drake's wineglass, found  his attention

divided between  his conversation with Trent and the  talk of Bulling, who, with his  friends, sat across the

table.  As  this group became more boisterous,  they absorbed to themselves the  attention of the whole

company.  Conscious of the prestige his  wealth and social position accorded  him, and inflamed by the wine he

was drinking, Bulling became  increasingly offensive.  The talk  degenerated.  The stories and songs  became

more and more coarse in  tone.  It was Barney's first experience  of a dinner of this kind,  and it filled him with

disgust and horror.  Even Trent, by no means  inexperienced in these matters, was disgusted  with Bulling's

tone.  Following Barney's glances and aware of his  wandering attention, he  was about to propose a breakup of

the party  when he was arrested by  a look of rigid and eager attention upon the  face of his friend. 

"Disgusting brute!" said Trent, in a low voice. 

But Barney heeded him not.  His attention was concentrated upon  Bulling.  He had his glass in his hand. 

"Here's to the Lane!" he was saying, "the sweetest little Lane in  all the world!" 

"She's divine!" replied Foxmore.  "And what a voice!  She'll make  Canada famous some day.  Where did you

discover her, Bulling?" 

"In church," replied Bulling solemnly, to the uproarious delight of  his followers.  "That's right," he continued,

"heard her sing, set  things in motion, and now she's the leading voice in the cathedral.  Introduced her to a few

people, and there she is, the finest thing  in  her line in the city!  Yes, and some day on the continent!  A  dear,

sweet little lane it is," he continued in a tone of  affectionate  proprietorship that made Barney grind his teeth in

furious rage. 

"That she is," said Smead enthusiastically, "and thoroughly  straight, too!" 

"Oh," said Foxmore, "there's no lane but has a turning.  And trust  Bulling," he added coarsely, "for finding it

out." 

"Well," said Bulling, with a knowing smile, "this little Lane is  straight.  Of course there may be a slight

deflection.  Nature's  lines run in curves, you know."  And again his wit provoked  applauding laughter.  But

before the laughter had quite faded out a  voice was heard, clear and cutting. 

"Dr. Bulling, you are a base liar!"  The words were plainly audible  to every man in the room.  A dead silence

fell upon the company. 

"What?" said the doctor, sitting up straight, as if he had not  heard aright. 

"I say you are a cowardly liar!" 

"What the deuce do you mean?" 


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 52



Top




Page No 55


"You have just made an insinuation against the honour of a young  lady.  I say again you are a mean and

cowardly liar.  I want you to  say so." 

For a moment or two Bulling's surprise kept him silent. 

"Quite right," said Trent.  "Beastly cad!" 

Then Dr. Bulling broke forth.  "You impertinent young cub!  What do  you mean?" 

For answer, Barney seized Drake's wineglass, half full of wine, and  flung glass and contents full in Bulling's

face.  In an instant  every  man was on his feet.  Above the din rose Foxmore's voice. 

"Give it to him Bulling!  Give it to the young prig!" 

"No hurry about this, boys," said Bulling quietly; "I'll make him  eat his words before he's half an hour older." 

Meantime Dick was entreating his brother.  "Let me at him.  He's a  great knocker.  Held the 'varsity

championship.  You don't know  anything about it.  Let me at him, Barney.  I can do him up."  Dick  had been

'varsity champion in his own time.  But Barney put Dick  aside with quiet, stern words. 

"Don't interfere, Dick.  No matter what happens, don't interfere  tonight.  I won't have it, Dick, remember.  It

may take us an hour  or it may take all night, but he'll say he lied before I'm through  with him." 

Meantime the men, and chief among them Trent, were seeking to  appease the doctor and to patch up the

peace. 

"If he apologizes I shall let the young cub off," were the doctor's  terms. 

"If he says he lied," was Barney's condition. 

"Don't disturb yourselves, gentlemen," said Bulling; "it will not  take more than two minutes, and then we can

finish our smoke." 

The moment they stood facing each other Barney rushed, only to  receive a heavy blow which hurled him

backward.  It was plain he  knew  nothing of the game.  It was equally plain that the doctor was  entirely master

of it.  Again and again Barney rushed in wildly,  the  doctor easily blocking, avoiding and sending in killing

blows,  till at  length bloody, dazed, panting, Barney had to lean against  his friends  to recover his wind and

strength.  Opposite him, cool,  smiling, and  untouched, stood his adversary. 

"This is easy, boys," he smiled.  "Now, you young whippersnapper,"  he continued, addressing Barney,

"perhaps you've had enough.  Let  me  tell you, it's time for you to quit fooling, or, by the Eternal,  I'll  send you

to sleep!"  As he spoke he closed his teeth with a  savage  snap. 

"Will you say you're a liar?" said Barney, facing his opponent  again, and disregarding Dick's entreaties and

warnings. 

"Ah, quit it!" said the doctor contemptuously, "Come along, you  fool, if you must have it!" 

Once more Barney rushed.  As he did so Bulling stopped him with a  heavy lefthander on the face which sent

him reeling backward,  quickly following with his right and again with a last terrific  blow  upon the jaw of his

dazed and reeling victim.  Barney fell  with a  crash upon the floor, and lay quiet.  With a cry Dick sprang  at


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 53



Top




Page No 56


Bulling, but half a dozen men pulled him off. 

"Let him come," said Bulling, with a laugh, "I've a very fine  assortment of the same kind.  Families supplied

on reasonable  terms." 

Meantime, while the men were struggling with Dick, Dr. Trent and  Drake were trying to revive poor Barney,

bathing his face and  hands. 

"Stand back!  Don't crowd about, men!  Bring me a little brandy,  someone," said Dr. Trent.  "A more cowardly

brute I've never seen.  You're a disgrace to the profession, Bulling." 

"Oh, thanks.  I don't need your credentials, Trent," said Bulling  cynically. 

But Trent, ignoring him, devoted himself to Barney, who showed  signs of reviving.  It was some minutes,

however, before he could  sit  up.  Meanwhile Bulling with his friends retired to the  lavatory. 

"Here, Boyle," said Treat, holding a glass to his lips as Barney  sat up, "a little more brandy and water." 

For a few moments after he drank the liquor Barney sat gazing  stupidly about.  Then, as full consciousness

returned, cried out,  "Where is he?  He's not gone?"  He seized the glass of brandy and  water from Dr. Treat's

hands and drank it off.  "Get me another,"  he  said.  "Is he gone?" he repeated, making an effort to rise. 

"Never mind, Boyle, he's gone." 

"Wait till another day, Barney," entreated Dick.  "Never mind  tonight." 

At this moment the sound of Dr. Bulling's voice, followed by loud  laughter, came from the lavatory.  At once

Barney stood up, walked  to  the table, poured out a glass of brandy and drank it raw.  For a  minute he stood

stretching his arms. 

"Ah, that's better," he said, and started toward the lavatory, but  Dick clung to him. 

"Barney, listen to me," he entreated, his voice coming in broken  sobs.  "He'll kill you.  Let me take your

place." 

"Dick, keep out of it," said Barney.  "Don't worry.  He'll hurt me  no more, but he'll say it before I'm done."

And, throwing off the  restraining hands, he made his way into the lavatory.  Dr. Bulling  was arranging his

collar before a glass.  As Barney entered he  turned  around. 

"I'm sorry, Boyle," he began, "but you brought it on yourself, you  know." 

Barney walked straight up to him. 

"I didn't hear you say you are a liar." 

"Look here," cried Bulling, "haven't you got enough.  Be thankful  you're not killed.  Go on!  Get home!  I don't

run a butcher shop!" 

"Will you say you're a liar and a cowardly liar?" 

Barney's voice had in it the ring of cold steel. 


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 54



Top




Page No 57


"I say, boys," said Bulling, appealing to the crowd, "keep this  fool off.  I don't want to kill him." 

Foxmore, with some of the others, approached Barney. 

"Now, Boyle, quit it," said Foxmore.  "There's no use, you see."  He laid his hand on Barney's arm. 

Barney put his hand against his breast, appearing to brush him  aside, but Foxmore touched nothing till he

struck the wall ten feet  away. 

"Get back!" cried Barney, springing away from the men approaching  him.  As he spoke, he seized a small oak

dressing table by one of  its  legs, swung it round his head, dashed it to pieces on the  marble  floor, and, putting

his foot upon the wreckage, with one  mighty wrench  had the leg free in his hand. 

"You men stand back," he said in a low voice, "and don't any of you  interfere." 

Amazed at this exhibition of furious strength, the men started back  to their places, leaving a wide space about

him. 

"Good heavens!" said Bulling, his face turning a shade pale, "the  man is mad!  Call a policeman, some of

you." 

"Drake, lock that door and bring me the key," said Barney. 

As Barney put the key in his pocket and turned again toward  Bulling, the latter's pallor increased.  "I take you

men to  witness,"  he said, appealing to the company, "if murder is done I'm  not  responsible.  I'm defending my

life.  Remember, I'll strike to  kill." 

"No, Dr. Bulling," said Barney, handing his club to Drake, "you  won't strike at all.  I've had my lesson.  You'll

strike me no  more.  The boxing exhibition is over.  This is a fight till you can  fight no  more." 

The doctor's nerve was fast going.  Barney stood cool, quiet, and  terrible. 

"I'll give you your chance once again," he said.  "Will you say you  are a cowardly liar?" 

Dr. Bulling glanced at the group back of him, read pain in their  faces, hesitated a moment, then, pulling

himself together, said,  with  an evident effort at bluster, "Not by a  sight!  Come on!  Take  your

medicine!"  But the lesson of the last half hour had not  been  lost on Barney.  Up and down the long room,

circling about his  man,  feinting to draw his attack, eluding, and again feinting,  Barney kept  his antagonist in

such rapid motion and so intensely on  the alert that  his wind began to fail him, and it soon became  evident

that he could  not stand the pace for very long. 

"You've got him!" cried Dick, in an ecstasy of expectation.  "Keep  it up, Barney!  That's the game!  You'll have

him in five minutes  more!" 

"Quite evident," echoed Dr. Trent quietly, hugely enjoying the  change in the situation. 

Dr. Bulling heard the words.  His pallor deepened.  Red blotches  began to appear on his cheek.  The sweat

stood out upon his  forehead.  His breath came in short gasps.  He knew he could not  last much  longer.  His only

hope lay in immediate attack.  He must  finish off  his man within the next minute or accept defeat.  Nature  was

now  taking revenge upon him for his long outraging of her laws.  Barney, on  the other hand, though bruised

and battered about the  face, was  stepping about easily and lightly, without any sign of  the terrible  punishment


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 55



Top




Page No 58


he had suffered.  Reading his opponent's  face he knew that  the moment for a supreme effort had arrived, and

waited for his plan  to develop.  There was only one thing for  Bulling to do.  Edging his  opponent toward the

corner and summoning  his fast failing strength for  a final attack, he forced him hard  back into the angle of the

wall.  He had him now.  One clean blow  and all would be over. 

"Look out, Barney!" yelled Dick. 

Suddenly, as if shot from a steel spring, Barney crouched low and  leaped at his man, and disregarding two

heavy blows, thrust one  long  arm forward and with his sinewy fingers gripped his enemy's  throat.  "Ha!" he

cried with savage exultation, holding off his foe  at arm's  length.  "Now!  Now!  Now!"  As he uttered each word

between his  clenched teeth he shook the gasping, choking wretch as  a dog shakes a  rat.  In vain his victim

struggled to get free, now  striking wild and  futile blows, now clutching and clawing at those  terrible gripping

fingers.  His face grew purple; his tongue  protruded; his breath came  in rasping gasps; his hands fell to his

side.  "Keep your hands so,"  hissed Barney, loosening his grip to  give him air.  "Ha! would you?  Don't you

move!" gripping him hard  again.  "There!" loosening once  more, "now, are you a liar?  Speak  quick!"  The blue

lips made an  attempt at the affirmation of which  the head made the sign.  "Say it  again.  Are you a liar?"  Once

more the head nodded and the lips  attempted to speak.  "Yes," said  Barney, still through his clenched  teeth,

"you are a cowardly  liar!"  The words came forth with terrible  deliberation.  "I could  kill you with my hands as

you stand.  But I  won't, you cur!  I'll  just do this."  As he spoke he once more  tightened his grip upon  the throat

and swung his open hand on the  livid cheek. 

"For God's sake, Boyle," cried Foxmore, "let up!  That's enough!" 

"Yes, it's enough," said Barney, flinging the semiconscious man on  the floor, "it's enough for him.  Foxmore,

you laughed, I think,  when  he uttered that lie," he said in a voice smooth, almost sweet,  but  that chilled the

hearts of the hearers, "you laughed.  You were  a  beastly cad, weren't you?  Speak!" 

"What?  II" gasped Foxmore, backing into the corner. 

"Quick, quick!" cried Barney, stepping lightly toward him on his  toes, "say it quick!"  His fingers were

working convulsively. 

"Yes, yes, I was!" cried Foxmore, backing further away behind the  others. 

"Yes," cried Barney, his voice rising hoarse, "you would all of you  laugh at that brute ruin the name and

honour of a lonely girl!"  He  walked up and down before the group which stood huddled in the  corner  in

abject terror, more like a wild beast than a man.  "You're not fit  to live!  You're beasts of prey!  No decent girl

is  safe from you!"  His voice rose loud and thin and harsh.  He was  fast losing hold of  himself.  His ghastly

face, bloody and horribly  disfigured, made an  appalling setting for his blazing eyes.  Nearer  and nearer the

crowd  he walked, gnashing and grinding his teeth  till the foam fell from his  lips.  The wild fury of his

Highland  ancestors was turning him into a  wild beast with a wild beast's  lust of blood.  Further and further

back cowered the group without  a word, so utterly panicstricken were  they. 

"Barney," said Dick quietly, "come home."  He stopped short, with  a mighty effort recalling his reason.  For a

few moments he stood  silent looking at the floor, then, raising his eyes, he let them  rest  upon the doctor, who

was leaning against the wall, and,  without a  word, turned and slowly passed out of the room. 

"Gad!" said Foxmore, with a horrible gasp of relief, "if the devil  looks like that I never want to see him." 


The Doctor

X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR 56



Top




Page No 59


XI. IOLA'S CHOICE

Iola was undoubtedly pleased; her lips parting in a half smile, her  eyes shining through halfclosed lids, her

whole face glowing with  a  warm light proclaimed the joy in her heart.  The morning letters  lay  on her table.

She sat some moments holding one which she had  opened,  while she gazed dreamily out through the

branches of the  big elms that  overshadowed her window.  She would not move lest the  dream should  break

and vanish.  As she lay back in her chair  looking out upon the  moving leaves and waving boughs, she allowed

the past to come back to  her.  How far away seemed the golden days  of her Southern childhood.  Almost her

first recollection of  sorrow, certainly the first that  made any deep impression upon her  heart, was when the

men carried out  her father in a black box and  when, leaving the big house with the  wide pillared veranda, she

was  taken to the chilly North.  How  terribly vivid was the memory of  her miserable girlhood, poverty  pressed

and loveless, her soul  beating like a caged bird against the  bars of the cold and rigid  discipline of her aunt's

wellordered home.  Then came the first  glad freedom from dependence when first she  undertook to earn her

own bread as a teacher.  Freedom and love came  to her together,  freedom and love and friendship in the

Manse and the  Old Stone  Mill.  With the memory of the Mill, there rose before her,  clear  limned and vividly

real, one face, rugged, strong, and  passionate,  and the thought of him brought a warmer light to her eyes  and a

stronger beat to her heart.  Every feature of the moonlight  scene  on the night of the barnraising when first

she saw him stood  out  with startling distinctness, the new skeleton of the barn gleaming  bony and bare

against the sky, the dusky forms crowding about, and,  sitting upon a barrel across the open moonlit space of

the barn  floor, the darkfaced lad playing his violin and listening while  she  sang.  At that point it was that life

for her began. 

A new scene passed before her eyes.  It was the Manse parlour, the  music professor with dirty, clawlike

fingers but face alight with  rapturous delight playing for her while she sang her first great  oratorio aria.  She

could feel today that mysterious thrill in the  dawning sense of new powers as the old man, with his hands

upon her  shoulders, cried in his trembling, broken voice, "My dear young  lady,  the world will listen to you

some day!"  That was the  beginning of her  great ambition.  That day she began to look for  the time when the

world would come to listen.  Then followed weary  days and weeks and  months and years, weary with

selfdenials new to  her and with painful  struggling with unmusical pupils, for she  needed bread; weary with

heartbreaking strivings and failings in  the practice of her art, but,  worst of all, weary to heartbreak  with the

patronage of the rich and  flattering friendshow she  loathed itof whom Dr. Bulling was the  most insistent

and the most  objectionable.  And then this last  campaign, with its plans and  schemes for a place in the great

Philharmonic which would at once  insure not only her standing in the  city, but a New York engagement  as

well.  And now the moment of  triumph had arrived.  The letter  she held in her hand was proof of it.  She

glanced once more at the  written page, her eye falling upon a  phrase here and there, "We  have succeeded at

lastthe Duff  Charringtons have surrenderedyou  only want a chancehere it isyou  can do the part

well."  She  smiled a little.  Yes, she knew she could  do the part.  "And now  let nothing or nobody prevent you

from  accepting Mrs. Duff  Charrington's invitation for next Saturday.  It is  a beautiful  yacht and well found,

and I am confident the great lady  will be  graciousbring your guitar with you, and if you will only be  kind,  I

foresee two golden days in store for me."  She allowed a smile  slightly sarcastic to curl her lips. 

"The doctor is inclined to be poetical.  Well, we shall see.  Saturday?  That means Sunday spent on board the

yacht.  I wish they  had it made another day.  Margaret won't like it, and Barney won't  either." 

For a moment or two she allowed her mind to go back to the Sundays  spent in the Manse.  She had never

known the meaning of the day  before.  The utter difference in feeling, in atmosphere, between  that  day and the

other days of the week, the subduing quiet, the  soothing  peace, and the sense of sacredness that pervaded life

on  that day,  made the Sabbaths in the Manse like blessed isles of rest  in the sea  of time.  Never, since her two

years spent there, had  she been able to  get quite away from the sense of obligation to  make the day differ

from the ordinary days of the week.  No, she  was sure Barney would not  like it.  Still, she could spend its


The Doctor

XI. IOLA'S CHOICE 57



Top




Page No 60


hours quietly enough upon the  yacht. 

She picked up another letter in a large square envelope, the  address written in bold characters.  "This is the

Duff Charrington  invitation, I suppose," she said, opening the letter.  "Well, she  does it nicely, at any rate,

even if, as Dr. Bulling suggests,  somewhat against her inclination." 

Again she sat back in silent dreaming, her eyes looking far away  down the coming years of triumph.  Surely

enough, the big world was  drawing near to listen.  All she had read of the great queens of  song, Patti, Nilsson,

Rosa, Trebelli, Sterling, crowded in upon her  mind, their regal courts thronged by the great and rich of every

land, their country seats, their luxurious lives.  At last her foot  was in the path.  It only remained for her to

press forward.  Work?  She well knew how hard must be her daily lot.  Yes, but that lesson  she had learned,

and thoroughly well, during these past years, how  to  work long hours, to deny herself the things her luxurious

soul  longed  for, and, hardest of all, to bear with and smile at those  she  detested.  All these she would endure a

little longer.  The  days were  coming when she would have her desire and do her will. 

She glanced at the other letters upon the table.  "Barney," she  cried, seizing one.  An odd compunction struck

into her heart.  "Barney, poor old boy!"  A sudden thought stayed her hand from  opening the letter.  Where had

Barney been in this picture of the  future years upon which she had been feasting her soul?  Aghast,  she

realized that, amid its splendid triumphs, Barney had not  appeared.  "Of course, he'll be there," she murmured

somewhat  impatiently.  But  how and in what capacity she could not quite see.  Some prima donnas  had

husbands, mere shadowy appendages to their  courts.  Others there  were who found their husbands most useful

as  financial agents,  business managers, or upper servants.  Iola  smiled a proud little  smile.  Barney would not

do for any of these  discreetly shadowy,  conveniently colourless or more useful  husbands.  Would he be her

husband?  A warm glow came into her eyes  and a flush upon her cheek.  Her husband?  Yes, surely, but not for

a time.  For some years she  must be free to study, andwell, it  was better to be free till she  had made her

name and her place in  the world.  Then when she had  settled down Barney would come to  her. 

But how would Barney accept her programme?  Sure as she was of his  great love, and with all her love for

him, she was a little afraid  of  him.  He was so strong, so silently immovable.  Often in the  past  three years she

had made trial of that immovable strength,  seeking to  draw him away from his work to some social

engagement,  to her so  important, to him so incidental.  She had always failed.  His work  absorbed him as her

art had her, but with a difference.  With Barney,  work was his reward; with her, a means to it.  To gain  some

further  knowledge, to teach his fingers some finer skill, that  was enough for  Barney.  Iola wrought at her long

tasks and  practised her unusual  selfdenials with her eye upon the public.  Her reward would come when  she

had brought the world, listening, to  her feet.  Seized in the  thrall of his work, Barney grimly held to  it, come

what might.  No  such absorbing passion possessed Iola.  And Iola, while she was  provoked by what she called

his  stubbornness, was yet secretly proud  of that silently resisting  strength she could neither shake nor break.

No, Barney was not  fitted for the role of the shadowy, pliant,  convenient husband. 

What, then, in her plan of life would be his place?  It startled  her to discover that her plan had been complete

without him.  Complete?  Ah, no.  Her life without Barney would be like a house  without its back wall.  During

these years of study and toil, while  Barney could only give her snatches of his time, she had come to  feel  with

increasing strength that her life was built round about  him.  When others had been applauding her successes,

she waited for  Barney's word; and though beside the clever, brilliant men that  moved  in the circle into which

her art had brought her he might  appear  awkward and dull, yet it was Barney who continued to be the

standard  by which she judged men.  With all his need of polish, his  poverty of  small talk, his hopeless

ignorance of the conventions,  and his obvious  disregard of them, the massive strength of him, his  fine sense

of  honour, his chivalrous bearing toward women, added a  touch of  reverence to the love she bore him.  But

more than all, it  was to  Barney her heart turned for its rest.  She knew well that  she held in  all its depth and

strength his heart's love.  He would  never fail her.  She could not exhaust that deep well.  But the  question

returned,  where would Barney be while she was being  conducted by acclaiming  multitudes along her


The Doctor

XI. IOLA'S CHOICE 58



Top




Page No 61


triumphal way?  "Oh,  he will waitwe will wait,"  she corrected, shrinking from the  heartlessness of the

former  phrasing.  How many years she could not  say.  But deep in her heart  was the determination that nothing

should stand in the way of the  ambition she had so long cherished  and for which she had so greatly  endured. 

She opened the note with lingering deliberation as one dallies with  an approaching delight. 

"MY DEAR IOLA:  I have always told you the truth.  I could not see  you last evening, nor can I today, and

perhaps not for a day or  two,  because my face is disfigured.  These are the facts:  At the  dinner,  night before

last, Dr. Bulling lied about you.  I made him  swallow his  lie and in the process got rather badly marked,

though  not at all  hurt.  The doctor and his friends will, I think, guard  their tongues  in future, at least in my

hearing.  Dr. Bulling is a  man of vile mind  and of unclean life.  He should not be allowed to  appear with

decent  people.  I have written to forbid him ever  approaching you in public.  You will know how to treat him if

he  attempts it.  This will be a  most disgusting business to you.  I  hate to make you suffer, but it  had to be done,

and by no one but  me.  Would I could bear it all for  you, my darling.  The patronage  of these people, I mean

Dr. Bulling's  set, cannot, surely, be  necessary to your success.  Your great voice  needs not their  patronage; if

so, failure would be better.  When I am  fit for your  presence I shall come to you.  Goodbye.  It is hard not  to

see  you.  Ever yours, 

"Barney." 

Alas! for her dreams.  How rudely they were dispelled!  Alas! for  her castle in Spain.  Already it was tottering

to ruin, and by  Barney's hand.  She read the note hurriedly again. 

"He wants me to break with Dr. Bulling."  She recalled a sentence  in the doctor's letter.  "Let no one or nothing

keep you from  accepting this invitation."  "He's afraid Barney will keep me back.  Nonsense!  How stupid of

Barney!  He is so terribly particular!  He  doesn't understand these things.  There has been a horrid row of  some

kind and now he asks me to cut Dr. Bulling!"  She glanced at  Barney's  letter.  "Well, he doesn't ask me, but it's

all the same  'you will  know how to treat him.'  He's too proud to ask me, but he  expects me  to.  It would be

sheer madness!  Wouldn't the Duff  Charrington's and  Evelyn Redd be delighted!  It is preposterous!  I  must go!

I shall  go!" 

Rarely did Iola allow herself the luxury of a downright burst of  passion.  With her, it was hardly ever worth

while to be seriously  angry.  It was so much easier to avoid straight issues.  But today  there was no avoiding.

She surprised herself with a storm of  indignant rage so heartshaking that after it had passed she was  thankful

she had been alone. 

"What's the matter with me?" she asked herself.  She did not know  that the whole volume of her ambition,

which had absorbed so great  a  part of her life, had come, in all its might, against the massive  rock  of Barney's

will.  He would never yield, she knew well.  "What shall I  do?" she cried aloud, beginning to pace the room.

"Margaret will tell  me.  No, she would be sure to side with Barney.  She would think it was  wicked to go on

Sunday, anyway, and,  besides, she has Barney's rigid  notions about things.  I wish I  could see Dick.  Dick will

understand.  He has seen more of this  life andoh, he's not so terribly  hidebound.  And I'll get Dick to  see

Barney."  She would not  acknowledge that she was grateful that  Barney could not come to see  her, but she

could write him a note  and she could send Dick to him,  and in the meantime she would  accept the invitation.

"I will accept  at once.  I wish I had  before I read Barney's note.  I really had  accepted in my mind,  and,

besides, the arrangements were all made.  I'll write the  letters now."  She hastened to burn her bridges behind

her so that  retreat might be impossible.  "There," she cried, as she  sealed,  addressed, and stamped the letters,

"I wish they were in the  box.  I'm awfully afraid I'll change.  But I can't change!  I cannot  let  this chance go!  I

have worked too long and too hard!  Barney  should not ask it!"  A wave of selfpity swept over her, bringing

her  temporary comfort.  Surely Barney would not cause her pain,  would not  force her to give up her great

opportunity.  She sought  to prolong  this mood.  She pictured herself a forlorn maiden in  distress whom it  was


The Doctor

XI. IOLA'S CHOICE 59



Top




Page No 62


Barney's duty and privilege to rescue.  "I'll  just go and post  these now," she said.  Hastily she put on her hat

and ran down with  the letters, fearing lest the passing of her  selfpity might leave her  to face again the

thought of Barney's  inevitable and immovable  opposition. 

"There, that's done," she said to herself, as the lid of the post  box clicked upon her letters.  "Oh, I wonderI

wish I hadn't!"  What  she had feared had come to pass.  She had committed herself,  and now  her selfpity had

evaporated and left her face to face with  the  inevitable results.  With terrible clearness she saw Barney's  dark,

rugged face with the deepseeing eyes.  "He always makes you  feel in  the wrong," she said impatiently.  "You

can never think  what to say.  He always seems right, and," she added honestly, "he  is right  generally.  Never

mind, Dick will help me."  She shook off  her load  and ran on.  At her door she met Dr. Foxmore. 

"Ah, goodmorning," smiled the doctor, showing a double row of  white teeth under his waxed mustache.

"And how does the fair Miss  Lane find herself this fine morning?" 

It took the whole force of Iola's selfmastery to keep the disgust  which was swelling her heart from showing

in her face.  Here was  one  of Dr. Bulling's friends, one of his toadiesand he had a  number of  themwho

represented to her all that was most loathsome  in her life.  The effort to repress her disgust, however, only

made  her smile the  sweeter.  Foxmore was greatly encouraged.  It was one  of his fixed  ideas that his manner

was irresistible with "the sex."  Bulling might  hold over him, by reason of his wealth and social  position, but

give  him a fair field without handicap and see who  would win out! 

"I was about to do myself the honour and the pleasure of calling  upon you this morning." 

"Oh, indeed.  Wellahcome in."  Iola was fighting fiercely her  loathing of him.  It was against this man and

his friends that  Barney  had defended her name.  She led the way to her studio,  ignoring the  silly chatter of the

man following her upstairs, and  by the time he  had fairly got himself seated she was coolly master  of herself. 

"Just ran in to give you the great news." 

"To wit?" 

"Why, don't you know?  The Philharmonic thing is settled.  You've  got it." 

Iola looked blank. 

"Why, haven't you heard that the Duff Charringtons have  surrendered?"  Iola recognized Dr. Bulling's words. 

"Surrendered?  Just what, exactly?" 

"Oh, ddash it all!  You know the big fight that has been going on,  the Duff Charringtons backing that little

Redd girl." 

"Oh!  So the Duff Charringtons have been backing the little Redd  girl?  Miss Evelyn Redd, I suppose?  It

sounds a little like a  horse  race or a pugilistic encounter." 

"A horse race!" he exclaimed.  "Ha, ha, ha!  A horse race isn't in  it with this!  But Bulling pulled the wires and

you've got it." 

"But this is extremely interesting.  I was not aware that the  soloists were chosen for any other reason than that

of merit." 


The Doctor

XI. IOLA'S CHOICE 60



Top




Page No 63


In spite of herself Iola had adopted a cool and somewhat lofty  manner. 

"Oh, well, certainly on merit, of course.  But you know how these  things go."  Dr. Foxmore was beginning to

feel uncomfortable.  The  lofty air of this struggling, as yet unrecognized, country girl was  both baffling and

exasperating.  "Oh, come, Miss Lane," he  continued,  making a desperate effort to recover his patronizing  tone,

"you know  just what we all think of your ability." 

"What do you think of it?"  Iola's tone was calmly curious. 

"Why, I thinkwellI know you can do the work infinitely better  than Evelyn Redd." 

"Have you heard Miss Redd in oratorio?  I know you have never heard  me." 

"No, can't say I have; but I know your voice and your style and I'm  confident it will suit the part." 

"Thank you so much," said Iola sweetly; "I am so sorry that Dr.  Bulling should have given so much time, and

he is such a busy man." 

"Oh, that's nothing," waved Dr. Foxmore, recovering his self  esteem, "we enjoyed it." 

"How nice of you!  And you were pulling wires, too, Dr. Foxmore?" 

"Ah, well, we did a little work in a quiet way," replied the  doctor, falling into his best professional tone. 

"And this yachting party, I suppose Dr. Bulling and you worked  that, too?  Really, Dr. Foxmore, you have no

idea what a relief it  is  to have one's affairs taken charge of in this way.  It quite  saves one  the trouble of

making up one's mind.  Indeed, one hardly  needs a mind  at all."  Iola's face and smile were those of innocent

childhood.  Dr.  Foxmore shot a suspicious glance at her and  hastened to change the  subject. 

"Well, you will go next Saturday, will you not?" 

"I am really a little uncertain at present," replied Iola. 

"Oh, you must, you know!  Mrs. Duff Charrington will be awfully cut  up, not to speak of Bulling.  He had no

end of trouble to bring it  off." 

"You mean, to persuade Mrs. Duff Charrington to invite me?" 

"Oh, well," said the doctor, plunging wildly, "I wouldn't put it  that way.  But the whole question of the

Philharmonic was involved,  and this invitation was a flag of truce, as it were." 

"Your metaphors certainly have a warlike flavour, Dr. Foxmore; I  cannot pretend to follow the workings of

your mind.  But seeing  that  this invitation has been secured at the expense of such effort  on the  part of Dr.

Bulling and yourself, I rather think I shall  decline it."  In spite of all she could do, Iola could not keep out  of

her voice a  slightly haughty tone.  Dr. Foxmore's sense of  superiority was fast  deserting him.  "And as to the

Philharmonic  solos," continued Iola,  "if the directors see fit to make me an  offer of the part I shall  consider

it." 

"Consider it!" gasped Dr. Foxmore.  It was time this young girl  with her absurd pretensions were given to

understand the magnitude  of  the favour that Dr. Bulling and himself were seeking to confer  upon  her.  He

became brutal.  "Well, all I say is that if you know  when you  are well off, you'll take this chance." 


The Doctor

XI. IOLA'S CHOICE 61



Top




Page No 64


Iola rose with easy grace and stood erect her full height.  Dr.  Foxmore had not thought her so tall.  Her face

was a shade paler  than  usual, her eyes a little wider open, but her voice was as  smooth as  ever, and with just a

little ring as of steel in it she  inquired, "Did  you come here this morning to make this threat, Dr.  Foxmore?" 

"I came," he said bluntly, "to let you know your good fortune and  to warn you not to allow any of your

friends to persuade you  against  your own best interests." 

"My friends?"  Iola threw her head slightly backward and her tone  became frankly haughty. 

"Oh, I know your friends, and especiallyI may as well be plain  that young medical student, Boyle, don't

like Dr. Bulling, and  might  persuade you against this yacht trip." 

Iola was furiously aware that her face was aflame, but she stood  without speaking for a few moments till she

was sure her voice was  steady. 

"My FRIENDS would never presume to interfere with my choosing." 

"Well, they presume, or at least that young Boyle presumed, to  interfere once too often for his own good.  But

he'll probably be  more careful in future." 

"Mr. Boyle is a gentleman in whom I have the fullest confidence.  He would do what he thought right." 

"He will probably correct his judgments before he interferes with  Dr. Bulling again."  The doctor's tone was

insolently sarcastic. 

"Dr. Bulling?" 

"Yes.  He was grossly insulting and Dr. Bulling was forced to  chastise him." 

"Chastise!  Mr. Boyle!" cried Iola, her anger throwing her off her  guard.  "That is quite impossible, Dr.

Foxmore!  That could not  happen!" 

"But I am telling you it did!  I was present and saw it.  It was  this way" 

Iola put up her hand imperiously.  "Dr. Foxmore," she said,  recovering her selfcommand, "there is no need

of words.  I tell  you  it is quite impossible!  It is quite impossible!" 

Dr. Foxmore's face flushed a deep red.  He flung aside the  remaining shreds of decency in speech. 

"Do you mean to call me a liar?" he shouted. 

"Ah, Dr. Foxmore, would you also chastise me as well?" 

The doctor stood in helpless rage looking at the calm, smiling  face. 

"I was a fool to come!" he blurted. 

"I would not presume to contradict you, nor to stand in the way of  returning wisdom." 

The doctor swore a great oath under his breath and without further  words strode from the room. 


The Doctor

XI. IOLA'S CHOICE 62



Top




Page No 65


Iola stood erect and silent till he had disappeared through the  open door.  "Oh!" she breathed, her hands

fiercely clenched, "if I  were a man what a joy it would be just now!"  She shut the door and  sat down to think.

"I wonder what did happen?  I must see Dick at  once.  He'll tell me.  Oh, it is all horribly loathsome!"  For the

first time she saw herself from Dr. Bulling's point of view.  If  she  sang in the Philharmonic it would be by

virtue of his good  offices and  by the gracious permission of the Duff Charringtons.  That she had the  voice for

the part and that it was immeasurably  better than Evelyn  Redd's counted not at all.  How mean she felt!  And

yet she must go on  with it.  She would not allow anything to  stand in the way of her  success.  This was the first

firm stepping  stone in her climb to  fame.  Once this was taken, she would be  independent of Bulling and  his

hateful associates.  She would go  on this yacht trip.  She need  not have anything to do with Dr.  Bulling, nor

would she, for Barney  would undoubtedly be hurt and  angry.  It looked terribly like  disloyalty to him to

associate  herself on terms of friendship with the  man who had beaten him so  cruelly.  Oh, how she hated

herself!  But  she could not give up her  chance.  She would explain to Barney how  helpless she was and she

would send Dick to him.  He would listen to  Dick. 

Poor Iola!  Without knowing it, she was standing at the cross roads  making choice of a path that was to lead

her far from the faith,  the  ideals, the friends she now held most dear.  Through all her  years she  had been

preparing herself for this hour of choice.  With  her, to  desire greatly was to bend her energies to attain.  She

would deeply  wound the man who loved her better than his own life;  but the moment  of choice found her

helpless in the grip of her  ambition.  And so her  choice was made. 

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE

Mrs. Duff Charrington at close range was not nearly so formidable  as when seen at a distance.  The huge bulk

of her, the pronouncedly  masculine dress and manner, the loud voice, the red face with its  dark mustache line

on the upper lip, all of which at a distance  were  calculated to overawe if not to strike terror to the heart of  the

beholder, were very considerably softened by the shrewd, kindly  twinkle of the keen grey eyes which a nearer

view revealed.  Her  welcome of Iola was bluff and hearty, but she was much too busy  ordering her forces and

disposing of her impedimenta, for she was  her  own commodore, to pay particular attention in the meantime to

her  guests.  The wharf at which the Petrel was tied was crowded  this  Saturday afternoon with various parties

of excursionists  making for  the steamers, ferries, yachts, and other craft that lay  along the  water front.

Already the Petrel had hoisted her mainsail  and, under  the gentle breeze, was straining upon her shore lines

awaiting the  word to cast off.  As Iola stood idly gazing at the  shifting scene,  wondering how Dick had

succeeded on his mission to  his brother, she  observed Dr. Bulling approaching with his usual  smiling

assurance.  Just as he was about to speak, however, she  noticed him start and  gaze fixedly toward the farther

side of the  wharf.  Iola's eye,  following his gaze, fell upon the figure of a  man pushing his way  through the

crowd.  It was Barney.  She saw him  pause, evidently to  make inquiry of a dockhand.  With a muttered  oath,

Bulling sprang to  the aft line. 

"Let go that line, Murdoff!" he shouted to the man at the bow.  "Look lively, there!" 

As he spoke he cast off the stern line and seized the wheel, making  it imperative that Murdoff should execute

his command in the  liveliest manner.  At once the yacht swung out and began to put a  space of blue water

between herself and the dock.  She was not a  moment too soon, for Barney, having received his direction, was

coming at a run, scattering the crowd to right and left.  As he  arrived at the dock edge he caught sight of Iola

and Dr. Bulling.  He  took a step backwards and made as if to attempt the spring.  Iola's  cry, "Don't, Barney!"

arrested Mrs. Duff Charrington's  attention. 

"What's up?" she shouted.  "How's this?  We're off!  Bulling, what  the deucewho gave orders?" 

Mrs. Duff Charrington for once in her life was, as she would have  said herself, completely flabbergasted.  At a


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 63



Top




Page No 66


single glance she  took  in the white face of Iola, and that of Dr. Bulling, no less  white. 

"What's up?" she cried again.  "Have you seen a ghost, Miss Lane?  You, too, Bulling?"  She glanced back at

the clock.  "There's  someone  left behind!  Who is that young man, Daisy?  Why, it's our  medallist,  isn't it?  Do

you know him, Bulling?  Shall we go back  for him?" 

"No, no!  For Heaven's sake, no!  He's a madman, quite!" 

"Pardon me, Dr. Bulling," said Iola, her voice ringing clear and  firm in contrast with Bulling's agitated tone,

"he is a friend of  mine, a very dear friend, and, I assure you, very sane."  As she  spoke she waved her hand to

Barney, but there was no answering  sign. 

"Your friend, is he?" said Mrs. Duff Charrington.  "Then doubtless  very sane.  Does he want you, Miss Lane?

Shall we go back for  him?" 

"No, he doesn't want me," said Iola. 

"Mrs. Charrington," said Dr. Bulling, "he has a grudge against me  because of a fancied insult." 

"Ah," said Mrs. Duff Charrington, "I understand.  What do you say,  Miss Lane?  We can easily go back." 

"Oh, let us not talk about it, Mrs. Charrington," said Iola  hurriedly; "he is gone." 

"As you wish, my dear.  Daisy, take Dr. Bulling down to the cabin.  I declare he looks as if he needed bracing

up.  I shall take the  wheel." 

"Mrs. Charrington," said Iola in a low voice, as Bulling  disappeared down the companionway, "that was Mr.

Boyle, my friend,  and I want you to think him a man of the highest honour.  But he  doesn't like Dr. Bulling.

He doesn't trust him." 

"My dear, my dear," said Mrs. Charrington brusquely, "don't trouble  yourself about him.  I haven't lived fifty

years for nothing.  Oh!  these men, these men!  They take themselves too seriously, the dear  creatures.  But they

are just like ourselves, with a little more  conceit and considerably less wit.  And they are not really worth  all

the trouble we take for them.  I must get to know your  medallist, my  dear.  That was a strong face and an

honest face.  I  have heard John  rave about him.  John is my young son, first year  in medicine.  His  judgment, I

confess, is not altogether reliable  worships brawn, and  there are traditions afloat as to that young  man's

doings when they  were initiating him.  But I have no doubt  that, however sane on other  subjects, he is quite

mad about you,  and, hang me! if I can wonder.  If I were a young man I'd get my  arms round you as soon as

possible." 

As she chattered along, Iola found her heart warm to Mrs. Duff  Charrington, who, with all her sporty

manners and masculine ways,  was  an honest soul, with a shrewd wit and a kindly heart. 

"I'm glad now I came," said Iola gratefully; "I was afraid you  weren't"  She paused abruptly in confusion. 

"Oh, I'm not so bad as I'm painted, I assure you." 

"Oh, dear Mrs. Charrington, it was not you I was afraid of, it was  what Dr. Bulling"  Again Iola hesitated. 

"Don't bother telling me," said Mrs. Duff Charrington, observing  her confusion.  "No doubt Bulling gave you

to understand that he  worked me to invite you.  Confess now."  There was a shrewd twinkle  in her keen grey


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 64



Top




Page No 67


eye.  "Bulling is a liar, a terrible liar, with  large possibilities of selfappreciation.  But he had nothing to do

with this invitation, though he flatters himself he had.  He's not  without ability, but he can't teach his

grandmother to suck eggs.  I'll tell you why you are here.  I pride myself upon having an eye  for a winner, and

I pick you as one, and that's why you are to sing  in the Philharmonic.  Evelyn Redd has a pretty voice.  She is a

niece  of a very dear friend, and for a time I thought she might do.  But she  has no soul, no passion, and music,

like a man, must have  passion.  Music without passion is a crime against art.  So I just  told Duff,  he's

chairman, you know, of the Board of Directors, that  she was  impossible and that we must have you.  I have

heard you  sing, my dear,  and I know the singer's face and the singer's throat  and eye.  You  have them all.  You

have the voice and the  temperament and the  passion.  You'll be great some day, much  greater than I, and, with

the  hope of sharing your glory, I have  decided to put my money on you." 

Iola murmured some words of thanks, not knowing just what to say,  but Mrs. Duff Charrington waved them

aside. 

"Purely selfish," she said, "purely selfish, my dear.  Now don't  let Bulling worry you.  I pick him for a winner,

too.  He has  force.  He'll be a power in the country.  Inclines to politics.  He's a kind  of brute, of course, but he'll

succeed, for he has  wealth and social  prestige, neither to be sniffed at, my child.  But, especially, he has

driving power.  But I'll have my eye on him  this trip, so enjoy your  outing." 

Mrs. Duff Charrington was as good as her word.  She knew nothing of  the finesse of diplomacy in the

manipulation of her company.  Her  method was straightforward dragooning.  Observing the persistent  attempts

of Dr. Bulling during the early part of the trip to secure  Iola for a teteatete, she called out across the deck

in the ears  of  the whole company, "See here, Bulling, I won't have you trying  to  monopolise our star.  We're

out for a good time and we're going  to  have it.  Miss Lane is not your property.  She belongs to us  all."

Thenceforth Dr. Bulling, with what grace he could summon,  had to  content himself with just so much of

Iola's company as his  hostess  decided he should have. 

It was Iola's first experience of yachting, and it brought her a  series of sensations altogether new and

delightful.  As the yacht  skimmed, like a great whitewinged bird, over the blue waters of  Ontario, the

humming breeze, the swift rush through the parting  waves, the sense of buoyant life with which the yacht

seemed to be  endowed made her blood jump.  She abandoned herself to the joys of  the hour and became the

life and soul of the whole party.  And were  it not for Barney's haunting face, the two days' outing would have

been for Iola among the happiest experiences of her life.  But  Barney's last look across the widening strip of

water pursued her  and  filled her with foreboding.  It was not rage; it was more  terrible  than rage.  Iola

shuddered as she recalled it.  She read  in it the  despair of renunciation.  She dreaded meeting him again,  and as

the  end of her trip drew near her dread increased. 

Nor did Mrs. Duff Charrington, who had become warmly interested in  the girl during the short voyage, fail to

observe her uneasiness  and  to guess the cause.  Foremost among the crowd awaiting them at  the  dock, Iola

detected Barney. 

"There he is," she cried under her breath. 

"My dear," said Mrs. Duff Charrington, who was at her side, "it is  not possible that you are afraid, and of a

man!  I would give  something to have that feeling.  It is many years since a man could  inspire me with any

feeling but that of contempt or of kind pity.  They are really silly creatures and most helpless.  Let me manage

him.  Introduce him to me and leave him alone." 

Mrs. Duff Charrington's confidence in her superior powers was more  than justified.  Through the crowd and

straight for Iola came  Barney,  his face haggard with two sleepless nights.  By a clever  manoeuvre  Mrs. Duff

Charrington swung her massive form fair in his  path and,  turning suddenly, faced him squarely.  Iola seized


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 65



Top




Page No 68


the  moment to  present him.  Barney made as if to brush her aside, but  Mrs. Duff  Charrington was not of the

kind to be lightly brushed  aside by anyone,  much less by a young man of Barney's inexperience. 

"Ah, young man," she exclaimed, "I think I have seen you before."  The strong grip of her hand and the loud

tone of her voice at once  arrested his progress and commanded his attention.  "I saw you get  your medal the

other day, and I have heard my young hopeful rave  about youJohn Charrington, you know, medical

student, first year.  He is something of a fool and a heroworshipper.  You, of course,  won't have noticed him." 

Barney halted, gazed abstractedly at the strong face with the keen  grey eyes compelling his attention, then,

with an effort, he  collected his wits. 

"Charrington?  Yes, of course, I know him.  Very decent chap, too.  Don't see much of him." 

"No, rather not.  He doesn't haunt the same spots.  The dissecting  room wouldn't recognize him, I fancy.  He's

straightgoing,  however,  but he can't pass exams.  Good thing, too, for unless he  changes  considerably, the

Lord pity his patients."  She became  aware of a  sudden hardening in Barney's face and a quick flash in  his

eye.  Without turning her head she knew that Dr. Bulling was  approaching  Iola from the other side.  She put

her hand on Barney's  arm.  "Mr.  Boyle, please take Miss Lane to my carriage there?  Bulling," she said,

turning sharply upon the doctor, "will you help  Daisy to collect my  stuff?  I am sure things will be left on the

yacht.  There are always  some things left.  Servants are so  stupid."  There was that in her  voice that made

Bulling stand  sharply at attention and promptly obey.  And ere Barney knew, he  was leading Iola and Mrs.

Duff Charrington to  the waiting carriage. 

"So sorry I didn't know you were a friend of Miss Lane's, or we  would have had you on our trip, Mr. Boyle,"

said Mrs. Duff  Charrington as he closed the carriage door. 

"I thank you.  But I am very busy, and, besides, I would not fit in  with some of your party."  There was war in

Barney's tone. 

"Good Heavens, young man!" cried Mrs. Duff Charrington, in no way  disturbed, "you don't expect to make

the world fit in with you or  you  with the world, do you?  Life consists in adjusting one's self.  But  you will be

glad to know that Miss Lane has made us all have a  very  happy little holiday." 

"Of that I am sure," cried Barney gravely. 

"And we gave her, or we tried to give her, a good time." 

"It is for that some of us have lived."  Barney's deep voice,  thrilling with sad and tender feeling, brought the

quick tears to  Iola's eyes.  To her, the words had in them the sound of farewell.  Even Mrs. Duff Charrington

was touched.  She leaned over the  carriage  door toward him. 

"Mr. Boyle, I am taking Miss Lane home to dinner.  Come with us." 

Barney felt the kindly tone.  "Thank you, Mrs. Charrington, it  would give none of us pleasure, and I have

much to do.  I am  leaving  tomorrow for Baltimore." 

Iola could not check a quick gasp.  Mrs. Duff Charrington glanced  at her white face. 

"Young man," she said sternly, leaning out toward him and looking  Barney in the eyes, "don't be a fool.  The

man that would, from  pique, willingly hurt a friend is a mean and cruel coward." 


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 66



Top




Page No 69


"Mrs. Charrington," replied Barney in a steady voice, "I have just  come from an operation by which a little

girl, an only child, has  lost her arm.  It was the mother that desired it, not from cruelty,  but from love.  It is

because it is best, that I go tomorrow.  Goodbye."  Then turning to Iola he said, "I shall see you to  night."

He lifted his hat and turned away." 

"Drive home, Smith," said Mrs. Charrington sharply; "the others  will find their way." 

"Take me home," whispered Iola, with dry lips. 

"Do you love him?" said Mrs. Duff Charrington, taking the girl's  hand in hers. 

"Ah, yes.  I never knew how much." 

"Tut! tut! child, the world still moves.  Baltimore is not so far  and he is only a man."  Mrs. Duff Charrington's

tone did not  indicate  a high opinion of the masculine section of humanity.  "You'll just come  with me for

dinner and then I shall send you  home.  Thank God, we can  still eat." 

For some minutes they drove along in silence. 

"Yes," said Mrs. Charrington, following up the line of her thought,  "that's a man for youthinks the whole

world moves round the axis  of  his own life.  But I like him.  He has a good face.  Still," she  mused, "a man isn't

everything, although once Ibut never mind,  there is always a way of bringing them to time." 

"You don't know Barney, Mrs. Charrington," said Iola; "nothing can  ever change him." 

"Pish!  You think so, and so, doubtless, does he.  But none the  less it is sheer nonsense.  Can you tell me the

trouble?" 

"No, I think not," said Iola softly. 

"Very well.  As you like, my dear.  Few things are the better for  words.  If ever you wish to come to me I shall

be ready.  Now let  us  dismiss the thing till after dinner.  Disagreeable thoughts  hinder  digestion, I have found,

and nothing is quite worth that." 

With such resolution did she follow her own suggestion that, during  the drive and throughout the dinner hour

and, indeed, until the  moment of her departure, Iola was not permitted to indulge her  anxious thoughts, but

with Mrs. Duff Charrington's assistance she  succeeded in keeping them deep in her heart under guard. 

As Mrs. Duff Charrington kissed her goodnight she whispered: 

"Don't face any issue tonight.  Don't settle anything.  Give time  a chance.  Time is a wonderfully wise old

party." 

And Iola, sitting back in the carriage, decided she would act upon  the advice which suited so thoroughly her

own habit of mind.  That  Barney had made up his mind to a line of action she knew.  She  would  set herself to

gain time, and yet she was fearful of the  issue of the  interview before her.  The fear and anxiety which she  had

been holding  down for the last two hours came over her in  floods.  As she thought  of Barney's last words she

found herself  searching wildly, but in  vain, for motives with which to brace her  strength.  If he had only  been

angry!  But that sad, tender  solicitude in his voice unnerved  her.  He was not thinking of  himself, she knew.  He

was, as ever,  thinking of and for her. 


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 67



Top




Page No 70


A storm of wind and rain was rapidly drawing on, but she heeded not  the big drops driving into her face, nor

did she notice that before  she reached her door she was quite wet.  She found Barney waiting  for  her.  As she

entered he arose and stood silent. 

"Barney!" she exclaimed, and paused, waiting.  But there was no  reply. 

"Oh, Barney!" she cried again, her voice quivering, "won't you tell  me to come?" 

"Come," he said, holding out his arms. 

With a little cry of timid joy she ran to him, wreathed her arms  about his neck, and clung sobbing.  For some

moments he held her  fast, gently caressing with his hand her face and her beautiful  hair  till she grew quiet.

Then disengaging her arms, he kissed her  with  grave tenderness and put her away from him. 

"Go and take off your wet things first," he said. 

"Say you forgive me, Barney," she whispered, putting her arms again  about his neck. 

"That's not the word," he replied sadly; "there's nothing to  forgive.  Go, now!" 

She hurried away, praying that Barney's mood might not change.  If  she could only get her arms about his

neck she could win and hold  him, and, what was far more important, she could conquer herself,  for  great as

she knew her love to be, she was fully aware of the  hold her  ambition had upon her and she dreaded lest that

influence  should  become dominant in this hour.  She knew well their souls  would reach  each other's secrets,

and according to that reading the  issue would  be. 

"I will keep him!  I will keep him!" she whispered to herself as  she tore off her wet clothing.  "What shall I put

on?"  She could  afford to lose no point of vantage and she must hasten.  She chose  her simplest gown, a soft

creamy crepe de chene trimmed with lace,  and made so as to show the superb modelling of her perfect body,

leaving her arms bare to the elbow and falling away at the neck to  reveal the soft, full curves where they

flowed down to the swell of  her bosom.  She shook down her hair and gathered it loosely in a  knot, leaving it

as the wind and rain had tossed it into a  bewildering tangle of ringlets about her face.  One glance she  threw  at

her mirror.  Never had she appeared more lovely.  The dead  ivory of  her skin, relieved by a faint flush in her

cheeks, the  lustrous eyes,  now aglow with passion, all set in the frame of the  nightblack masses  of her

hairthis, and that indescribable but  allpotent charm that  love lends to the face, she saw in her glass. 

"Ah, God help me!" she cried, clasping her hands high above her  head, and went forth. 

These few moments Barney had spent in a fierce struggle to regain  the mastery over the surging passion that

was sweeping like a  tempest  through his soul.  As her door opened he rose to meet her;  but as his  eyes fell

upon her standing in the soft roseshaded  light of the room,  her attitude of mute appeal, the rare, rich

loveliness of her face and  form again swept away all the barriers  of his control.  She took one  step toward

him.  With a swift  movement he covered his face with his  hands and sank to his chair. 

"O God!  O God!  O God!" he groaned.  "And must I lose her!" 

"Why lose me, Barney?" she said, gliding swiftly to him and  dropping to her knees beside him.  "Why lose

me?" she repeated,  taking his head to her heaving bosom. 

The touch of pity aroused his scorn of himself and braced his  manhood.  Not for himself must he think now,

but for her.  The  touch  of self makes weak, the cross makes strong.  What matter that  he was  giving up his life


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 68



Top




Page No 71


in that hour if only she were helped?  He  rose,  lifted her from her knees, set her in a chair, and went back  to

his  place. 

"Barney, let me come to you," she pleaded.  "I'm sorry I went" 

"No," he said, his voice quiet and steady, "you must stay there.  You must not touch me, else I cannot say

what I must." 

"Barney," she cried again, "let me explain." 

"Explain?  There is no need.  I know all you would say.  These  people are nothing to you or to me.  Let us

forget them.  It  matters  not at all that you went with them.  I am not angry.  I was at first  insane, I think.  But

that is all past now." 

"What is it, Barney?" she asked in a voice awed by the sadness and  despair in the even, quiet tone. 

"It is this," he replied; "we have come to the end.  I must not  hold you any more.  For two years I have known.

I had not the  courage to face it.  But, thank God, the courage has come to me  these  last two days." 

"Courage, Barney?" 

"Yes.  Courage to do right.  That's it, to do right.  That is what  a man must do.  And I must think for you.  Our

lives are already  far  apart and I must not keep you longer." 

"Oh, Barney!" cried Iola, her voice breaking, "let me come to you!  How can I listen to you saying such

terrible things without your  arms  about me?  Can't you see I want you?  You are hurting me!" 

The pain, the terror in her voice and in her eyes, made him wince  as from a stab.  He seemed to hesitate as if

estimating his  strength.  Dare he trust himself?  It would make the task  infinitely harder to  have her near him,

to feel the touch of her  hands, the pressure of her  body.  But he would save her pain.  He  would help her

through this  hour of agony.  How great it was he  could guess by his own.  He led  her to a sofa, sat down beside

her,  and took her in his arms.  With a  long, shuddering sigh, she let  herself sink down, with muscles relaxed

and eyes closed. 

"Now go on, dear," she whispered. 

"Poor girl!  Poor girl!" said Barney, "we have made a great  mistake, you and I.  I was not made for you nor

you for me." 

"Why not?" she whispered. 

"Listen to me, darling.  Do I love you?" 

"Yes," she answered softly. 

"With all my heart and soul?" 

"Yes, dear," she answered again. 

"Better than my own life?" 


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 69



Top




Page No 72


"Yes, Barney.  Oh, yes," she replied with a little sob in her  voice. 

"Now we will speak simple truth to each other," said Barney in a  tone solemn as if in prayer, "the truth as in

God's sight." 

She hesitated.  "Oh, Barney!" she cried piteously, "must I say all  the truth?" 

"We must, darling.  You promise?" 

"Ohhh!  Yes, I promise."  She flung her arms upward about his  neck.  "I know what you will ask." 

"Listen to me, darling," he said again, taking down her arms, "this  is what I would say.  You have marked out

your life.  You will  follow  your great ambition.  Your glorious voice calls you and you  feel you  must go.  You

love me and you would be my wife, make my  home, mother  my children if God should send them to us; but

both  these things you  cannot do, and meantime you have chosen your great  career.  Is not  this true?" 

"I can't give you up, Barney!" she moaned. 

To neither of them did it occur as an alternative that Barney  should give up his life's work to accompany her

in the path she had  marked.  Equally to both this would have seemed unworthy of him. 

"Is not this true, Iola?"  Barney's voice, in spite of him, grew a  little stern.  And though she knew it was at the

cost of life she  could not deny it. 

"God gave me the voice, Barney," she whispered. 

"Yes, darling.  And I would not hinder you nor turn you from your  great art.  So it is better that there should be

no bond between  us."  He paused a moment as if to gather his strength together for  a  supreme effort.  "Iola,

when you were a girl I bound you to me.  Now  you are a woman, I set you free.  I love you, but you are not

mine.  You are your own." 

Convulsively she clung to him moaning, "No, no, Barney!" 

"It is the only way." 

"No, not tonight, Barney!" 

"Yes, tonight.  Tomorrow I go to Baltimore.  Trent has got me an  appointment in Johns Hopkins.  You will

never forget me, but your  life will be full again of other people and other things."  He  hurried his words,

seeking to strike the note of her ambition and  so  turn her mind from her present pain.  "Your Philharmonic

will  bring  you fame.  That means engagements, great masters, and then  you will  belong to the great world."

How clearly he had read her  mind and how  closely he had followed the path she herself had  outlined for her

feet!  He paused, as if to take breath, then  hurried on again as  through a task.  "And we will all be proud of  you

and rejoice in your  success and in youryouryourhappiness."  The voice that had gone  so bravely and

so relentlessly through the  terrible lesson faltered at  the word and broke, but only for an  instant.  He must

think of her.  "Dick will he here," he went on,  "and Margaret, and soon you will  have many friends.  Believe

me, it  is the best, Iola, and you will say  it some day." 

Like a flash of inspiration it came to her to say, "No, Barney, you  are not helping me to my best." 


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 70



Top




Page No 73


In his soul he felt that it was a true word.  For a moment he had  no answer.  Eagerly she followed up her

advantage. 

"And who," she cried, "will help me up and take care of me?" 

Ah, she struck deep there.  Who, indeed, would care for her, guard  her against the world with its beasts of

prey that batten their  lusts  upon beauty and innocence?  And who would help her against  herself?  The desire

to hold her for himself and for her sprang up  fierce  within him.  Could he desert her, leave her to fight her

fights, to  find her way through the world's treacherous paths  alone?  That was  the part of his renunciation that

had been the  heart of his pain.  Not  his loss, but her danger.  Not his  loneliness, but hers.  For a moment  he

forgot everything.  All the  great love in him gathered itself  together and massed its weight  behind this desire

to protect her and  to hold her safe. 

"Could you, Iola," he cried hoarsely, "don't you think you could  let me care for you?  Couldn't you come to

me, give me the right to  guard you?  I can make wealth, great wealth, for you.  Can't you  come?" 

Wildly, with the incoherent logic and eloquence of great passion,  he poured forth his soul's desire for her.  To

work for her, to  suffer for her, to live for her, yes, and to give himself to her  and  to keep her only for himself!

Helpless in the sweeping tide of  his  mighty passion, he poured forth his words, pleading as for his  life.  By an

inexplicable psychic law the exhibition of his passion  calmed  hers.  The sight of his weakness brought her

strength.  For  one  fleeting moment she allowed her mind to rest upon the picture  his  words made of a home,

made rich with the love of a strong man,  and  sweet with the music of children's voices, where she would be

safe and  sheltered in infinite peace and content.  But only for a  moment.  Swifter than the play of light there

flashed before her  another  scene, a crowded amphitheatre of faces, tier upon tier,  eager, rapt,  listening, and

upon the stage the singer holding,  swaying, compelling  them to her will.  Barney felt her relaxed  muscles tone

up into  firmness.  The force of her ambition was being  transmitted along those  subtle spiritual nerves that knit

soul and  mind and body into one  complex whole, into the very sinews and  muscles of her frame.  She had

hold of herself again.  She would  set herself to gain time. 

"Let us wait, Barney," she said, "let us take time." 

An intangible something in her tone pulled him to a sharp stop.  What a weak fool he had been and how he

had been thinking of  himself!  He sat up, straight and strong, his own man again. 

"Forgive me, darling," he said, a faint, wan smile flitting across  his face.  "I was weak and selfish.  I allowed

myself to think for  a  moment that it might be, but now I know we must say goodbye to  night." 

"Goodbye?"  The sting of her pain made her irritable.  He was so  stubborn.  "Surely, Barney, it is

unreasonable to ask me to decide  at  once tonight." 

He rose to his feet and lifted her gently. 

"You have decided.  You have already chosen your life's path, and  it lies apart from mine.  Let me go quietly

away."  His voice was  toneless, passionless.  His fight of two days and two nights had  left  him exhausted.  His

apparent apathy chilled her to the heart.  It was a  supreme moment in their lives, and yet she could not fan  her

soul's  fires into flame.  He was tearing up the roots of his  love out of her  life, but there was no acute sense of

laceration.  The inevitable had  come to pass.  A silence, dense and throbbing,  fell upon them.  Outside the

storm was lashing the wet leaves  against the window. 

"If ever you should want me to come to you, Iola, one word will  bring me.  I shall be waiting, waiting.

Remember that, always  waiting."  He tightened his arms about her and without passion, but  gravely, tenderly


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 71



Top




Page No 74


he lifted her face.  "Goodbye, my love," he  said,  and kissed her lips.  "My heart's love!"  Once more he kissed

her.  "My life!  My love!" 

She let the full weight of her body lie in his arms, lifeless but  for the eyes that held his fast and for the lips

that gave him back  his kisses.  Gently he placed her on the couch. 

"God keep you, darling," he whispered, bending over her and  touching her dusky hair with his lips. 

He found his hat, walked with unsteady feet as a man walks under a  heavy load, her eyes following his every

step, and reached the  door.  There he paused, his hand fumbling at the knob, opened the  door,  halted yet an

instant, but without turning he passed out of  her sight. 

An hour later Margaret came in and found her sitting where Barney  had left her, dazed and tearless. 

"He is gone," she said dully. 

Margaret turned upon her.  "Gone?  Yes.  I have just seen him." 

"And I love him," continued Iola, looking up at her with heavy  eyes. 

"Love him!  You don't know what love means!  Love him!  And for  your paltry, selfish ambition you send from

you a man whose shoes  you  are not worthy to tie!" 

"Oh, Margaret!" cried Iola piteously. 

"Don't talk to me!" she replied, her lip quivering.  "I can't bear  to look at you!" and she passed into her room. 

It was intolerable to her that this girl should have regarded  lightly the love she herself would have died to

gain.  But long  after  Iola had sobbed herself to sleep in her arms Margaret lay  wakeful for  her own pain and

for that of the man she loved better  than her life. 

But next day, as Iola was planning to go to the station, Margaret  would not have it. 

"Why should you go?  You have nothing to say but what would give  him pain.  Do you want him to despise

you and me to hate you?" 

But Iola was resolved to have her way.  It was Mrs. Duff  Charrington who fortunately intervened and carried

Iola off with  her  to spend the afternoon and evening. 

"Just a few musical friends, my dear.  So brush up and come away.  Bring your guitar with you." 

Iola demurred. 

"I don't feel like it." 

"Tut!  Nonsense!  The lovelorn damsel reads well in erotic novels,  but remember this, the men don't like stale

beer." 

This bit of worldly wisdom made Iola put on her smartest gown and  lay aside the role she had unconsciously

planned to adopt, so that  even Mrs. Duff Charrington had no fault to find with the sparkling  animation of her

protegee. 


The Doctor

XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE 72



Top




Page No 75


But to the three who stood together waiting for the train to pull  out that night there was only dreary, voiceless

misery.  There was  no  pretence at anything but misery.  To the brothers the moment of  parting would be the

end of all that had been so delightful in  their  old life.  The days of their long companionship were over,  and to

both  the thought brought grief that made words impossible.  Only Margaret's  presence forced them to

selfcontrol.  As to  Margaret, Dick alone knew  the full measure of her grief, and her  quiet, serene courage

filled  him with amazed admiration.  At length  came the call of the bustling,  businesslike conductor, "All

aboard!" 

"Goodbye, Margaret," said Barney simply, holding out his hand.  But the girl quietly put back her veil and

lifted up her face to  him,  her brave blue eyes looking all their love into his, but her  lips only  said, "Goodbye,

Barney." 

"Goodbye, dear Margaret," he said again, bending over her and  kissing her. 

"Me, too, Barney," said Dick, his tears openly streaming down his  face.  "I'm a confounded baby!  But hanged

if I care!" 

At Dick's words all Barney's splendid selfmastery vanished.  He  threw his arms about his brother's neck,

crying "Goodbye, Dick,  old  man.  We've had a great time together; but oh, my boy, my boy,  it's  all come to

an end!" 

Already the train was moving. 

"Go, old chap," cried Dick, pushing him away but still clinging to  him.  And then, as Barney swung on to the

step he called back to  them  what had long been in his heart to say. 

"Look after her, will you?" 

"Yes, Barney, we will," they both cried together.  And as they  stood gazing through dimming tears after the

train as it sped out  through the network of tracks and the maze of green and red lights,  they felt that a new

bond drew them closer than before.  And it was  the tightening of that bond that brought them all the comfort

that  there was in that hour of misery unspeakable. 

XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT

The college year had come to an end.  The results of the  examinations had been published.  The Juniors were

preparing to  depart for their summer work in the mission field.  Of the  graduating  class, some were waiting

with calm confidence the  indications of the  will of Providence as to their spheres of  labour, a confidence

undoubtedly strengthened by certain letters in  their possession from  leading members of influential

congregations.  Others were preparing  with painful shrinking of heart to tread the  weary and humiliating  "trail

of the black bag," while others again,  to whom had come visions  of high deeds and sounds of distant  battle,

were making ready outfits  supposed to be suitable for life  and work in the great West, or in the  far lands

across the sea. 

Two high functions of college life yet remained, one, the  Presbytery examination, the other, Professor

Macdougall's student  party.  The annual examination before Presbytery was ever an event  of  nerveracking

uncertainty.  It might prove to be an entirely  perfunctory performance of the most innocuous kind.  On the

other  hand, it might develop features of a most sensational and perilous  nature.  The college barometer this

year was unusually depressed,  for  rumour had gone abroad that the Presbytery examination was to  be of  the

more serious type.  It was a time of searchings of heart  for those  who had been giving, throughout the session,


The Doctor

XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT 73



Top




Page No 76


undue  attention to the  social opportunities afforded by college life, and  more especially if  they had allowed

their contempt for the archaic  and oriental to become  unnecessarily pronounced.  To these latter  gentlemen the

day brought  gloomy forebodings.  Even their morning  devotions, which were marked  by unusual sincerity and

earnestness,  failed to bring them that  calmness of mind which these exercises  are supposed to afford.  For

their slender ray of hope that their  memory of the English text might  not fail them in the hour of trial  was

very materially clouded by the  dread that in their embarrassment  they might assign a perfectly  correct English

version to the wrong  Hebrew text.  The result of such  mischance they would not allow  themselves to

contemplate.  On the  other hand, however, there was  the welcome possibility that they might  be so able to

dispose  themselves among the orientalists in their class  that a word dropped  at a critical moment might save

them from this  mischance.  And there  was the further, and not altogether unreal,  ground of confidence,  that

the examiner himself might be uneasily  conscious of the  everpresent possibility that some hidden Hebrew

snag  might rudely  jag a hole in his own vessel while sailing the mare  ignotum of  oriental literature.  Of

course, the examination would also  include  other departments of sacred learning, for it was the province  and

duty of Presbytery to satisfy itself as to the soundness in the  faith of the candidates before them.  On this

score, however, few  indulged serious anxiety.  Once the Hebraic shoals and snags were  safely passed, both

examiner and examined could disport themselves  with a jaunty selfconfidence born of a thorough

acquaintance with  the Shorter Catechism received during the plastic years of  childhood. 

It was, however, just in these calm waters that danger lurked for  Boyle.  On the side of scholarship he was

known to be invulnerable.  Boyle was the hero and darling of the college men, more especially  of  the

"sinners" among them, not simply by reason of his prowess  between  the goal posts where, times without

number, he had rescued  the college  from the contempt of its foes; but quite as much for  the modesty with

which he carried off his brilliant attainments in  the class lists.  Throughout the term, in the college halls after

tea, there had been  carried on a series of discussions extending  over the whole range of  the "fundamentals,"

and Boyle had the  misfortune to rouse the wrath  and awaken the concern of Finlay  Finlayson, the champion

of orthodoxy.  Finlay was a huge, gaunt,  broadshouldered son of Uist, a theologian  by birth, a dialectician  by

training, and a man of war by the gift of  Heaven.  Cheerfully  would Finlay, for conscience' sake, have given

his  body to the  flames, as, for conscience' sake, he had shaken off the  heretical  dust of New College,

Edinburgh, from his shoes,  unhesitatingly  surrendering at the same time, Scot though he was, a  scholarship of

fifty pounds.  The hope that he had cherished of being  able to  find, in a colonial institution of sacred learning,

a safe  haven  where he might devote himself to the perfecting of the defences  of  his faith within the citadel of

orthodoxy was rudely shattered by  the discovery that the same heresies which had driven him from New

College had found their way across the sea and were being  championed  by a man of such winning personality

and undoubted  scholarship as  Richard Boyle.  The effect upon Finlayson's mind of  these discussions  carried

on throughout the term was such that,  after much and prayerful  deliberation, and after due notice to the

person immediately affected,  he discovered it to be his duty to  inform the professor in whose  department

these subjects lay of the  heresies that were threatening  the very life of the college, and,  indeed, of the

Canadian Church. 

The report of his interview with the professor came back to college  through the realistic if somewhat

irreverent medium of the  professor's son, Tom, presently pursuing a somewhat leisurely  course  toward a

medical degree.  As Tom appeared in the college  hall he was  immediately surrounded by an eager crowd, the

most  eager of whom was  Robert Duff, the sworn ally of Mr. Finlayson. 

"Did Finlayson see your father?" inquired Mr. Duff anxiously. 

"Sure thing," answered Tom. 

"And did he inform him of what has been going on in this college?" 

"You bet your life!  Give him the whole tip!" 


The Doctor

XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT 74



Top




Page No 77


"And what did the professor say?" inquired Mr. Duff, with bated  breath. 

"Told him to go to the devil." 

"To what?" gasped Mr. Duff, to whom it appeared for the moment that  the foundations of things in heaven

and on earth had indeed been  removed.  It was only after the shout of laughter on the part of  the  "sinners" had

subsided that Mr. Duff realised that it was the  spirit  only, and not the ipsissima verba, of the devout and

reverent  professor, that had been translated in the vigorous  vernacular of his  son. 

Unhappily, however, for Boyle, the report of his heretical  tendencies had reached other ears than those of the

sane and  liberalminded professor, those, namely, of that stern and rigid  churchman, the Rev. Alexander

Naismith, some time minister of St.  Columba's.  Not through Finlayson, however, be it understood, did  this

report reach him.  That staunch defender of orthodoxy might,  under stress of conscience, find it his duty to

inform the proper  authority of the matter, but sooner than retail gossip to the hurt  of  his fellowstudent he

would have cut off his big, bony right  hand. 

The Rev. Alexander Naismith was a little man with a shrill voice,  which gained for him the cognomen of

"Squeaky Sandy," and a most  irritatingly persistent temper.  Into his hands, while candidates  and  examiners

were disporting themselves in the calm waters of  Systematic  Theology, fell poor Dick, to his confusion and

the  temporary  withholding of his license.  It was impossible but that  in the college  itself, and in the college

circles of society, this  event should  become a subject of much heated discussion. 

Professor Macdougall's student parties were not as other student  parties.  They were never attended from a

sense of duty.  This was  undoubtedly due, not so much to the popularity of the professor  with  his students, as

to the shrewd wisdom and profound knowledge  of human  nature generally and of student nature particularly,

on  the part of  that gentle lady, the professor's wife.  Mrs.  Macdougall was of the  old school, with very

beautiful if very old  fashioned notions of  propriety.  Her whole life was one poetic  setting forth of the

manners  and deportment proper to ladies, both  young and old.  But none the  less her shrewd mother wit and

kindly  heart instructed her in things  not taught in the schools.  The  consequence was that, while she  herself sat

erect in fine scorn of  the backs of her straightbacked  Sheratons, her drawingroom was  furnished with an

abundance of easy  chairs and lounges, and  arranged with cosey nooks and corners  calculated to gratify the

luxurious tastes and lazy manners of a  decadent generation.  Her  shrewd wit was further discovered in the  care

she took to assemble  to her evening parties the prettiest,  brightest, wickedest of the  young girls in the wide

circle of her  friends.  As young Robert  Kidd put it with more vigour than grace,  "There were no last roses  in

her bunch."  Moreover, the wise little  lady took pains to  instruct her young ladies as to their duties toward  the

young men  of the college. 

"You must exert yourselves, my dears," she would explain, "to make  the evening pleasant for the young men.

And they require something  to distract their attention from the too earnest pursuit of their  studies." 

And it is a tradition that so heartily did the young ladies throw  themselves into this particular duty that there

were, even of the  saintliest of the saints, who found it necessary to take their  lectures in absentia for at least

two days in order that they might  recover from the all too successful distractions of the Macdougall  party. 

Among the guests invited was Margaret, beloved for her own sake,  but even more for the sake of her mother,

who had been Mrs.  Macdougall's college companion and lifelong cherished friend.  The  absorbing theme of

conversation, carried on in a strictly  confidential manner, was the sensational feature of the Presbytery

examination.  The professor himself was deeply grieved, and no less  so his stately little lady, for to both of

them Dick was as a son.  But from neither of them could Margaret extract anything but the  most  meagre

outline of what had happened.  For full details of the  whole  dramatic scene she was indebted to Robert Kidd,

second year  theologue,  whose brown curly locks and cherubic face and fresh  innocence of  manner won for


The Doctor

XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT 75



Top




Page No 78


him the sobriquet of "Baby Kidd," or  more shortly,  "Kiddie." 

"Tell us just what happened," entreated Miss Belle Macdougall, with  a glance of such heartpenetrating

quality that Kiddie promptly  acquiesced. 

"Well, I'll tell you," he said, adopting a low confidential tone.  "I could see from the very start that old

Squeaky Sandy was out  after  Dick.  He couldn't get him on his Hebrew, so the old chap lay  low till  everything

was lovely and they were falling on each  others' necks over  the Shorter Catechism, and things every fellow  is

supposed to be quite  safe on.  All at once Sandy squeaked in,  'Mr. Boyle, will you kindly  state what you

consider the correct  theory of the Atonement?'  'I  don't know,' said Boyle; 'I haven't  got any.'  By Jove!

everyone sat  up.  'You believe in the doctrine,  I suppose?'  Boyle waited a while  and my heart stopped till he

went  on again.  'Yes, sir, I believe in  it.'  'How is that, sir?  If you  believe in it you must have a theory.  What do

you believe about  it?'  'I believe in the fact.  I don't  understand it, and I have no  theory of it as yet.'  And Boyle

was as  gentle as a sucking dove.  Then the Moderator, decent old chap, chipped  it." 

"Who was it?" inquired Miss Belle. 

"Dr. Mitchell.  Fine old boy.  None too sound himself, I guess.  Premill, too, you know.  Well, he chipped in

and got him past that  snag.  But old Sandy was not done yet by a long shot.  He went  after  Boyle on every

doctrine in the catalogue where it was  possible for a  man to get off the track, Inspiration, Inerrancy,  the

Mosaic  Authorship, and the whole Robertson Smith business.  You  know that  last big heresy hunt in

Scotland." 

"No," said Miss Belle, "I don't know.  And you don't, either, so  you needn't stop and try to tell us." 

"I don't, eh?" said Bob, who was finding it difficult to keep  himself in a perfectly sane condition under the

bewildering glances  of Miss Belle's black eyes.  "Well, perhaps I don't.  At any rate,  I  couldn't make you

understand." 

"Hear him!" said Miss Belle, with supreme scorn.  "Go on.  We are  interested in Boyle, aren't we, Margaret?" 

"Well, where was I?  Oh, yes.  Well, sir, in about five minutes it  seemed to me that Boyle's theology was a

tattered remnant.  Some of  the brethren interfered, explaining and apologizing for the young  man  after their

kindly custom, but Squeaky wouldn't have it.  'This  is  most serious, Mr. Moderator!' he sung out.  'This

demands the  most  searching investigation!  We all know what is going on in the  Old  Land, how the great

doctrines of our faith are being undermined  by  socalled scholarship, which is nothing less than blasphemy

and  impudent scepticism.'  And so he went on shrieking more and more  wildly a lot of tommyrot.  But the

worst was yet to come.  All at  once Sandy changed his line of attack and proceeded to take Boyle  on  the flank.

'Mr. Boyle, are you a smoker?' he asked.  'Yes,'  stammered  poor Boyle, getting red in the face, 'I smoke some.'

'Are you a total  abstainer?'  And then Boyle got on to him, and I  saw his head go back  for the first time.

Before this he had been  sitting like a convicted  criminal.  'No, sir,' he answered, turning  square around and

facing  old Squeaky, 'I am not pledged to total  abstinence.'  Don't suppose he  ever took a drink in his life.  'Did

you ever attend the theatre?'  This was the limit.  It seemed to  strike the brethren all at once  what the old

inquisitor was driving  at.  The words were hardly out of  his mouth when there was a weird  sound, a cross

between a howl and a  roar, and Grant was at the  Moderator's desk.  It will always be a  mystery to me how he

got  there.  There were three pews between him and  the desk, and I swear  he never came out into the aisle.  'Mr.

Moderator, I protest', he  shouted.  And then the dust began to fly.  Say! it was a regular  sand storm!  About the

only thing visible was  the lightning from  Grant's eyes.  By Jingo!  'Mr. Moderator, I  protest,' he cried,  when he

could get a hearing, 'against these  insinuations.  We all  know what Mr. Naismith means by this method of

inquisition.  But  let me tell Mr. Naismith'  Don't know what in  thunder he was  going to tell him, for the next

few moments they mixed  it up good  and hot.  Say! it was a circus with all the monkeys loose  and the  band


The Doctor

XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT 76



Top




Page No 79


playing seventeen tunes all at once!  But finally Grant  had  his say and treated the Presbytery to a pretty full

disquisition  of  his own theology, and when he was done my pity was transferred from  Boyle to him, for it

seemed that on every doctrine where Boyle was  a  heretic Grant had gone him one better.  And I believe the

whole  Presbytery were vastly relieved to discover how slight, by  contrast,  were the errors to which Boyle had

fallen.  Then  Henderson, good old  soul, took his innings and poured on oil, with  the result that Boyle  was

turned over to a committeeand that's  where he is now.  But he'll  never appear.  He's going in for  journalism.

The Telegraph wants  him." 

"Journalism?" cried Margaret faintly.  She was thinking of the  darkfaced old lady up in the country who was

counting the days  till  her son should be sent forth a minister of the Gospel. 

"Yes," said Kiddie.  "And there's where he'll shine.  See what he's  done with the Monthly.  He's got great style.

But wasn't there a  row  at the college!" continued Kiddie.  "Old Father Finlayson  there,"  nodding across the

room at the Highlander, who was engaged  in what  appeared to be an extremely interesting conversation with

his hostess,  "orthodox old beggar as he is, was ready to lead a  raid on Squeaky  Sandy's house.  You know he

has been at war with  Boyle all winter on  every and all possible themes.  But he fights  fair, and this hitting

below the belt was too much for him.  He was  raging up and down the  hall like a wild man when Boyle came

in.  'Mr. Boyle,' he roared,  rushing up to him and seizing him by the  hand and working it like a  pumphandle

in a fire, 'it was a most  iniquitous proceeding!  I wish  to assure you I have no sympathy  whatever with that

sort of thing!'  And so he went on till he had  Boyle almost in tears.  By Jove! he's a  rum old party!  Look at his

socks, will you!" 

The young ladies glanced across and beheld in amused but amazed  horror the Highlander's great feet encased

in a new pair of carpet  slippers adorned with pink roses and green ground, which made a  startling contrast

with his threeply worsted stockings, magenta in  colour, which his fond aunt had knit as part of his outfit for

the  Arctic regions of Canada. 

"You may laugh," continued Bob.  "So would I yesterday.  But, by  Jingo! he can wear magenta socks on his

head if he likes for me!  He's  all white, and he has the heart of a gentleman!"  Little  Kidd's voice  went shaky

and his eyes had the curious shine that  appeared in them  only in moments of deepest excitement, but if he  had

only known it, he  had never been so near storming the gate of  Miss Belle's heart as at  that moment.  She

showed her sympathy with  Kiddie's attitude by giving  Mr. Finlayson "the time of his life,"  as Kiddie himself

remarked.  So  assiduously, indeed, did she devote  herself to the promotion of Mr.  Finlayson's comfort and

good cheer  that that gentleman's fine sense of  honour prompted him to inform  her incidentally of the

existence of  Miss Jennie McLean, who was to  "come out to him as soon as he was  placed."  He was surprised,

but  entirely delighted, to discover that  this announcement made no  difference whatever in Miss Belle's

attentions.  At the supper  hour, however, Miss Belle, moved by  Kiddie's lugubrious countenance,  yielded her

place to Margaret, who  continued the operation of giving  Mr. Finlayson "the time of his  life."  But not a word

could she  extract from him regarding the heresy  case, for, with a skill that  might have made a Queen's

Counsel green  with envy, he baffled her  leading questions with a density of  ignorance unparalleled in her

experience, until she let it be known  that Dick was an old  schoolmate and dear friend.  Then Mr. Finlayson

poured forth the  grief and rage swelling in his big heart at the  treatment his enemy  had received and his

anxious concern for his  future both here and  hereafter.  In a portion of this concern, at  least, Margaret shared.

And as Mr. Finlayson continued to unburden  himself, during the walk  home, regarding the heresies in

Edinburgh  from which he had fled and  the heresies that had apparently taken  possession of Dick's mind,  her

heart continued to sink within her, for  it seemed that the  opinions attributed to Dick were subversive of all

she had held true  from her childhood.  With such intelligence and  sympathy, however,  did she listen to Mr.

Finlayson discoursing, that  that gentleman  carried back with him to college a heart somewhat  lightened of its

burden, but withal seriously impressed with the charm  and the mental  grasp of the young ladies of Canada.

And so  enthusiastically did he  dwell upon this theme in his next letter, that  Miss Jessie McLean  set herself

devoutly to pray, either that Finlayson  might soon be  placed, or that the professors might cease giving  parties. 


The Doctor

XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT 77



Top




Page No 80


The brand of heresy almost invariably works ill to him who bears  it.  For if he be young and shallow enough

to enjoy the distinction,  it will only increase his vanity and render his return to sure and  safe paths more

difficult.  But if his doubts are to him a grief and  a horror of darkness, the brand will burn in and drive him far

from  his fellows, and change the kindly spirit in him to bitterness  unless, perchance, he light upon a friend

who gives him love and  trust unstinted and links him to wholesome living.  After all, in  matters of faith every

man must blaze his own path through the woods  and make his own clearing in which to dwell.  And he may

well thank  God if his path lead him some whither where there is space enough to  work his day's work and

light enough to live by. 

With Dick it was mostly dark, for it was not given him to have a  friend who could understand.  But he was not

allowed to feel  himself  to be quite abandoned, for in the darkest of his hours  there stood at  his side Margaret

Robertson, whose strong, cheery  good sense and whose  loyalty to rightdoing helped him and  strengthened

him and so made it  possible to wait till the better  day dawned. 

XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN

The Journalistic World has its own diversity of mountain and plain,  and its own variety of inhabitants.  There

are its mountain ranges  and upland regions of clear skies and pure airs, where are wide  outlooks and horizons

whose dim lines fade beyond the reach of  clear  vision.  Amid these mountain ranges and upon these uplands

dwell men  among the immortals to whom has come the "vision  splendid" and whose  are the voices that in the

crisis of a man or  of a nation give forth  the call that turns the face upward to life  eternal and divine.  To  these

men such words as Duty, Honour,  Patriotism, Purity, stand for  things of intrinsic value worth a  man's while to

seek and, having  found, to die for. 

Level plains there are, too, where harvests are sown and reaped.  But there these same words often become

mere implements of  cultivation, tools for mechanical industries or currency for the  conduct of business.  Here

dwell the practical men of affairs, as  they love to call themselves, for whom has faded the vision in the  glare

of opportunism. 

And far down by the waterfronts are the slum wastes where the  sewers of politics and business and social

life pour forth their  fetid filth.  Here the journals of yellow shade grub and fatten.  In  this ooze and slime

puddle the hordes of sewer rats, scavengers  of the  world's garbage, from whose collected stores the editor

selects his  daily mess for the delectation of the great unwashed,  whether of the  classes or of the masses, and

from which he grabs in  large handfuls  that viscous mud that sticks and stings where it  sticks. 

The Daily Telegraph was born yellow, a frank yellow of the barbaric  type that despises neutral tints.  By the

Daily Telegraph things  were  called by their uneuphemistic names.  A spade was a spade, and  mud was  mud,

and nothing was sacred from its sewer rats.  The  highest paid  official on its staff was a criminal lawyer

celebrated  in the libel  courts.  Everybody cursed it and everybody read it.  After a season,  having thus firmly

established itself in the  enmities of the  community, and having become, in consequence,  financially secure, it

began to aspire toward the uplands, where  the harvests were as rich  and at the same time less perilous as  well

as less offensive in the  reaping.  It began to study  euphemism.  A spade became an agricultural  implement and

mud  alluvial deposit.  Having become by long experience  a specialist in  the business of moral scavenging, it

proceeded to  devote itself  with most vehement energy to the business of moral  reform.  All  indecencies that

could not successfully cover themselves  with such  gilding as good hard gold can give were ruthlessly held up

to  public contempt.  It continued to be cursed, but gradually came to  be respected and feared. 

It was to aid in this upward climb that the editor of the Daily  Telegraph seized upon Dick.  That young man

was peculiarly fitted  for  the part which was to be assigned to him.  He was a theological  student and,

therefore, his ethical standards were unimpeachable.  His  university training guaranteed his literary sense, and


The Doctor

XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN 78



Top




Page No 81


his  connection  with the University and College papers had revealed him  a master of  terse English.  He was the

very man, indeed, but he  must serve his  apprenticeship with the sewer rats.  For months he  toiled amid much

slime and filth, breathing in its stinking odours,  gaining knowledge,  it is true, but paying dear for it in the

golden  coin of that finer  sensibility and that vigorous moral health which  had formerly made his  life, to

himself and to others, a joy and  beauty.  For the slime would  stick, do what he could, and with the  smells he

must become so  familiar that they no longer offended.  That delicate discrimination  that immediately detects

the presence  of decay departed from him, and  in its place there developed a  coarser sense whose

characteristic was  its power to distinguish  between sewage and sewage.  Hence, morality,  with him, came to

consist in the choosing of sewage of the less  offensive forms.  On  the other hand, consciousness of the brand

of  heresy drove him from  those scenes where the air is pure and from  association with those  high souls who

by mere living exhale spiritual  health and fragrance. 

"We do not see much of Mr. Boyle these days, Margaret," Mrs.  Macdougall would say to her friend, carefully

modulating her tone  lest she should betray the anxiety of her gentle, loyal heart.  "But I  doubt not he is very

busy with his new duties." 

"Yes, he is very busy," Margaret would reply, striving to guard her  voice with equal care, but with less

success.  For Margaret was  cursed, nay blessed, with that heart of infinite motherhood that  yearns over the

broken or the weak or the straying of humankind,  and  makes their pain its own. 

"Bring him with you to tea next Sabbath evening, my dear," the  little lady would say, with never a quiver or

inflection of voice  betraying that she had detected the girl's anxiety for her friend. 

But more infrequently, as the days went on, could she secure Dick  for an hour on Sabbath evening in the

quiet, sweet little nook of  the  professor's diningroom.  He was so often held by his work, but  more  often by

his attendance upon Iola, for between Iola and him  there had  grown up and ripened rapidly an intimacy that

Margaret  regarded with  distrust and fear.  How she hated herself for her  suspicions!  How she  fought to forbid

them harbour in her heart!  But how persistently they  made entrance and to abide. 

The World of Fashion is, for the most part, a desert island of  gleaming sands, at times fanned by

perfumeladen zephyrs and lapped  by shining waters.  Then those who dwell there disport themselves,

careless of all save the lapping, shining waters and the gleaming  sands out of which they build their sand

castles with such  concentrated eagerness and such painful industry.  At other times  there come tempests,

sudden and out of clear skies, which sweep,  with  ruthless besom, castles and castlebuilders alike, and leave

desolation and empty spaces for a time. 

A silly world it is, and hard of heart, and like to die of ennui at  times.  And hence it welcomes with pathetic

joy all who can bring  some new fancy or trick to their castlebuilding, rejecting all  other  without remorse.  To

this World of Fashion Iola had offered  herself,  giving freely her great voice and her superb body, now

developed into  the full splendour of its rich and sensuous beauty.  And how they  gathered about her and gave

her unstinted their  flatteries and homage,  taking toll the while of the very soulstuff  in her.  Devoutly they

worshipped at the shrine of that heavenlike  and heavengiven  instrument wherewith she could tickle their

senses, rejoicing, during  the pauses of their envies and hatreds,  such among them as were  female, and of their

lusts and despairs  such as were male, in her warm  flesh tints and full flesh curves  and the draperies withal

wherewith,  with consummate art, she  revealed or enhanced the same.  For Iola was  possessed of a fatal,

maddening beauty, and an alluring fascination of  manner that  wrought destruction among men and fury

among women. 

To Dick, who, with his brilliant talents, shed lustre upon her  courts, Iola gave chief place in her train, yet in

such manner as  that her preference for him neither lessened the number nor checked  the ardour of her

devotees.  He was her friend of childhood days,  her  good friend, but nothing more.  Upon this basis of a boy


The Doctor

XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN 79



Top




Page No 82


and  girl  friendship was established an intimacy which seemed to render  unnecessary those conventions,

unreal and vexing in appearance, but  which, as the wise old world has proved, man and woman with the

dread  potencies of passion slumbering within them cannot afford to  despise.  By their mutual tastes, as by

their habits of life, Iola  and Dick  were brought into daily association.  Under Dick's  guidance she read  and

studied the masters of the English drama.  For she had her eye now  upon the operatic stage and was at present

devoting herself to the  great musical dramas of Wagner.  Together  they took full advantage of  the theatre

privileges which Dick's  connection with the press gave  him.  And at those festive routs by  which society

amuses and vexes  itself they were constantly thrown  together.  Dick was acutely and  growingly sensitive to

the  influence Iola had upon him.  Her beauty  disturbed him.  The subtle  potency that exhaled from her physical

charms affected him like  draughts of wine.  Away from her presence he  marvelled at himself  and scorned his

weakness; but once within sound  of her voice,  within touch of her hand, her power reasserted itself.  The

mystery  of the body, its subtle appeal, its terrible potency,  allured and  enslaved him.  Against this infatuation

of Dick's,  Margaret felt  herself helpless.  She well knew that Dick's love for  her had not  changed, except to

grow into a bitter, despairing  intensity that  made his presence painful to her at times.  This very  love of his

closed her lips.  She could only wait her time, meanwhile  keeping  such touch with him as she could, bringing

to him the  wholesome  fragrance of a pure heart and the strength and serenity of a  life  devoted to well doing. 

Something would occur to recall him to his better self.  And  something did occur.  Almost a year had elapsed

since Barney had  gone  out of Iola's life in so tragic a way.  Through all the months  of the  year he had waited,

longing and hoping for the word that  might recall  him to her, until suspense became unbearable even for  his

strong soul.  Hence it was that Iola received from him a letter  breathing of love  so deep, so tender, and withal

so humble, that  even across the space  that these months had put between Barney and  herself, Iola was

profoundly stirred and sorely put to it to decide  upon her answer.  She took the letter to Margaret and read her

such  parts as she  thought necessary.  "A year has gone.  It seems like  ten.  I have  waited for your word, but

none has come.  Looking back  upon that  dreadful night I sometimes think I may have been severe.  If so, my

punishment has been heavy enough to atone.  Tell me,  shall I come to  you?  I can offer you a home even better

than I had  hoped a year ago.  I am offered a lectureship here with an ample  salary, or an  assistantship on equal

terms, by Trent.  I have  discovered that I am  in the grip of a love beyond my power to  control.  In spite of all

that my work is to me, I find myself  looking, not into the book before  me, but into your eyesI may be  able

to live without you, but I  cannot live my best.  I don't see  how I can live at all.  It seems as  if I could not wait

even a few  days for your word to come.  Darling,  my heart's love, tell me to  come." 

"How can I answer a letter like that?" said Iola to Margaret. 

"How?" exclaimed Margaret.  "Tell him to come.  Wire him.  Go to  him.  Anything to get him to you." 

Iola mused a while.  "He wants me to marry him and to keep his  house." 

"Yes," said Margaret, "he does." 

"Housekeeping and babies, ugh!" shuddered Iola. 

"Yes," cried Margaret, "ah, God, yes!  Housekeeping and babies and  Barney!  God pity your poor soul!" 

Iola shrank from the fierce intensity of Margaret's sudden passion. 

"What do you mean?" she cried.  "Why do you speak so?" 

"Why?  Can't you read God's meaning in your woman's body and in  your woman's heart?" 


The Doctor

XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN 80



Top




Page No 83


From Margaret Iola got little help.  Indeed, the gulf between the  two was growing wider every day.  She

resolved to show her letter  to  Dick.  They were to go that evening to the play and after the  play  there would be

supper.  And when he had taken her home she  would show  him the letter. 

On their way home that evening as they were passing Dick's rooms,  he suddenly remembered that a message

was to be sent him from the  office. 

"Let us run in for a moment," he said. 

"I think I had better wait you here," replied Iola. 

"Nonsense!" cried Dick.  "Don't be a baby.  Come in." 

Together they entered and, laying aside her wrap, Iola sat down and  drew forth Barney's letter. 

"Listen, Dick.  I want your advice."  And she read over such  portions of Barney's letter as she thought

necessary. 

"Well?" she said, as Dick remained silent. 

"Well," replied Dick, "what's your answer to be?" 

"You know what he means," said Iola a little impatiently.  "He  wants me to marry him at once and to settle

down." 

"Well," said Dick, "why not?" 

"Now, Dick," cried Iola, "do you think I am suited for that kind of  life?  Can you picture me devoting myself

to the keeping of a house  tidy, the overseeing of meals?  I fancy I see myself spending the  long, quiet

evenings, my husband busy in his office or out among  his  patients while I dose and yawn and grow fat and

old and ugly,  and the  great world forgetting.  Dick, I should die!  Of course, I  love  Barney.  But I must have

life, movement.  I can't be forgotten!" 

"Forgotten?" cried Dick.  "Why should you be forgotten?  Barney's  wife could not be ignored and the world

could not forget you.  And,  after all," added Dick, in a musing tone, "to live with Barney  ought  to be good

enough for any woman." 

"Why, how eloquent you are, Dick!" she cried, making a little moue.  "You are quite irresistible!" she added,

leaning toward him with a  mocking laugh. 

"Come, let us go," said Dick painfully, conscious of her physical  charm.  "We must get away." 

"But you haven't helped me, Dick," she cried, drawing nearer to him  and laying her hand upon his arm. 

The perfume of her hair smote upon his senses.  The beauty of her  face and form intoxicated him. 

He knew he was losing control of himself. 

"Come, Iola," he said, "let us go." 

"Tell me what to say, Dick," she replied, smiling into his face and  leaning toward him. 


The Doctor

XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN 81



Top




Page No 84


"How can I tell you?" cried Dick desperately, springing up.  "I  only know you are beautiful, Iola, beautiful as

an angel, as a  devil!  What has come over you, or is it me, that you should affect  me so?  Do you know," he

added roughly, lifting her to her feet,  his breath  coming hard and fast, "I can hardly keep my hands off  you.

We must  go.  I must go.  Come!" 

"Poor child," mocked Iola, still smiling into his eyes, "is it  afraid it will get hurt?" 

"Stop it, Iola!" cried Dick.  "Come on!" 

"Come," she mocked, still leaning toward him. 

Swiftly Dick turned, seized her in his arms, his eyes burning down  upon her mocking face.  "Kiss me!" he

commanded. 

Gradually she allowed the weight of her body to lean upon him,  drawing him steadily down toward her the

while, with the deep,  passionate lure of her lustrous eyes. 

"Kiss me!" he commanded again.  But she shook her head, holding him  still with her gaze. 

"God in heaven!" cried Dick.  "Go away!"  He made to push her from  him.  She clasped him about the neck,

allowing herself to sink in  his  arms with her face turned upward to his.  Fiercely he crushed  her to  him, and

again and again his hot, passionate kisses fell  upon her  face. 

Conscious only of the passion throbbing in their hearts and pulsing  through their bodies, oblivious to all

about them, they heard not  the  opening of the door and knew not that a man had entered the  room.  For  a

single moment he stood stricken with horror as if  gazing upon death  itself.  Turning to depart, his foot caught

a  chair.  Terrorsmitten,  the two sprang apart and stood with guilt  and shame stamped upon their  ghastly

faces. 

"Barney!" they cried together. 

Slowly he came back to them.  "Yes, it is I."  The words seemed to  come from some far distance.  "I couldn't

wait.  I came for my  answer, Iola.  I thought I could persuade you better.  I have it  now.  I have lost you!

And"here he turned to Dick"oh, my God!  My God!  I have lost my brother, too!" he turned to depart

from  him. 

"Barney," cried Dick passionately, "there was no wrong!  There was  nothing beyond what you saw!" 

"Was that all?" inquired his brother quietly. 

"As God is in heaven, Barney, that was all!" 

Barney threw a swift glance round the room, crossed to a side  table, and picked up a Bible lying there.  He

turned the leaves  rapidly and handed it to his brother with his finger upon a verse. 

"Read!" he said.  "You know your Bible.  Read!"  His voice was  terrible and compelling in its calmness. 

Following the pointing finger, Dick's eyes fell upon words that  seemed to sear his eyeballs as he read,

"Whosoever looketh on a  woman  to lust after her, hath committed adultery with her already  in his  heart."

Heartsmitten, Dick stood without a word. 


The Doctor

XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN 82



Top




Page No 85


"I could kill you now," said the quiet, terrible voice.  "But what  need?  To me you are already dead." 

When Dick looked up his brother had gone.  Nerveless, broken, he  sank into a chair and sat with his face in

his hands.  Beside him  stood Iola, pale, rigid, her eyes distended as if she had seen a  horrid vision.  She was

the first to recover. 

"Dick," she said softly, laying her hand upon his head. 

He sprang up as if her fingers had been redhot iron and had burned  to the bone. 

"Don't touch me!" he cried in vehement frenzy.  "You are a devil!  And I am in hell!  In hell! do you hear?"  He

caught her by the arm  and shook her.  "And I deserve hell!  Hell!  Hell!  Fools! no  hell?"  He turned again to her.

"And for you, for this, and this,  and this,"  touching her hair, her cheek, and her heaving bosom with  his

finger,  "I have lost my brothermy brothermy own brother  Barney.  Oh,  fool that I am!  Damned!

Damned!  Damned!" 

She shrank back from him, then whispered with pale lips, "Oh, Dick,  spare me!  Take me home!" 

"Yes, yes," he cried in mad haste, "anywhere, in the devil's name!  Come!  Come!"  He seized her wrap, threw

it upon her shoulders,  caught up his hat, tore open the door for her, and followed her  out. 

"Can a man take fire into his bosom and not be burned?"  And out of  the embers of his passion there kindled a

fire that night that  burned  with unquenchable fury for many a day. 

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS

The Superintendent was spending the precious hours of one of his  rare visits at home in painful plodding

through his correspondence.  For it was part of the sacrifice his work demanded, and which he  cheerfully

made, that he should forsake home and wife and children  for his work's sake.  The Assembly's Convener

found him in the  midst  of an orderly confusion of papers of different sorts. 

"How do you do, sir?"  The Superintendent's voice had a fine burr  about it that gripped the ear, and his hand a

vigour and tenacity  of  hold that gripped the outstretched hand of the Assembly's  Convener and  nearly brought

the little man to the floor.  "Sit  down, sir, and  listen to this.  Here are some of the compensations  that go with

the  Superintendent's office.  This is rich.  It comes  from my friend,  Henry Fink, of the Columbia Forks in the

Windermere  Valley.  British  Columbia, you understand," noticing the Convener's  puzzled expression.  "I

visited the valley a year ago and found a  truly deplorable  condition of things.  Men had gone up there many

years ago and settled  down remote from civilization.  Some of them  married Indian wives and  others of them

ought to have married them,  and they have brought up  families in the atmosphere and beliefs of  the pagans.

Would you  believe it, I fell in with a young man on  the trail, twenty years of  age, who had never heard the

name of our  Saviour except in oaths?  He  had never heard the story of the  Cross.  And there are many others

like him.  At the Columbia Forks  the only institution that stands for  things intellectual is a  Freethinkers' Club,

the president of which is  a retired colonel of  the British Army, a man of fine manners, of some  degree of

intelligence and reading, but, I have reason to believe, of  bad  life.  His is the dominant influence in the

community if we except  my friend, Mr. Henry Fink, or, as he is known locally, 'Hank Fink.'  Hank is a

character, I assure you.  A Yankee from the Eastern  States,  the son of a Scotch mother.  Has a cattle ranch,

runs a  store which  supplies the scattered ranchers, prospectors, and  miners with the  necessaries of life, and

keeps a stopping place.  Is postmaster, too.  In fact, Hank is pretty much the whole  village.  He has lived in that

country some fifteen years.  Has a  good Canadian wife, and a flock of  small children.  He is a rara  avis in that

country from the fact that  he hates whiskey.  He hates  it almost as much as he does Colonel Hicks  and his


The Doctor

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS 83



Top




Page No 86


Freethinking  Club.  When I visited the village, for some  reason or other Hank  took me up, the Scotch blood in

him possibly  recognising kinship.  He gave me his store to preach in, took me all  about the country,  and in a

week had a mission organized on a sound  financial basis.  His methods were very simple, very direct, and

very  effective.  He  estimated the amount each man should pay and announced  this fact to  the man, who

generally acquiesced.  I didn't probe too  deeply into  Hank's motives, but it seemed to give him considerable

satisfaction  to learn that Colonel Hicks was filled with indignant and  scornful  rage at the proposal to establish

a Christian mission in that  remote valley.  It grieved the Colonel to think that after so many  years of immunity

they should at last be called upon to tolerate  this  particularly offensive appendage to an effete civilization.  I

noticed  that Hank's English always broke down in referring to the  Colonel.  Well, we sent in Finlayson a year

ago this spring, you  remember.  Strong man, good preacher, conscientious fellow.  Thought he would do  great

work.  You know Finlayson?  Well, this is  the result."  Here he  picked up Hank's letter.  "This would hardly  do

for the Home Mission  report," continued the Superintendent, with  a twinkle in his keen grey  eyes: 

"COLUMBIA FORKS, WINDERMERE, B. C. 

"DEAR SIR:I take my pen to write you a few lines to let you know  how things is goin'.  Well, sir, I want to

tell you this station is  goin' to the devil.  [Judging from what I saw of the place, it  hadn't  far to go.]  Your

preacher ain't worth a cuss.  I don't say  he ain't  good fer some people, but he ain't our style.  [Mr.  Finlayson

would  doubtless agree with that.]  He means well, but he  ain't eddicated up  to the West.  You remember how

we got the boys  all corralled up nice  an' tame when you was here.  Well, he's got  'em wild.  Couldn't reach  'em

with a shotgun.  He throwed hell fire  at 'em till they got scart  an' took to the hills till you can't get  near 'em no

more'n mountain  goats.  So they have all quit comin'I  don't count Scotty Fraser, for  he would come,

anywayexcept me an'  Monkey Fiddler an' his yeller  dog.  You can always count on the  dog.  Now, sir, this

is your show,  not mine.  But I was born an'  raised a Presbyteryn down East, an'  though I haven't worked hard

at  the business for some years, it riles  me some to hear Col. Hicks  an' a lot of durned fools that has got

smarter than God Almighty  Himself shootin' off against the Bible an'  religion an' all that.  [We needn't read

too closely between the lines  at this point.]  Send a man that don't smell so strong of sulphur an'  brimstone,

who  has got some savey, an' who will know how to handle the  boys  gentle.  They ain't to say bad, but just a

leetle wild.  Send him  along, an' we will stay with him an' knock the tar out of that  bunch  of fools. 

"Yours most respeckfully, 

"HENRY FINK. 

"P. S.  When are you comin' into the valley again?  If you could  arrange to spend a month or two I'll guarantee

we will have 'em all  in nice shape. 

"Yours respeckfully, 

"HENRY FINK." 

"I don't think you can count much from the support of a man like  that," said the assembly's Convener; "I don't

think he shows any  real  interest in the work." 

"My dear sir," said the Superintendent, "don't you know he is the  Chairman of our Board of Management, a

most regular attendant upon  ordinances and contributes most liberally to our support?  And  while  these things

in the East wouldn't necessarily indicate a  change of  heart, they stand for a good deal west of the Great

Divide.  And, at  any rate, in these matters we remember gratefully  the word that is  written, 'He that is not

against us is on our  part.'" 


The Doctor

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS 84



Top




Page No 87


"Well, well," said the Assembly's Convener, "it may be so.  It may  be so.  But what's to be done with

Finlayson?  And where will you  get  a successor for him?" 

"We can easily place Finlayson.  He is a good man and will do  excellent work in other fields.  But where to get

a man for  Windermere is the question.  Do you know anyone?" 

The Assembly's Convener shook his head sadly. 

"There appears to be no one in sight," said the Superintendent.  "I  have a number of applications here,"

picking up a goodsized bundle  of neatly folded papers, "but they are hardly the kind to suit  conditions at

Windermere.  Numbers of them feel themselves  specially  called of God to do mission work in large centres of

population.  Others are chiefly anxious about the question of  support.  One man  would like to be in touch with

a daily train  service, as he feels it  necessary to keep in touch with the world  by means of the daily  newspaper.

A number are engaged who want to  be married.  Here's Mr.  Brown, too fat.  No move in him.  Here's

McKaygood man, earnest, but  not adaptable, like Finlayson; won't  do.  Here's Gartonfine fellow,  would

do well, but hardly strong  enough.  So what are you to do?  I  have gone over the whole list of  available men

and I cannot find one  suitable for Windermere." 

In this the Assembly's Convener could give him no help.  Indeed,  from few did the Superintendent receive

assistance in the securing  of  men for his far outposts. 

Assistance came to him from an unexpected quarter.  He was to meet  the Assembly's Convener and some

members of the Committee that  evening at Professor Macdougall's for tea.  The Superintendent's  mind  could

not be kept long away from the work that was his very  life, and  at the table the conversation turned to the

question of  the chronic  difficulty of securing men for frontier work, which had  become acute  in the case of

Windermere.  Margaret, who had been  invited to assist  Mrs. Macdougall in the dispensing of her  hospitality,

was at once on  the alert.  Why could not Dick be sent?  If only that Presbytery  difficulty could be got over he

might go.  That he would be suited for  the work she was well assured, and  equally certain was she that it

would be good for him. 

"It would save him," Margaret said to herself with a sharp sting at  her heart, for she had to confess sadly that

Dick had come to the  point where he needed saving.  She had learned from Iola the whole  miserable story of

Barney's visit, of his terrible indictment of  his  brother and the final break between them, but she had seen

little of  him during the past six months.  From that terrible night  Dick had  gone down in physical and in moral

health.  Again and  again he had  written Barney, but there had been no reply.  Hungrily  he had come to

Margaret for word of his brother, hopeful of  reconciliation.  But of  late he had given up hope and had ceased

to  make inquiry, settling  down into a state of gloomy, remorseful  grief into which Margaret felt  she dare not

intrude.  He occasionally  met Iola at society functions,  but there was an end of all intimacy  between them.  His

only relief  seemed to be in his work, and he gave  himself to that with such  feverish energy that his health

broke  down, and under Margaret's  persuasion he was now at home with his  mother.  Thence he had written

once to say that his days were one  long agony.  She remembered one  terrible sentence.  "Everything  here, the

house, the mill, my father's  fiddle, my mother's churn,  the woods, the fields, everything,  everything shrieks

'Barney' at me  till I am like to go mad.  I must  get away from here to some place  where he has never been with

me." 

It required some considerable skill to secure the Superintendent  that evening for a few minutes alone.  In

whatever company he was,  he  was easily the centre of interest.  But Margaret, even in the  early  days of the

Manse, had been a favourite with him, and he was  not a man  to forget his friends.  He had the rare gift of

gripping  them to him  with "hooks of steel."  Hence, he had kept in touch  with her during  the latter years,

pitying the girl's loneliness as  much as his  admiration for her cheery courage and her determined

independence  would allow him.  When Margaret found her opportunity  she wasted no  time. 


The Doctor

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS 85



Top




Page No 88


"I have a man for you for Windermere," were her opening words. 

"You have?  Where have you got him?  Who is he?  And are you  willing to spare him?  Few young ladies are.

But you are different  from most."  The Superintendent was ever a gallant. 

"You remember Mr. Boyle who graduated a year ago?"  Her words came  hurriedly and there was a slight

flush on her cheek.  "There was  some  trouble about his license at Presbytery.  That horrid old Mr.  Naismith

was very nasty, and Dick, Mr. Boyle, I meanwe have  always been  friends," she hastened to add, explaining

her deepening  blush, "you  know his mother lived at the Mill near us.  Well, since  that day in  Presbytery he has

never been the same.  His workhe is  on the Daily  Telegraph, you knowtakes him away

fromfromwell,  from Church and  that kind of thing, and from all his friends." 

"I understand," said the Superintendent, with grave sympathy. 

"And he's got to be very different.  He had some trouble, great  trouble, the greatest possible to him.  Oh, I may

as well tell you.  The brothersyou remember the doctor, Barney?" 

"Very well," replied the Superintendent.  "Strong man.  Where is he  now?" 

"He went to Europe.  Well, the brothers were everything to each  other since little fellows together.  Oh, it was

beautiful!  I  never  saw anything like it anywhere.  They had a misunderstanding,  a  terrible misunderstanding.

Dick was in the wrong."  The  Superintendent shot a keen glance at her.  "No," she said,  answering  his glance,

the colour in her face deepening into a vivid  scarlet, "it  was not about me, not at all.  I can't tell you about  it,

but that,  and his trouble with the Presbytery, and all the rest  of it are just  killing him.  And I know if he got

back to his own  work again and away  from home it would save him, and his mother,  too, for she is breaking

her heart.  Couldn't you get him out  there?" 

The Superintendent saw how hard a task it had been for her to tell  the story, and the sight of her eager face,

the big blue eyes  bright,  and the lips quivering with the intensity of her feeling,  deeply  touched him. 

"It might be possible," he said. 

"Oh, I know the Presbytery difficulty," cried Margaret, with a  desperate note in her voice. 

"That could be arranged, I have no doubt," said the Superintendent,  brushing aside that difficulty with a wave

of the hand.  "The  question is, would he be willing to go?" 

"Oh, he would go, I am sure.  If you saw him and if you told him  those stories about the need there is, I am

sure he would go.  Could  you see him?  There is no use to write.  I do wish you could.  He is  such a fine boy

and his mother is so set upon his being a  minister."  The blue eyes were bright with tears she was too brave  to

let fall. 

"My dear young lady," said the Superintendent, his deep voice  growing deeper under the intensity of his

feelings, "I would do  much  for your sake and for your mother's.  I am to visit your home  early  next month.  I

shall make it a point to see Mr. Boyle, and I  promise  you I shall get him if it is possible." 

The sudden lifting of the burden from her heart deprived the girl  of speech, but she shyly put out her hand

and touched the long,  sinewy fingers that lay within reach of hers in a timid caress.  Instantly the fingers

closed upon her hand in a grasp so strong  that  it seemed to drive the conviction into her heart that somehow

this  strong man would find a way by which Dick could be saved. 


The Doctor

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS 86



Top




Page No 89


How, or by what arguments, the Superintendent overcame Dick's  objections, Margaret never learned.  But the

full bitter tale of  reasons against his ever taking up his work again, with which Dick  had made himself so

familiar during the past dark, dreary months,  were one by one removed, and when the Superintendent left the

Old  Stone Mill he had secured his missionary for Windermere.  It gave  the  Superintendent acute satisfaction

to remember the flash of his  missionary's blue eyes as, in answer to the warning, "You will have  a  hard fight

of it, remember," the reply came, "A hard fight?  Thank  God!" 

Before the year was over it fell that the Windermere valley came to  be one of the mission fields that

gladdened the hearts of the Home  Mission Committee of the Calgary Presbytery, and especially of its

doughty Convener.  In the Convener's study, eight by ten, the  report  from the Windermere field was discussed

with the ubiquitous  and  indefatigable Superintendent. 

"An extremely gratifying record," said the Superintendent,  "especially when one considers its disorganized

condition a year  ago." 

"Yes, it's a good report," assented the Convener.  "We had  practically no support a year ago.  Our strongest

man" 

"Fink?" 

"Yes.  You know Hank, I see.  Well, Hank's enthusiasm and devotion  were hardly of what you would call the

purest type.  But whatever  his  motive, he stood by the missionary, and, do you know, it is a  splendid

testimony of the power of the Gospel to see the change in  that same  shrewd old sinner.  Yes, sir, give the

Gospel a chance  and it will do  its work."  The Convener, who hated all cant and  canting phrases with  a perfect

hatred, rarely allowed himself the  luxury of an emotional  outbreak.  But the case of Hank Fink seemed  to

reach the springs of  feeling that he kept hidden in the deep  heart of him. 

"So Boyle has done well?" said the Superintendent.  "I am very glad  of it.  Very glad of it, for his own sake,

for his mother's, and  for  the sake of another." 

"Yes," replied the Convener, "Boyle has done a fine bit of work.  He lived all summer on his horse's back and

in his canoe, followed  the prospectors up into the gulches and the miners to their mines,  if  you can call them

mines, left a magazine here, a book there, a  New  Testament next place.  And once he got his grip on a man, he

never let  him go.  Hank told me how he found a man sick in a camp  away up in a  gulch and how he stayed

with him for more than a week,  then brought  him down on his horse's back to the Forks.  Yes, it's  a good

record.  A church built at the north end of the field,  another almost  completed at the Forks.  Really, it was very

fine,"  continued the  Convener, allowing his enthusiasm to rise.  "It  renews one's faith in  the reality of religion

to see a man jump  into his work like that.  They didn't pay him his salary the first  half year, but he omitted to

mention that in his report." 

The Superintendent sat up straight.  "Is he behind yet?" 

"No.  I mentioned the matter to Fink and explained that if the  field failed it was Boyle that would suffer.  His

languagewell,"  the Convener laughed reminiscently, "you have seen Hank?" 

"Yes.  I've seen him, I've heard him, and I've read him.  But let  us hope that his deeds will atone in a measure

for his broken  English.  But," continued the Superintendent, "you have had Boyle  ordained, have you not?" 

"Yes.  We got him ordained," replied the Convener, beginning to  chuckle.  A delighted, choking chuckle it

was.  Any missionary who  had worked in his Presbytery would recognize the Convener in the  dark  by that

chuckle.  It began, if one were quick to observe, with  a  wrinkling about the corners of the sharp blue eyes,


The Doctor

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS 87



Top




Page No 90


then became  audible in a succession of small explosions that seemed to have  their  origin in the region of the

esophagus and to threaten the  larynx with  disruption, until relief was found in a widethroated  peal that

subsided in a second series of small explosions and  gradually rumbled  off into silence somewhere in the

region of the  diaphragm, leaving  only the wrinkles about the corners of the blue  eyes as a kind of  warning

that the whole process might be repeated  upon sufficient  provocation.  "Yes, we got him ordained," he

repeated when the chuckle  had passed.  "I was glad of your  explanatory note about him.  It  guided us in our

arrangements for  examination." 

"What happened?" inquired the Superintendent, leaning forward.  He  dearly loved a yarn, and he sorely hated

to lose any of the more  humorous incidents of missionary life, not only for the joy they  brought him, but also

because they furnished him with ammunition  for  his Eastern campaigns. 

"Well, it was funny," said the Convener, his lips twitching and his  eyes wrinkling, "though at one time it

looked like an Assembly case  with all seven of us up before the bar.  You know McPherson, our  latest

importation in the way of ordained men?  Somehow he had got  wind of Boyle's trouble with the Presbytery in

the East.  McPherson  is a fine fellow and doing good work." 

"Yes," assented the Superintendent, "he's a fine fellow, but his  conscience gives him a hard time now and

then and works over time  for  other People." 

"Well," continued the Convener, McPherson came to me about the  matter in very considerable anxiety.  I put

him off, consulted with  McTavish and Murray, and we decided that Boyle was too good a man  to  lose, and as

to his heresy, it was not hurting Windermere as far  as we  could learn.  So it happened"here the Convener

pulled  himself up  short to suppress the chuckle that threatened"it  happened that just  as the examination

was beginning McPherson was  called out, and before  he had returned the trials for license and  ordination had

been  sustained.  I think on the whole McPherson was  relieved, but there  were some funny moments after he

came back into  court." 

"Heresyhunting doesn't flourish in the West," said the  Superintendent.  "There's no time for it.  Some of the

Eastern  Presbyteries have too many men with more time on their hands than  sense in their heads." 

"Certainly there was no time lost in this case," replied the  Convener.  "We knew Boyle's scholarship was

right.  We knew his  heart  was sound.  We knew he was doing good work for us and we knew  we  wanted him.

We were not anxious to know anything else." 

"What we want for the West," said the Superintendent, his voice  vibrating in a deeper tone, "is men who have

the spirit of the  Gospel  with the power to preach it and the love of their fellowmen,  with tact  to bring it to

bear upon them.  A little heresy, more or  less, won't  hurt them.  Orthodoxy is my doxy, heterodoxy the other

fellow's." 

"In Boyle's case, I believe he was helped by his touch of heresy.  It gave him a kind of brotherly feeling with

all heretics.  It was  that more than anything else that broke up the Freethinkers' Club." 

"Ah," said the Superintendent, bending eagerly forward, again on  the scent, "I didn't hear that." 

"Yes," said the Convener, "Fink told me about it.  Boyle went to  their meetings.  He found them revelling in

cheap scepticism of the  Ingersollian type.  He took the attitude of a man seeking after a  working theory of life,

and that attitude he stuck tohis real  attitude, mind you.  He encouraged them to talk, combated none of  their

positions and, as Hank said, 'coaxed them out into deep water  and had them froggin' for their lives.  He was

the biggest  Freethinker in the bunch.'  They invited him to give a series of  lectures.  He did so, and that settled

the Freethinkers' Club.  He  never blamed them for doubting anything, and I believe that's  right."  The


The Doctor

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS 88



Top




Page No 91


Convener was a bit of a heretic himself and,  consequently,  carried a tender heart toward them.  "Let a man

doubt  till he finds  his faith.  And that was Boyle's line.  He let them  doubt, but he  insisted that they should

have something positive to  live by." 

"Our friend Hank," said the Superintendent, "would be delighted." 

"Delighted?  I should say so.  But Hank 'joins trembling with his  mirth,' for Boyle got after him with the same

demands." 

The Superintendent was filled with delighted pride in his  missionary.  "That's the kind of man we want.  He

ought to do well  in  your railroad field." 

"Yes," replied the Convener hesitatingly.  "You think he ought to  go?  Windermere will be furious.  I wouldn't

care to go in there  after Boyle is removed." 

"It is hard on Windermere, but Windermere mustn't be selfish.  That  railroad work is most pressing, and only

a man like Boyle will do.  There will be from three to five thousand men in there this winter  between Macleod

and Kuskinook.  We dare not neglect them.  I have  had  correspondence with Fahey, the General Manager for

the Crow's  Nest  line, and he is not unfriendly, though he would prefer us to  send in  medical missionaries.  But

that work he and his contractors  ought to  look after." 

"There is a terrible state of things in the eastern division, I  fear, from all reports," replied the Convener.  "By

the way, there  is  a young English doctor working on that eastern division from the  MaCleod end who is

making a great stir.  Bailey is his name, I  believe.  He began as a navvy, but finding a lot of fellows sick,  and

the doctor a poor drunken fellow, Bailey, it appears, stood it  as long  as he could, then finally threw him out of

the camp and  installed  himself in his place.  The contractor backed him up and  he has  revolutionized the

medical work in that direction.  Murray  told me the  most wonderful tales about him.  He must be a  remarkable

man.  Gambles  heavily, but hates whiskey and won't have  it near the camp.  You ought  to look him up when

you go in." 

"I will.  These camp doctors are a poor lot and the railroad people  ought to feel disgraced in employing them.

They draw their fifty  cents per man a month, but their practice is shameful.  It is a  delicate matter, but I shall

take this up with Fahey when I see  him.  He is a rough diamond, but he is fair and he won't stand any

nonsense." 

"And you think Boyle ought to go in?" 

"Yes.  On the whole, I think Boyle must go.  These are a fine body  of men and must be looked after.  A weaker

man would make a mess of  things.  Boyle is the man for the work.  How did he seem?  Cheerful?" 

"No, I shouldn't call him so.  But he is vastly better than when he  came to us.  He was low in health, I think,

and his face haunted me  for weeks.  He strikes me as a man with a tragedy in his life." 

The Superintendent said nothing.  He had, in large degree, the rare  gift of silence.  Even with his trusted

lieutenants he would break  no  confidence.  But before he slept that night he wrote two  letters, and  after he had

sealed and stamped them he placed them,  with a pile  already written, on the table and sat back in his chair

indulging  himself in a few moments of reverie.  He saw the orderly,  wellkept  kitchen in the Old Stone Mill

and, bending over his  letter a woman,  darkfaced and stern, her wavy, black hair heavily  streaked with  white,

for during the past years the sword had  pierced her heart.  He  saw the light break upon her tragic Highland

face as she read of her  boy and his well doing.  With glad heart  she had given him up, and  now, with humble

joy, she would read that  her offering had been  accepted. 


The Doctor

XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS 89



Top




Page No 92


The other letter brought to him the Macdougalls' drawingroom with  all its beautiful appointments and the

face of a young girl  pleading  for her friend.  He still could see the quivering lips and  hear the  words of her

invincible faith, "I know that if he got at  his own work  again it would save him."  He could still feel the

grateful, timid  pressure of her fingers as he had pledged her his  word that her desire  should be fulfilled.  He

had kept his word and  her faith had not been  put to shame. 

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH

"Be aisy now, ye little divils.  Sure ye'd think it wuz the ould  Nick himself ye're dodgin'." 

Thus Tommy Tate, teamster along the Tote road between the Maclennan  camps, admonished his halfbroken

bronchos. 

"Stiddy now.  The saints be good t'us!  Will we iver git down this  hill alive?  Hould back, will yez?  There, now.

The saints be  praised! that's over.  How are ye now, Scotty?  If ye're alive,  kick  me fut.  Hivin be praised!  He's

there yit," said Tommy to  himself.  "We're on the dump now, Scotty, an' we won't be long, me  bhoy, till  we

see the lights av Swipey's saloon.  Git along there,  will ye!" 

The bronchos after their fifteenmile drive along the unspeakable  bush roads, finding the smooth surface of

the railway grade beneath  their feet, set off at a good lope.  It was now quite dark.  The  snow  was driving

bitterly in Tommy's face, but that stout little  Irishman  cared nothing for himself.  His concern was for the man

lying under  the buffalo robes in the sleigh.  Mile after mile the  bronchos kept up  their tireless lope,

encouraged by the cheery  admonitions and the  cracking whip of their driver. 

"Begob, but it's cowld enough to freeze the tail aff a brass  monkey.  I'll jist be afther givin' the lad a taste." 

He tied the reins to the seat, gave his bronchos a parting lash,  took a flask from his pocket, and got down on

his knees beside the  sick man. 

"Here, Scotty," he said coaxingly, "take another taste.  It'll put  life into ye."  The sick man tried to swallow

once, twice, choked  hard, then shook his head.  "Now, God be merciful! an' can't ye  swally at all?  An' the

good stuff it is, too!  Thry once more,  Scotty darlin'.  Ye'll need it an' we're not far aff now."  Once  more  the

sick man made a desperate effort.  He got a little of the  whiskey  down, then turned away his head.  The

tenderhearted little  Irishman  covered him over carefully and climbed into his seat.  "He  couldn't  swally it,"

he said to himself in an awed voice, putting  the flask to  his own lips, "Begorra, an' it's near the Kingdom he

must be!"  To  Tommy it appeared an infallible sign of approaching  dissolution that a  man should reject the

contents of his flask.  He  gave himself to the  business of getting out of the bronchos all the  speed they had.

"Come  on, now, me bhoys!" he shouted through the  gale, "what are ye lookin'  at?  Sure, there's nothin' purtier

than  yerselves can be seen in the  dark.  Hut, there!  Kick, wud ye?  Take that, thin, an' larn manners!  Now ye're

beginin' to move!  Hooray!" 

So with voice and lash Tommy continued to urge his team till they  came out into a clearing at the far end of

which twinkled the  lights  of the new railroad town being built about Maclennan's camp  No. 1. 

"Hivin be praised! we're there at last.  Begob, it's mesilf that  thought ye'd moved to the ind of nowhere.  We're

here, Scotty, me  man.  In ten howly minutes we'll have ye by the fire an' the  docthor  puttin' life into ye wid a

spoon.  Are ye there, Scotty?"  But there  was no movement in response.  "Howly Mary!  Give us a  little more

speed!"  He stood up over his team, lashing and yelling  till the tired  beasts were going at full gallop.  As he

drew near  the camp the sound  of singing came on the driving wind.  "Now the  divil fly away wid the  whiskey!

It's pay day an' the camp's loose.  God send, there's a quiet  spot to be found near at hand!" 


The Doctor

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH 90



Top




Page No 93


Through the driving snow could be seen the dim, black outlines of  the various structures of the pioneer town.

First came the camp  building, the bunkhouse, grubhouse, office, blacksmith shop, and  beyond these the

glaring lights of a couple of saloons, while back  nearer timber the "red lights," the curse and shame of

railroad,  lumber, and mining camps in British Columbia then and unto this  day,  cast their baleful lure through

the snowy night. 

At full gallop Tommy drove his bronchos up to the door of the first  saloon and before they were well stopped

burst open the door,  crying  out, "Give us a hand here, min, for the love o' God!"  Swipey, the  saloonkeeper,

came himself to the door. 

"What have you there, Tommy?" he asked. 

"It's mesilf don't know.  It wuz alive when we started out.  Are ye  there, Scotty?"  There was no answer.  "The

saints be good to us!  Are  ye alive at all?"  He lifted back the buffalo robe from the  sick man's  face and he

found him breathing heavily, but unable to  speak.  "Where's yer doctor?" 

"Haven't seen him raound," said Swipey.  "Have you, Shorty?" 

"Yes," replied the man called Shorty.  "He's in there with the  boys." 

Tommy swore a great oath.  "Like our own docthor, he is, the blank,  dirty suckers they are!  Sure, they'd pull a

bung hole out be the  roots!" 

"He's not that way," replied Swipey, "our doctor." 

"Not much he ain't!" cried Shorty.  "But he's into the biggest game  with 'Mexico' an' the boys ye ever seen in

this camp." 

"Fer the love av Hivin git him!" cried Tommy.  "The man is dyin'.  Here, min, let's git him in." 

"There's no place here for a sick man," said the saloonkeeper. 

"What?  He's dyin', I'm tellin' ye!" 

"Well, this ain't no place to die in.  We ain't got time."  An  angry murmur ran through the men about the door.

"Take him up to  the  bunkhouse," said the saloonkeeper to Tommy with a stream of  oaths.  "What d'ye want

to come monkeyin' raound my house for with  a sick  man?  How do you know what he's got?" 

"What differ does it make what he's got?" retorted Tommy.  "Blank  yer dirty face fer a bloody son of a sheep

thief!  It's plinty of  me  money ye've had, but it's no more ye'll git!  Where'll I take  the man  to?" he cried,

appealing to the crowd.  "Ye can't let him  die on the  street!" 

Meantime Shorty had found the doctor in a small room back of the  bar of the "Frank" saloon, seated at a table

surrounded by six or  eight men with a deck of cards in his hand, deep in a game of  "Black  Jack" for which he

held the pot.  Opposite him sat "Mexico,"  the type  of a Western professional gambler and desperado, his

swarthy face  adorned with a pair of sweeping mustaches, its  expressionless  appearance relieved by a pair of

glittering black  eyes.  For nine  hours the doctor had not moved from his chair,  playing any who might  care to

chip in to the game.  For the last  hour he had been winning  heavily, till, at his right hand, he had a  heap of

new crisp bills  lately from the Bank of Montreal, having  made but a slight pause in  the grimy hands of the

railroad men on  their way to his.  At his left  hand stood a glass of water with  which, from time to time, he

moistened his lips.  His face was like  a mask of death, colourless and  empty of feeling, except that in  the black


The Doctor

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH 91



Top




Page No 94


eyes, deepset and  bloodshot, there gleamed a light as  of madness.  The room was full of  men watching the

game and waiting  an opportunity to get into it. 

"The doctor's wanted!" shouted Shorty, bursting into the room.  Not  a head turned, and but for a slight flicker

of impatience the  doctor  remained unmoved. 

"There's a man dyin' out here from No. 2," continued Shorty. 

"Let him go to hell, then, an' you go, too!" growled out "Mexico,"  who had for the greater part of the evening

been playing in bad  luck,  but who had refused to quit, waiting for the turn. 

"He's out here in the snow," continued Shorty, "an' he's chokin' to  death, an' we don't know what to do with

him." 

The doctor looked up from his hand. "Put him in somewhere.  I'll be  along soon." 

"They won't let him in anywhere.  They're all afraid, an' he's  chokin' to death." 

The doctor turned down his cards.  "What do you say?  Choking to  death?"  He passed his hand over his eyes.

His professional  instinct  began to assert itself. 

"Yes," continued Shorty.  "There's somethin' wrong with him; he  can't swallow.  An' we can't git him in." 

The doctor pushed back his chair.  "Here, men," he said, "I'm going  to quit." 

A chorus of oaths and imprecations greeted his proposal. 

"You can't quit now!" growled "Mexico" fiercely, like a dog that is  about to lose a bone.  "You've got to give

us a chance." 

"Well, here's your chance then," cried the doctor. "Let's stop this  tiddledewinks game.  You can't have up

more than a hundred  apiece.  I'll put my pile against your bets, there's three thousand  if there's  a dollar, and

quit.  Come on." 

The greatness of the opportunity staggered them. 

Then they flung themselves upon it.  "It's a go!"  "Come on!"  "Give us your cards!"  Quickly the cards were

dealt.  One by one  the  men made up their hands.  The crowd about crushed in upon them  in  breathless

excitement.  Never had there been seen in that camp  so  reckless a stake. 

"Now, then, show down," growled "Mexico." 

The doctor laid down his cards face up.  One by one they compared  their hands.  He had won.  With an oath

"Mexico" made a grab for  the  pile, reaching for his hip at the same time with the other  hand, but  the doctor

was first, and before anyone could move or  speak "Mexico"  was lying in the corner, his toes quivering above

his upturned chair. 

"Look after the brute, someone.  He doesn't understand the game,"  said the doctor with cool contempt,

crumpling up the bills and  pushing them down into his pocket.  "Where's your sick man?" 

"This way, doctor," said Shorty, hurrying out toward the sleigh.  The doctor passed him on a run. 


The Doctor

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH 92



Top




Page No 95


"What does this mean?" he cried.  "Why haven't you got him inside  somewhere?" 

"That's what I say, docthor," answered Tommy, "but the bloody  haythen wudn't let him in." 

"How's this, Swipey?" said the doctor sternly, turning to the  saloonkeeper, who still stood in the door. 

"He's not comin' in here.  How do I know what he's got?" 

"I'll take that responsibility," replied the doctor.  "In he goes.  Here, take him up on the robe, men.  Steady,

now." 

Swipey hesitated a moment, but before he could make up his mind  what to do, the doctor was leading his

men with their burden past  the  bar door. 

"Show us a room at the back, Swipey, upstairs.  It must be warm.  Be quick about it." 

Swearing deep oaths, Swipey led the way.  "It must be warm, eh?  Want a bath in it next, I suppose." 

"This will do," said the doctor when they reached the room.  "Now,  clear out, men.  I want one of you.  You'll

do, Shorty."  Without  hurry, but with incredible speed and dexterity, he had the man  undressed and in bed

between heated blankets.  "Now, hold the  light.  We'll take a look at his throat.  Heavens above!  Stay  here,

Shorty,  till I come back." 

He ran downstairs, and, bareheaded as he was, plunged through the  storm to his office, returning in a few

minutes with his medical  bag  and two hotwater bottles. 

"We're too late, Shorty, I fear, but we'll do our best.  Get these  full of hot water for me." 

"What is it, Doctor?" cried Shorty anxiously. 

"Go quick!"  The doctor's voice was so sharp and stern that before  Shorty knew, he was half way downstairs

with the hotwater bottles.  With swift, deft movements the doctor went about his work. 

"Ah, that's right.  Now, Shorty, hold the light again.  Now the  antitoxin.  It's hours, days, too late, perhaps,

hardly any use  with  this mixed infection, but we'll try it.  There.  Now we'll  touch up  his heart.  Poor chap, he

can't swallow.  We'll give it to  him this  way."  Again he filled his syringe from another bottle and  gave the  sick

man a second injection.  "There.  That ought to help  him a bit.  Now, what fool sent a man in this condition

twenty  miles through a  storm like this?  Shorty, don't let that teamster  go away without  seeing me.  Have him

in here within an hour."  Shorty turned to go.  "Wait.  Do you know this man's name?" 

"I heard Tommy call him Scotty Anderson.  He's from the old  country, I think." 

"All right.  Now, go and get the teamster." 

The doctor turned to his struggle with death.  "There is no chance,  no chance.  The fools!  The villains!  It's

sheer murder!" he  muttered, as he strove moment by moment to bring relief to the sick  man fighting to get his

breath. 

After working with him for half an hour the doctor had the  satisfaction of seeing him begin to breathe more

easily.  But by  that  time he had given up all hope of saving the man's life.  And  it seemed  to increase his rage

to see his patient slipping away  from him.  For  do what he could, the heart was failing rapidly and  the doctor


The Doctor

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH 93



Top




Page No 96


saw  that it was simply a matter of minutes.  Before the  hour had elapsed  the dying man opened his eyes and

looked about.  The doctor turned up  the light and leaned over him, trying to make  out the words which poor

Scotty was making such painful efforts to  utter.  But no words could  he hear.  Finally the dying man pointed  to

the chair on which his  clothes lay. 

"You want something out of your pocket?" inquired the doctor.  The  eyes gave assent.  One by one the doctor

held up the articles he  found in the pockets of the clothing till he came to a letter, then  the eyes that had

followed every movement expressed satisfaction. 

"Do you want me to read it?" 

It was from the mother to her son Andy in far Canada, breathing  gratitude for gifts of money from time to

time, pride in his well  doing, love without measure, and prayers unceasing.  It took all  the  doctor's fortitude to

keep his voice clear and steady.  The  eloquent  eyes never moved from his face till the reading was  finished.

Then  the doctor put the letter into his big, hairy hand  so muscular and so  feeble.  The fingers closed upon it

and with  difficulty carried it to  the man's bosom.  For a moment the eyes  remained closed as if in  peace, but

only for a moment.  Once more  they rested entreatingly upon  the doctor's face. 

"Something else in your pocket?" 

The doctor continued drawing forth the articles one by one till he  came to a large worn pocketbook. 

"This?" 

With an effort the head nodded an affirmation.  From the innermost  pocket he drew a little photograph of a

young girl.  A light came  into the eyes of the dying man.  He took the photograph which the  doctor placed in

his hand and carried it painfully to his lips.  Once  more the eyes began to question. 

"You want something else from your pocketbook?  If so, close your  eyes."  The eyes remained wide open.

"No?  You want me to do  something for you?  To write?"  At once the eyes closed.  "I shall  write to your

mother and send all your things and tell them about  you."  A smile spread over the face and the eyes closed as

if  content.  In a few minutes, however, they opened wide again.  In  vain  the doctor tried to catch the meaning.

The lips began to  move.  Putting his ear close, the doctor caught the word "Thank." 

"Thank who?  The teamster?" 

The man moved his hand and touched the doctor's with his fingers. 

"Thank me?  My dear fellow, I only wish I could help you," said the  doctor.  "Anything else?" 

The eyes looked upward toward the ceiling, then rested beseechingly  upon the doctor's face again.  Vainly the

doctor sought to gather  his  meaning, till, with a mighty effort, poor Scotty tried to  speak.  Once  more, putting

his ear close to the lips, the doctor  caught the words,  "Motherhome," and again the eyes turned upward

toward the ceiling. 

"You wish me to tell your mother that you are going home?"  And  once more a glad smile lit up the distorted

face. 

For some minutes there was silence in the room.  Up from the bar,  through the thin partition, came the sounds

of oaths and laughter  and  drunken song.  The doctor cursed them all below his breath and  turned  toward the

door.  A spasm of coughing brought him back to  his  patient's side.  After the spasm had passed the sick man


The Doctor

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH 94



Top




Page No 97


lay  still,  his eyes closed, and his breath becoming shorter every  moment.  Once  again the eyes made their

appeal, and the doctor  hastened to seek  their meaning.  Listening intently, he heard the  word, "Pray."  The

doctor's pale face flushed quickly and as  quickly paled again.  He  shook his head, saying, "I'm no good at

that."  Once more the poor  lips made an effort to speak, and again  the doctor caught the words,  "Jesus,

tender."  It had been the  doctor's child prayer, too.  But  for years no prayer had passed his  lips.  He could not

bring himself  to do it.  It would be sheer  mockery.  But the eyes were fixed upon  his face beseeching, waiting

for him to begin. 

"All right," said the doctor through his set teeth, "I'll do it." 

And above the ribald sounds that broke in from below on the solemn  silence, the doctor's voice, low but very

clear, rose in the verses  of that ancient child's prayer, "Jesus, tender Shepherd, hear me."  At  the third verse, 

"Let my sins be all forgiven,  Bless the friends I love so well,  Take me when I die to heaven,  Happy there with

Thee to dwell," 

there was a deep breath from the sick man, a sigh as of great  content, and then all was still.  Ere the prayer had

been uttered  the  answer had come, "Happy there with Thee to dwell."  Poor  Scotty!  Out  from the sickness and

the pain, from the wretchedness  and the sin, he  had been taken to the place where the blessed dwell  and

whence they go  no more out forever. 

Silently the doctor composed the limbs, his eyes dim with unusual  tears.  As he was thus busied he heard a

sniffle behind him and,  turning sharply about, he found Tommy and Shorty standing at the  door, both wiping

their eyes and struggling with their sobs. 

"Confound you, Shorty!" burst forth the doctor wrathfully, "what in  the mischief are you doing there?  Come

in, you fool.  Did you ever  see a dead man before?"  The doctor was clearly in a rage.  During  the weeks Shorty

had known him in camp he had never seen him show  anything but a perfectly cold and selfcomposed face.

"Is this the  teamster?" continued the doctor.  "Come in here.  You see that man?  Someone has murdered him.

Who sent him down here through this  storm?  How long had he been ill?  Have you a doctor up there?  Are

there any  more sick?  Why don't you speak up?  What's your name?"  In an angry  flood the questions poured

forth upon the hapless  Tommy, who stood  speechless.  "Why don't you speak?" said the  doctor again. 

Recovering himself, Tommy began with the question which seemed to  require least thought to answer.

"Thomas Tate, sir, av ye plaze.  An'  sure it's not me ye'd be blamin' at all.  Didn't I tell the  foreman  the man

wuz dyin'?  An' niver a breath did I draw fer the  last twinty  miles, an' up an' down the hills like the divil wuz

afther me wid a  poker." 

"Have you no doctor up there?" 

"Docthor, is it?  If that's what ye call him, fer the drunken baste  that he is, wallowin' 'round like Micky

Murphy's pig, axin' pardon  av  the pig." 

"Are there any more sick?" 

"Sick?  Bedad, they're all sick wid fear, an' half a dozen worse  than poor Scotty there, God rest his sowl!" 

The doctor thought a minute, then turning to Shorty he said,  speaking rapidly, "Go and bring to this room the

foreman and  Swipey.  And say not a word to anyone, mind that.  And you," he  said, turning  to Tommy, "can

you start back in an hour?" 


The Doctor

XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH 95



Top




Page No 98


"I can that same, if I must." 

"You know the road.  We'll get another team and start within an  hour.  Get something to eat." 

In a short time both the foreman and the saloonkeeper were in the  room. 

"This man," said the doctor, "is dead.  Diphtheria.  There is no  fear, Swipey.  Shut that door.  But you must have

him buried at  once,  and you will both see the necessity of having it done  quietly.  I  shall fumigate this room.

All this clothing must be  burned and there  will be no further danger.  You will see about  this tomorrow.  I am

going up to No. 2 tonight." 

"Tonight, doctor!" cried the foreman.  "It's blowing a regular  blizzard.  Can't you wait till morning?" 

"There are men sick at No. 2," said the doctor.  "The chances are  it's diphtheria." 

In an hour's time Tommy was at the door with the best team the camp  possessed. 

"Have you had something to eat, Tommy?" inquired the doctor,  stepping out from the saloon. 

"That's what I have," replied Tommy. 

"All right, then.  Give me the lines.  You can have a sleep." 

"Not if I know it, begob!" said Tommy.  "I'll stay wid yez.  It's  mesilf that knows a man whin I see him." 

And off into the blizzard and the night they sped, the doctor  rejoicing to find in the call to a fight with death

that excitement  without which it seemed he could not live. 

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH

At Camp No. 2 Maclennan had struck what was called a hard  proposition.  The line ran straight through a

muskeg out of which  the  bottom seemed to have dropped, and Maclennan himself, with his  foreman, Craigin,

was almost in despair.  For every day they were  held back by the muskeg meant a serious reduction in the

profits of  Maclennan's contract. 

The foreman, Craigin, was a man from "across the line," skilled in  railroad building, selected chiefly because

of his reputation as a  "driver."  He was a man of great physical force and indomitable  will,  and gifted in large

measure with the power of command.  He  knew his  business thoroughly and knew just how to get the most

out  of the  machinery and men at his command.  He himself was an  untiring worker,  and no man on the line

could get a bigger day out  of his force than  could Craigin.  His men he treated as part of his  equipment.  He

believed in what was called his "scrapheap policy."  When any part of  the machinery ceased to do firstclass

work it was  at once discarded,  and, as with the machinery, so it was with the  men.  A sick man was a  nuisance

in the camp and must be got rid of  with all possible speed.  Craigin had little faith in human nature,  and when

a man fell ill his  first impulse was to suspect him of  malingering, and hence the  standing order of the camp in

regard to  a sick man was that he should  get to work or be sent out of the  camp.  Hence the men thoroughly

hated their foreman, but as  thoroughly they dreaded to fall under his  displeasure. 

The camp stood in the midst of a swamp, thick with underbrush of  spruce and balsam and tamarack.  The site

had been selected after a  month of dry weather in the fall, consequently the real condition  of  the ground was

not discovered until the late rains had swollen  the  streams from the mountainsides and filled up the


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 96



Top




Page No 99


intervening  valleys  and swamps.  After the frost had fallen the situation was  vastly  improved, but they all

waited the warm weather of spring  with anxiety. 

On the crest of the hill which overlooked the camp the doctor  halted the team. 

"Where are your stables, Tommy?" 

"Over there beyant, forninst the cookhouse." 

"Good Lord!" murmured the doctor.  "How many men have you here?" 

"Between two an' three hundred, wid them that are travellin' the  road." 

"What are your sanitary arrangements?" 

"What's that?" 

"I mean how do youwhat are your arrangements for keeping the camp  clean, free from dirt and smells?

You can't have three hundred men  living together without some sanitary arrangements." 

"Begob, it's ivery man fer himsilf.  Clane yersilf as ye can  through the week, an' on Sundays boil yer clothes

in soap suds, if  ye  kin git near the kittles.  But, bedad, it's the lively time we  have  wid the crathurs." 

"And is that the bunkhouse close up to the cookery?" 

"It is that same." 

"And why was it built so close as that?" 

"Sure there wuz no ground left by raison av the muskeg at the back  av it." 

The doctor gave it up.  "Drive on," he said.  "But what a beautiful  spot for a camp right there on that level." 

"Beautiful, is it?  Faith, it's not beautiful that Craigin calls  it, fer ivery thaw the bottom goes clane out av it till

ye can't  git  round fer mud an' the dump fallin' through to the antipods,"  replied  Tom. 

"Yes, but up on this flat here, Tommy, under the big pines, that  would be a fine spot for the camp." 

"It wud that same.  Bad luck to the man who set it where it is." 

As they drove into the camp the cook came out with some refuse  which he dumped down on a heap at the

door.  The doctor shuddered  as  he thought of that heap when the sun shone upon it in the mild  weather.  A

huge Swede followed the cook out with a large red  muffler  wrapped round his throat. 

"Hello, Yonie!" cried Tommy.  "What's afther gittin' ye up so  early?" 

"It is no sleep for dis," cried Yonie thickly, pointing to his  throat. 

The doctor sprang from the sleigh.  "Let me look at your throat." 

"It's the docthor, Yonie," explained Tommy, whereupon the Swede  submitted to the examination. 


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 97



Top




Page No 100


The doctor turned him toward the east, where the sun was just  peeping through the treetops, and looked into

his throat.  "My man,  you go right back to bed quick." 

"No, it will not to bed," replied Yonie.  "Big work today, boss  say.  He not like men sick." 

"You hear me," said the doctor sharply.  "You go back to bed.  Where's your doctor?" 

"He slapes in the office between meals.  Yonder," said Tommy,  pointing the way. 

"Never mind now.  Where are your sick men?" 

"De seeck mans?" replied the cook.  "She's be hall overe.  On de  bunkhouse, on de cook shed.  Dat is

imposseeb to mak' de cook for  den seeck mans hall aroun'." 

"What?  Do they sit around where you are cooking?" 

"Certainment.  Dat's warm plas.  De bunkhouse she's col.'  Poor  feller!  But she's mak' me beeg troub'.  She's

cough, cough, speet,  speet.  Bah! dat's what you call lak' one beas'." 

The doctor strode into the cookhouse.  By the light of the lantern  swinging from the roof he found three men

huddled over the range,  the  picture of utter misery.  He took down the lantern. 

"Here, cook, hold this please, one moment.  Allow me to look at  your throats, men." 

"Dis de docteur, men," said the cook. 

A quick glance he gave at each throat, his face growing more stern  with each examination. 

"Boys, you must all get to bed at once.  You must keep away from  this cookhouse or you'll poison the whole

camp." 

"Where can we go, doctor?  The bunkhouse would freeze you and the  stink of it would make a well man

sick." 

"And is there no place else?" 

"No.  Unless it's the stables," said another man; "they're not  quite so bad." 

"Well, sit here just now.  We'll see about it.  But first let me  give you something."  He opened his bag, took out

his syringe.  "Here,  Yonie, we'll begin with you.  Roll up your sleeve."  And in  three  minutes he had given all

four an antitoxin injection.  "Now,  we'll see  the doctor.  By the way what's his name?" 

"Hain," said the cook, "dat's his nem." 

"Haines," explained one of the men. 

"Dat's what I say," said the cook indignantly, "Hain." 

The doctor passed out, went toward the office, knocked at the door,  and, getting no response, opened it and

walked in. 


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 98



Top




Page No 101


"Be the powers, Narcisse!" cried Tommy, as the cook stood looking  after the doctor, "it's little I iver thought

I'd pity that baste,  but Hivin save him now!  He'll be thinkin' the divil's come fer  him.  An' begob, he'll be

wishin' it wuz before he's through wid  him." 

But Dr. Bailey was careful to observe all the rules that the  punctilious etiquette of the profession demanded.

He found Dr.  Haines sleeping heavily in his clothes.  He had had a bad night.  He  was uneasy at the outbreak

of sickness in his camp, and more  especially was he seized with an anxious foreboding in regard to  the  sick

man who had been sent out the day before.  Besides this,  the  foreman had cursed him for a drunken fool in the

presence of  the whole  camp with such vigour and directness that he had found it  necessary to  sooth his

ruffled feelings with large and frequent  doses of stimulant  brought into the camp for strictly medical

purposes.  With difficulty  he was roused from his slumber.  When  fully awake he was aware of a  young man

with a very pale and very  stern face standing over him.  Without preliminary Dr. Bailey  began: 

"Dr. Haines, you have some very sick men in this camp." 

"Who the deuce are you?" replied Haines, staring up at him. 

"They call me Dr. Bailey.  I have come in from along the line." 

"Dr. Bailey?" said Haines, sitting up.  "Oh, I've heard of you."  His tone indicated a report none too favourable.

In fact, it was  his  special chum and confrere who had been ejected from his  position in  the Gap camp through

Dr. Bailey's vigorous measures. 

"You have some very sick men in the camp," repeated Dr. Bailey, his  voice sharp and stern. 

"Oh, a little tonsilitis," replied Haines in an indifferent tone. 

"Diphtheria," said Bailey shortly. 

"Diphtheria be hanged!" replied Haines insolently; "I examined them  carefully last night." 

"They have diphtheria this morning.  I have just taken the liberty  of looking into their throats." 

"The deuce you have!  I like your impudence!  Who sent you in here  to interfere with my practice, young man?

Where did you get your  professional manners?"  Dr. Haines was the older man and resented  the  intrusion of

this smoothfaced young stranger, who added to the  crime  of his youth that of being guilty of a serious

breach of  professional  etiquette. 

"I ought to apologize for looking at your patients," said Dr.  Bailey.  "I came in thinking I might be of some

assistance in  dealing  with this outbreak of diphtheria, and I was naturally  anxious to  see" 

"Diphtheria!" blurted Haines.  "Nothing of the sort." 

"Dr. Haines, the man you sent out last night had it." 

"HAD it?" 

"He died an hour after arriving at No. 1." 

"Dead?  Cursed fool!  He WOULD go against my will." 


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 99



Top




Page No 102


"Against your will?  Would you let a man in the last stages of  diphtheria leave this camp against your will

with the company's  team?" 

"Well, I knew he shouldn't go.  But he wanted to go himself, and  the foreman would have him out." 

"There are at least four men going about the campthey are now in  the cookhouse where the breakfast is

being preparedwho are  suffering from a severe attack of diphtheria." 

"What do you propose?  What can I do in this cursed hole?" said Dr.  Haines petulantly.  "No appliances, no

means of isolation, no  nurses,  nothing.  Beside, I have half a dozen camps to look after.  What can I  do?" 

"Do you ask me?"  The scorn in the voice was only too apparent.  "Isolate the infected at least." 

Haines swore deeply to himself while, with trembling hand, he  poured out a cupful of whiskey from a bottle

standing on a  convenient  shelf.  "Isolate?  How can I isolate?  There's no  building in which" 

"Make one." 

"Make one?  Young man, do you know what you are talking about?  Do  you know where you are?  Do you

know who is running this camp?" 

"No.  But I do know that these men must be isolated within an  hour." 

"Impossible!  I tell you it is impossible!" 

"Dr. Haines, an inquest upon the man sent out from this camp last  night would result in the verdict of

manslaughter.  There was no  inquest.  There will be on the next man that dies if there is any  neglect." 

The seriousness of the situation began to dawn upon Haines.  "Well," he said, "if you think you can isolate

them, go ahead.  I'll  see the foreman." 

"Every minute is precious.  I gave those four men antitoxin.  Are  there others?" 

"Don't know," Haines growled, as with an oath he went out, followed  by Dr. Bailey.  Just outside the door

they met the foreman. 

"This is Dr. Bailey, Mr. Craigin."  Craigin growled out a  salutation.  "Dr. Bailey here says these sick men have

diphtheria." 

"How does he know?" inquired Craigin shortly. 

"He has examined them this morning." 

"Have you?" 

"No, not yet." 

"Then you don't know they have diphtheria?" 

"No," replied Haines weakly. 


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 100



Top




Page No 103


"These men have diphtheria, Mr. Craigin, without a doubt, and they  ought to be isolated at once." 

"Isolated?  How?" 

"A separate camp must be built and someone appointed to attend  them." 

"A separate camp!" exclaimed Craigin; "I'll see them blanked first!  Look here, Haines, let's have no nonsense

about this.  I'm three  weeks, yes, a month, behind with this job here.  This blank, blank  muskeg is knocking the

whole contract endways.  We can't spare a  single man half a day.  And more than that, you go talking

diphtheria  in this camp and you can't hold the men here an hour.  It's all I can  do to hold them as it is."  And

Craigin went off  into an elaborate  course of profanity descriptive of the various  characteristics of the  men in

his employ. 

"But what is to be done?" asked Haines helplessly. 

"Send 'em out to the steel.  They're better in the hospital,  anyway.  It's fine today.  We'll send every man Jack

out today." 

"These men can't be moved," said Dr. Bailey in a quiet voice.  "You  sent a man out yesterday and he's dead." 

"He was bound to go himself.  We didn't send him.  Anyway, it's  none of YOUR business.  Look here, Haines,

you know me.  I'm not  going to have any of this blank nonsense of isolation hospitals and  all that blankety

blank rot.  Dose 'em up good and send 'em out." 

Dr. Haines stood silent, too evidently afraid of the foreman. 

"Mr. Craigin, it would be murder," said Dr. Bailey, "sure murder.  Some of them might get through.  Some

would be sure to die.  The  consequences to those responsibleto Dr. Haines, for instance  would be

serious.  I am quite sure he will never give orders that  these men should be moved." 

"He won't, eh?  You just wait till you see him do it.  Haines will  give the orders right enough."  Craigin's laugh

was like the growl  of  a bear.  "There's a reason, ain't there, Haines?  Now you hear  me.  Those men are going

out today, and so are you, you blank,  blank  interferin' skunk." 

Dr. Bailey smiled sweetly at Craigin.  "You may call me what you  please just now, Mr. Craigin.  Before the

day is over you won't  have  enough names left.  For I tell you that these men suffering  from  diphtheria are

going to stay here, and are going to be  properly cared  for." 

Craigin was white.  That this young palefaced stranger should  presume to come into his domain, where his

word was wont to run as  absolute law, filled him with rage unspeakable.  But there were  serious issues at

stake, and with a supreme effort he controlled  the  passionate longing to spring upon this upstart and throttle

him.  He  turned sharply to Haines. 

"Dr. Haines, you think these men can go out today?" 

Haines hesitated. 

"You understand me, Haines; these men go out or" 

Haines was evidently in some horrible dread of the foreman.  A  moment more he paused and then

surrendered. 


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 101



Top




Page No 104


"Oh, hang it, Bailey, I don't think they're so terribly ill.  I  guess they can go out." 

"Dr. Haines," said Craigin, "is that your decision?" 

"Yes, I think so." 

"All right," said Craigin, with a triumphant sneer.  He turned to  Tommy, who was standing near with half a

dozen men who had just  come  out from breakfast.  "Here you, Tommy, get a couple of teams  ready and  all the

buffalo robes you need and be ready to start in  an hour.  Do  you hear?" 

"I do," said Tommy, turning slowly away. 

"Tommy," called Dr. Bailey in a sharp, clear tone, "you took a man  out from this camp yesterday.  Tell the

men here what happened." 

"Sure, they all know it," said Tommy, who had already told the  story of poor Scotty's death and of the

doctor's efforts to save  him.  "An' it's a fine bhoy he wuz, poor Scotty, an' niver a groan  out av  him all the way

down, an' not able to swally a taste whin I  gave it to  him." 

Craigin sprang toward Tommy in a fury.  "Here you blank, blank,  blank!  Do what I tell you!  And the rest of

you men, what are you  gawkin' at here?  Get to work!" 

The men gave back, and some began to move away.  Dr. Bailey walked  quickly past Craigin into the midst of

the group. 

"Men, I want to say something to you."  His voice commanded their  instant attention.  "There are half a dozen

of your comrades in  this  camp sick with diphtheria.  I came up here to help.  They  ought to be  isolated to

prevent the spread of the disease, and they  ought to be  cared for at once.  The foreman proposes to send them

out.  One went  out yesterday.  He died last night.  If these men go  out today some  of them will die, and it will

be murder.  What do  you say?  Will you  let them go?"  A wrathful murmur ran through the  crowd, which was

being rapidly increased every moment by others  coming from breakfast. 

"Get to your work, you fellows, or get your time!" shouted Craigin,  pouring out oaths.  "And you," turning

toward Dr. Bailey, "get out  of  this camp." 

"I am here in consultation with Dr. Haines," replied Dr. Bailey.  "He has asked my advice, and I am giving it." 

"Send him out, Haines.  And be quick about it!" 

By this time the men were fully roused.  One of them came forward. 

"What do you propose should be done, Doctor?" he inquired. 

"Are you going to work, McLean?" shouted Craigin furiously.  "If  not, go and get your time." 

"We're going to talk this matter over a minute, Mr. Craigin," said  McLean quietly.  "It's a serious matter.  We

are all concerned in  it,  and we'll decide in a few minutes what is to be done." 

"Every man who is not at work in five minutes will get his time,"  said Craigin, and he turned away and

passed into the office. 


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 102



Top




Page No 105


"What do you propose should be done, Doctor?" said McLean, ignoring  the foreman. 

"Build a camp where the sick men can be placed by themselves and  where they can be kept from infecting the

rest of the camp.  Half a  day's work of a dozen men will do it.  If we send them out some of  them will die.

Besides, it is almost certain that some more of you  have already been infected." 

At once eager discussion began.  Some, in dread terror of the  disease, were for sending out the sick

immediately, but the  majority  would not listen to this inhuman proposal.  Finally McLean  came again  to Dr.

Bailey. 

"The men want to know if you can guarantee that the disease can be  stamped out here if you have a separate

camp for an hospital?" 

"We can guarantee nothing," replied Dr. Bailey.  "But it is  altogether the safer way to fight the disease.  And I

am of the  opinion that we can stamp it out."  The doctor's air and tone of  quiet confidence, far more than his

words, decided the men's  action.  In a minute more it was agreed that the sick men should  stay and that  they

would all stand together in carrying out the  plan of isolation. 

"If he gives any of us time," said Tommy, "we'll all take it,  begob." 

"No, men," said the doctor, "let's not make trouble.  I know Mr.  Maclennan slightly, and he's a just man, and

he'll do what's fair.  Besides, we don't want to interfere with the job.  Give me a dozen  menone must be able

to cookand in half a day the work will be  finished.  I will be personally responsible for everything." 

At this point Craigin came out.  "Here's your time, McLean," he  said, thrusting a time check at him. 

McLean took it without a word and went over and stood by Dr.  Bailey's side. 

"Who are coming?" called out McLean. 

"All of us," cried a voice.  "Pick out your men, McLean." 

"All right," said McLean, looking over the crowd. 

"I'm wan," said Tommy, running over to the doctor's side.  "I seen  him shtand by Scotty whin the lad wus

fightin' fer his life, an' if  I'm tuk it's him I want beside me." 

One by one McLean called his men, each taking his place beside the  doctor, while the rest of the men moved

off to work. 

"Mr. Craigin, I am going to use these men for half a day." said Dr.  Bailey. 

For answer Craigin, in mad rage, throwing aside all regard for  consequences, rushed at him, but half a dozen

men were in his path  before he had taken the second step. 

"Hold on, Mr. Craigin," said McLean, "we want no violence.  We're  going to do what we think right in this

matter, so you may as well  make up your mind to it." 

"And Mr. Craigin," continued the doctor, "we shall need some things  out of your stores." 


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 103



Top




Page No 106


Craigin stepped back from the crowd and on to the office steps.  "Your time is waiting you, men.  And listen to

me.  If any man goes  near that there storehouse door, I'll drop him in his tracks.  I've  got the law and I'll do it,

so help me God."  He went into the  office  and returned in a moment with a Winchester, which he loaded  in

full  view of the men. 

"Never mind him, boys," said the doctor cheerily, "I'm going to  have breakfast.  Come, Tommy, I want you." 

In fifteen minutes he came out, with the key of the storehouse in  his hand, to find the men still waiting his

orders and Craigin on  guard with his Winchester. 

"Don't go just yet," said McLean to the doctor in a low voice,  "we'll get round him." 

"Oh, he'll not shoot," said Dr. Bailey. 

"He will.  He will.  I knew him in Michigan.  He'll shoot and he'll  kill, too." 

For a single instant the doctor hesitated.  His men were about him  waiting his lead.  Craigin with his rifle held

them all in check.  A  moment's thought and his decision was taken.  He stepped toward  Craigin and said in a

clear voice, "Mr. Craigin, these stores are  necessary to save these men's lives.  I want them and I'm going to

take them.  Murder me, if you like." 

"Hear me, men."  Craigin's voice was cold and deliberate.  "These  stores are in my charge.  I am an officer of

the law.  If any man  lays his hand on that latch I'll shoot him, so help me God." 

"Hear me, Mr. Craigin," replied Dr. Bailey.  "I'm here in  consultation with Dr. Haines, who has turned over

this matter to my  charge.  In a case of this kind the doctor's orders are supreme.  This  whole camp is under his

authority.  These stores are  necessary, and I  am going to get them."  He well knew the weak spot  in his

position,  but he counted on Craigin's nerve breaking down.  In that, however, he  was mistaken.  Without haste,

but without  hesitation, he walked toward  the storehouse door.  When three paces  from it Craigin's voice

arrested him. 

"Hold on there!  Put your hand on that door and, as God lives,  you're a dead man!" 

Without a word the doctor turned again toward the door.  The men  with varying cries rushed toward the

foreman.  Craigin threw up his  rifle.  Immediately a shot rang out and Craigin fell to the snow,  the  smoking

rifle dropping from his hand. 

"Begob, I niver played baseball," cried Tommy, rushing in and  seizing the rifle, "but many's the time I've had

the divarsion in  the  streets av Dublin of bringin' down the polismen wid a brick." 

A heavy horseshoe, heaved with sure aim, had saved the doctor's  life.  They carried Craigin into the office and

laid him on the  bed,  the blood streaming from a ghastly wound in his scalp.  Quickly Dr.  Bailey got to work

and before Craigin had regained  consciousness the  wound was sewed up and dressed.  Then giving him  over

to the charge of  Haines, Dr. Bailey went about the work he had  in hand. 

Before the noon hour had arrived the eight men who were discovered  to be in various stages of diphtheria

were comfortably housed in a  roomy building rudely constructed of logs, tar paper, and  tarpaulin,  with a

small cookhouse attached and Tommy Tate in  charge.  And before  night had fallen the process of

disinfecting  the bedding, clothing,  bunkhouse, and cookery was well under way,  while all who had been in

immediate contact with the infected men  had been treated by the doctor  with antitoxin as a precautionary

measure. 


The Doctor

XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH 104



Top




Page No 107


Thus the first day's campaign against death closed with the issue  still undecided, but the chances for winning

were certainly greater  than they had been.  What the result would be when Craigin was able  to take command

again, no one could say.  But in the meantime, for  the next two days, the work on the dump was prosecuted

with all  vigour, the men feeling in honour bound to support the doctor in  that  part of the fight which fell to

them. 

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST

Mr. Maclennan was evidently worried.  His broad, goodhumoured  face, which usually wore a smile

indicating content with the world  and especially with himself, was drawn into a frown.  The muskeg  was

beating him, and he hated to be beaten.  He was bringing in  General  Manager Fahey to have a look at things.

It was important  to awaken  the sympathy of the General Manager, if, indeed, this  could be  accomplished.  But

the General Manager had a way of  insisting upon his  contracts being fulfilled, and this stretch in  Maclennan's

charge was  the one spot which the General Manager  feared would occasion delay. 

"There's the hole," said Maclennan, as they turned down the hill  into the swamp.  "Into that hole," he

continued, pointing to where  the dump ended abruptly in the swamp, "I can't tell you how many  millions of

carloads have been dumped.  I used to brag that I was  never beaten in my life, but that hole" 

"Maclennan, that hole has got to be filled up, bridged, or  trestled, and we can't wait too long, either." 

The General Manager's name was a synonym for a relentless sort of  energy in railroad construction that

refused to consider obstacles.  Nothing could stand in his way.  The thing behind which he put the  weight of

his determination simply had to move in one direction or  other.  The contractor that failed expected no mercy,

and received  none. 

"We're doing our best," said Maclennan, "and we will continue to do  our best.  Hello! what's this?  What's

Craigin doing up here?  Hold  up, Sandy.  We'll look in." 

At the door of the hospital Dr. Haines met him. 

"Hello, Doctor!  What have you got here?" 

"Isolation hospital," replied the doctor shortly. 

"What hospital?" 

"Isolation." 

"Has Craigin gone mad all at once?" 

"Craigin has nothing to do with it.  There's a new boss in camp." 

A look of wrathful amazement crossed Maclennan's countenance.  Haines was beginning to enjoy himself. 

"A new boss?  What do you mean?" 

"What I say.  A young fellow calling himself Dr. Bailey came into  this camp three days ago, raised the biggest

kind of a row, laid up  Craigin with a broken head, and took charge of the camp."  Maclennan  stood in

amazement looking from Haines to the General  Manager. 


The Doctor

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST 105



Top




Page No 108


"Dr. Bailey?  You mean Bailey from No. 1?  What has he got to do  with it?  And how did Craigin come to

allow him?" 

"Ask Craigin," replied Haines. 

"What have you got in there, Doctor?" asked Mr. Fahey. 

"Diphtheria patients." 

"How many?" 

"Well, we began with eight three days ago and we've ten today." 

"Well, this knocks me out," said Maclennan.  "Where's Craigin,  anyway?" 

"He's down in his own room in bed." 

Maclennan turned and got into the sleigh.  "Come on, Fahey," he  said, "let's go down.  Something

extraordinary has happened.  You  can't believe that fellow Haines.  What are you laughing at?" 

Fahey was too much of an Irishman to miss seeing the humour of any  situation.  "I can't help it, Maclennan.

I'll bet you a box of  cigars that man Bailey is an Irishman.  He must be a whirlwind.  But  it's no laughing

matter," continued the General Manager,  sobering up.  "This has a very serious aspect.  There are a whole  lot

of men sick  in our camps.  You contractors don't pay enough  attention to your  health." 

"Health!  When you're driving us like all possessed there's no time  to think of health." 

"I tell you, Maclennan, it's bad policy.  You have got to think of  health.  The newspapers are beginning to talk.

Why, look at that  string of men you met going out.  Of course, the great majority of  them never should have

come in.  Hundreds of men are here who never  used either shovel or axe.  They cut themselves, get cold,

rheumatism, or something; they're not fit for their work.  All the  same, we get blamed.  But my theory is that

every camp should have  an  hospital, with three main hospitals along this branch.  There's  one at  Macleod.  It is

filled, overflowing.  A young missionary  fellow,  Boyle, has got one running out at Kuskinook supported by

some Toronto  ladies.  It's doing fine work, too; but it's  overflowing.  There's a  young lady in charge there, a

Miss  Robertson, and she's a daisy.  The  trouble there is you can't get  the fellows to leave, and I don't blame

them.  If ever I get sick  send me to her.  I tell you, Maclennan, if  we had two or three  firstclass men, with

three main hospitals, a  branch in every camp,  we'd keep the health department in firstclass  condition.  The

men  would stay with us.  We'd get altogether better  results." 

"That's all right," said Maclennan, "but where are you to get your  firstclass men?  They come to us with

letters from Directors or  some  big bug or other.  You've got to appoint them.  Look at that  man  Haines.  He

doesn't know his work and he's drunk half the time.  Dr.  Bailey seems to be different.  He certainly knows his

work and  he  never touches whiskey.  I got him up from the Gap to No. 1.  In  two  weeks' time he had things in

great shape.  Funny thing, too,  when he's  fighting some sickness or busy he's all right, but when  things get

quiet he hits the green table hard.  He's a wonder at  poker, they  say." 

The General Manager pricked up his ears.  "Poker, eh?  I'll  remember  that." 

"But this here business is going too far," continued Maclennan.  "I  didn't hire him to run my camps.  Well,

we'll see what Craigin has  to  say." 


The Doctor

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST 106



Top




Page No 109


As they drove into the camp they were met by Narcisse, the cook. 

"Bo' jour, M'sieu Maclenn'.  You want something for hit?" 

"Goodday, cook," said Maclennan.  "Yes, we'll take a cup of tea in  a few minutes.  I want to see Mr.

Craigin." 

Narcisse drew near Maclennan and in subdued voice announced,  "M'sieu Craigin, he's not ver' well.  He's hurt

hisself.  He's lie  on  bed." 

"Why, what's the matter with him?" 

Narcisse shrugged his shoulders.  "Oh, some leet' troub'.  You pass  on de office you see de docteur." 

"Why, Haines is up at the hospital.  We just saw him." 

"Hain!" said Narcisse, with scorn indescribable.  "Dat's no docteur  for one horse.  Bah!  De mans go seeck,

seeck, he can noting.  He  know noting.  He's get on beeg drunk!  Non!  Nodder docteur.  He's  come in, fin' tree,

four mans seeck on de troat, cough, cough,  sore,  bad.  Fill up de cookhouse.  Can't do noting.  Sainte Marie!

Dat new  docteur, he's come on de camp, he's mak' one leet' fight,  he's beeld  hospital an' get dose seeck mans

all nice an' snug.  Bon.  Good.  By  gar, dat's good feller!" 

The smile broadened on Fahey's face.  "I say, Maclennan, he's  captured your camp.  He's got the cook, dead

sure." 

The smile didn't help Maclennan's temper.  He opened the office  door and passed into Craigin's private room

at the back.  Here he  found Dr. Bailey in charge.  As he opened the door the doctor put  up  his hand for silence

and backed him out into the office. 

"Excuse me, Mr. Maclennan," he said, "he's asleep and must not be  disturbed." 

Maclennan shook hands with him with a cold "How are you," and  introduced him to Mr. Fahey. 

"Is Mr. Craigin ill?" inquired Fahey innocently. 

"He has met with a slight accident," replied the doctor.  "He is  doing well and will be about in a day or two." 

"Accident?" snorted Maclennan; then clearing his throat as for a  speech he began in a loud tone, "Dr. Bailey,

I must say" 

"Excuse me," said the doctor, opening the office door and  marshalling them outside, "we'd better go

somewhere else if we are  going to talk.  It is important that my patient should be kept  perfectly quiet."  The

doctor's air was so entirely respectful and  at  the same time so masterful that Maclennan found himself

walking  meekly  toward the grubhouse behind the doctor, with Fahey, the  smile on his  face broader than

ever, bringing up the rear.  Maclennan caught the  smile, but in the face of the doctor's quiet,  respectful manner

he  found it difficult to rouse himself to wrath.  He took refuge in  bluster. 

"Upon my word, Dr. Bailey," he burst forth when once they were  inside the grubhouse, "it seems to me that

you have carried things  on with a high hand in this camp.  You come in here, a perfect  stranger, you head a

mutiny, you lay up my foreman with a dangerous  wound, with absolutely no authority from anyone.  What in

the  blank,  blank do you mean, anyway?"  Maclennan was rather pleased to  find  himself at length taking fire. 


The Doctor

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST 107



Top




Page No 110


"Mr. Maclennan," said the doctor quietly, "it is natural you should  be angry.  Let me give you the facts before

you pass your final  judgment.  A man was sent to me from this camp in a dying  condition.  Diphtheria.  I

learned there were others suffering here  with the same  disease.  I came in at once to offer assistance.

Consulted with Dr.  Haines.  We came to a practical agreement as to  what ought to be done.  Mr. Craigin

objected.  There was some  trouble.  Unfortunately, Mr.  Craigin was hurt." 

"Dr. Bailey," said the General Manager, "it will save trouble if  you will go somewhat fully into the facts.  We

want an exact  statement of what occurred."  The authoritative tone drew Dr.  Bailey's attention to the rugged

face of the speaker, with its  square  forehead and bulldog jaw.  He recognized at once that he  had to deal  with

a man of more than ordinary force, and he  proceeded to give him  an exact statement of all that had happened,

beginning with the death  of Scotty Anderson. 

"That is all, gentlemen," said the doctor, as he concluded his  tale; "I did what I considered was right.  Prompt

action was  necessary.  I may have been mistaken, but I think not." 

"Mistaken!" cried Fahey, with a great oath.  "I tell you,  Maclennan, we've had a close shave.  We may,

perhaps, explain that  one man's death, but if six or eight men had gone out of this camp  in  the condition in

which the doctor says they were, the results  would  have been not only deplorable as far as the men are

concerned, but  disastrous to us with the public.  Why, good heavens  above! what a  shave it was!  Dr. Bailey, I

am proud to meet you,"  continued Fahey,  putting out his hand.  "You had a most difficult  situation to deal

with and you handled it like a general." 

"I quite agree with you," said Maclennan, shaking Dr. Bailey warmly  by the hand.  "The measures were

somewhat drastic, but something  had  to be done.  Go right on, Doctor.  When Craigin is on his feet  again  we'll

send him out." 

"Mr. Craigin will be quite fit to work in a day or so.  But I would  suggest that he keep his place.  You can't

afford to lose a man of  his force." 

"Well, well, we'll see, we'll see." 

"Dr. Bailey, I'd like to see your hospital arrangements.  Mac will  be busy just now and will excuse us." 

The next two hours the General Manager spent in extracting from Dr.  Bailey his theories in regard to camp

sanitation and the care of  the  sick.  Finding a listener at once so sympathetic and so  intelligent,  Dr. Bailey

seized the opportunity of expatiating to  the fullest extent  upon the theme which, during the last few  months,

had been absorbing  his mind. 

"These camps are wrongly constructed in the first instanceevery  one that I have seen.  Almost every law of

sanitation is ignored.  In  location, in relative position of buildings, the disposal of  refuse,  the treatment of the

sick and injured, the whole business  reveals  atrocious folly and ignorance.  For instance, take this  camp.  The

only thing that prevents an outbreak of typhoid is the  cold weather.  In the spring you will have a state of

things here  that will arrest  the attention of Canada.  Look at the location of  the camp.  Down in a  swamp, with

a magnificent site five hundred  yards away," pointing to a  little plateau further up the hill,  clear of underbrush

and timbered  with great pines.  "Then look at  the stables where they are.  There  are no means by which the

men  can keep themselves or their clothes  clean.  Their bunks, some of  them, are alive with vermin, and the

bunkhouse is reeking with all  sorts of smells.  At a very little more  cost you could have had a  camp here

pleasant, safe, clean, and an  hospital ready for  emergencies.  Why, good heavens! they might at  least have

kept the  vermin out." 


The Doctor

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST 108



Top




Page No 111


"Oh, pshaw!" said Fahey, "every camp has to have a few of them  fellows.  Makes the men feel at home.

Besides, you can't  absolutely  drive them out." 

"Drive them out?  Give me a free hand and I'll make this camp clean  of vermin in two weeks, absolutely, and

keep it so.  Why, it would  pay," continued the doctor.  "You would keep your men in good  condition, in good

heart and spirits.  They would do twice the  work.  They would stay with you.  Besides, it would prevent

scandal." 

"Scandal?"  The General Manager looked up sharply. 

"Yes, scandal.  I have done what I could to prevent talk, but down  the line they are talking some, and if I am

not mistaken it will be  all over the East in a few weeks." 

The General Manager was thinking hard.  "Look here, young man," he  said, with the air of one who has made

up his mind, "do you drink?" 

"No." 

"Do you gamble?" 

"When I've nothing to do." 

"Oh, well," said Mr. Fahey, "a little poker doesn't hurt a man now  and then.  I am going to make you an offer

which I hope you will  consider favourably.  I offer you the position of medical  superintendent of this line at a

salary of three thousand a year  and  all expenses.  It's not much, but if the thing goes we can  easily  increase it.

You needn't answer just now.  Think it over.  I don't  know your credentials, but I don't care." 

For answer, Dr. Bailey took out his pocketbook and selected a  letter.  "I didn't think I would ever use this.  I

didn't want to  use  it.  But you can look at it." 

Mr. Fahey took the letter, glanced through it hurriedly, then read  it again with more care. 

"You know Sir William?" 

"Very slightly.  Met him once or twice in London." 

"This is a most unusual letter for him to write.  You must have  stood very high in the profession in London." 

"I had a fairly good position," said Dr. Bailey. 

"May I ask why you left?" 

Dr. Bailey hesitated.  "I grew tired of the lifeand, besides  wellI wanted to get away from things and

people." 

"Pardon my asking," said Fahey hastily.  "It was none of my  business.  But, Doctor" here he glanced at the

letter again,  "Bailey, you say your name is?" 

"They called me Bailey when I came in and I let it go." 


The Doctor

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST 109



Top




Page No 112


"Very well, sir," replied Fahey quickly, "Bailey let it be.  My  offer holds, only I'll make it four thousand.  We

can't expect a  man  of your standing for less." 

"Mr. Fahey, I came here to work on the construction.  I wanted to  forget.  When I saw how things were going

at the east end I  couldn't  help jumping it.  I never thought I should have enjoyed my  professional work so

much.  It has kept me busy.  I will accept  your  offer at three thousand, but on the distinct understanding  that I

am  to have my way in everything." 

"By gad! you'll take it, anyway, I imagine," said Fahey, with a  laugh, "so we may as well put it in the

contract.  In your  department  you are supreme.  If you see anything you want, take it.  If you don't  see it, we

will get it for you." 

On their return to the office they found Dr. Haines in Craigin's  room with Maclennan.  As they entered they

heard Haines' voice  saying, "I believe it was a putup job with Tommy." 

"It's a blank lie!" roared Craigin.  "I have it from Tommy that it  was his own notion to fire that shoe, and a

blank good thing for me  it was.  Otherwise I should have killed the best man that ever  walked  into this camp.

Here, keep your hands off!  You paw around  my head  like a blanked bull in a sand heap.  Where's the doctor?

Why ain't he  here attending to his business?" 

"Craigin," he said quietly, "let me look at that.  Ah, it's got a  twist, that's all.  There, that's better." 

Like a child Craigin submitted to his quick, light touch and sank  back in his pillow with a groan of content.

Dr. Bailey gave him  his  medicine and induced him, much against his will, to take some  nourishment. 

"There now, that's all right.  Tomorrow you'll be sitting up.  Now  you must be kept quiet."  As he said this he

motioned them out of  the  room.  As he was leaving, Craigin called him back. 

"I want to see Maclennan," he said gruffly. 

"Wait till tomorrow, Mr. Craigin," replied the doctor, in soothing  tones. 

"I want to see him now." 

The doctor called Mr. Maclennan back. 

"Maclennan, I want to say there's the whitest man in these  mountains.  I was a blank, blank fool.  But for him I

might have  been  a murderer two or three times over, and, God help me! but for  that  lucky shoe of Tommy's

I'd have murdered him.  I want to say  this to  you, and I want the doctor here not to lay it up against  me." 

"All right, Craigin," said Maclennan, "I'm glad to hear you say so.  And I guess the doctor here won't cherish

any grudge." 

Without a word the doctor closed the door upon Maclennan, then went  to the bedside.  "Craigin, you are a

man.  I'd be glad to call you  my  friend." 

That was all.  The two men shook hands and the doctor passed out,  leaving Craigin more at peace with

himself and with the world than  he  had been for some days. 


The Doctor

XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST 110



Top




Page No 113


XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK

Soon after Dick's departure for the West, Ben Fallows took up his  abode at the Old Stone Mill and very soon

found himself firmly  established as a member of the family there; and so it came that he  was present on the

occasion of Margaret's visit, when the offer of  the Kuskinook Hospital was under consideration.  The offer

came  through the Superintendent, but it was due chiefly to the influence  on the Toronto Board of Mrs.

Macdougall.  It was to her that Dick  had  appealed for a matron for the new hospital, which had come into

existence largely through his efforts and advocacy.  "We want as  matron," Dick had written, "a strong, sane

woman who knows her  work,  and is not afraid to tackle anything.  She must be cheery in  manner  and brave in

heart, not too old, and the more beautiful she  is the  better." 

"Cheery in manner and brave in heart?" Mrs. Macdougall had said to  herself, looking at the letter.  "The very

one!  She is that and  she  is all the rest, and she is not too old, and beautiful enough  even for  Mr. Dick."  Here

Mrs. Macdougall smiled a gentle smile of  deprecation  at the suggestion that flitted across her mind at that

point.  "No,  she'll never be old to Dick.  We'll send her, and who  knows, but"  Not even to herself, however,

much less to another,  did the little  lady breathe a word of any 'arriere pensee' in urging  the appointment. 

With the Superintendent's letter in her hand, Margaret had gone to  consult Barney's mother; for to Margaret

Mrs. Boyle was ever  "Barney's mother." 

"It would be a very fine work," said Mrs. Boyle, "but oh, lassie!  it is a long, long way.  And you would be far

from all that knew  you!" 

"Why, Dick is not very far away." 

"Aye, but I doubt you would see little of him, with all the  travelling he's doing to those terrible camps.  And

what if  anything  should happen to you, and no one to care for you?" 

The old lady's hands trembled over the tea cups.  She had aged much  during the last six years.  The sword had

pierced her heart with  Barney's going from home.  And while, in the case of her younger  and  favourite son,

she had without grudging made the ancient  sacrifice,  lines of her surrender showed deep upon her face. 

"What's the matter with me goin' along, Miss Margaret?" said Ben,  breaking in upon the pause in the

conversation.  "There's one of  the  old gang out there.  We cawn't 'ave Barney, but you'd do in his  place,  an' I

guess we could make things hump a bit.  W'en the gang  gits a  goin' things begin to hum.  You remember that

day down at  the 'Old  King's' w'en me an' Barney an' Dick" 

"Och! Ben lad," said Mrs. Boyle, "Margaret will be hearing that  story many's the time.  But what would you

be doing in an  hospital?" 

"Me?  I hain't goin' fer to work in no 'ospital!  I'm goin' to look  after Miss Margaret.  She wants someone to

look after her, don't  she?" 

"Aye, that she does," remarked Mrs. Boyle, with such emphasis that  Margaret flushed as she cried, "Not I!

My business is to look  after  other people." 

But the more the matter was discussed the clearer it became that  Margaret's work lay at Kuskinook, and

further, that she could not  do  better than take Ben along to "look after her," as he put it.  Hence,  before the

year had gone, all through the Windermere and  Crow's Nest  valleys the fame of the Lady of Kuskinook grew

great,  and second only  to hers was that of her bodyguard, the hospital  orderly, Ben Fallows.  And indeed,


The Doctor

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 111



Top




Page No 114


Ben's usefulness was freely  acknowledged by both staff  and patients; for by day or by night he  was ever

ready to skip off on  errands of mercy, his wooden leg  clicking a vigorous tattoo to his  rapid movements.  He

was  especially proud of that wooden leg, a  combination of joints and  springs so wonderful that he was often

heard  to lament the  clumsiness of the other leg in comparison. 

"W'en it comes to legs," Ben would say, "this 'ere's the machine  fer me.  It never gits rheumatism in the joints,

nor corns on the  toes, an' yeh cawn't freeze it with forty below." 

As Ben grew in fame so he grew in dignity and in solemn and serious  appreciation of himself, and of his

position in the hospital.  The  institution became to him not simply a thing of personal pride, but  an object of

reverent regard.  To Ben's mind, taking it all in all,  it stood unique among all similar institutions in the

Dominion.  While, as for the matron, as he watched her at her work his wonder  grew and, with it, a love

amounting to worship.  In his mind she  dwelt apart as something sacred, and to serve her and to guard her

became a religion with Ben.  In fact, the Glory of the Kuskinook  hospital lay chiefly in this, that it afforded a

sphere in which  his  divinity might exercise her various powers and graces. 

It was just at this point that Tommy Tate roused his wrath.  Dr.  Bailey's foreboding regarding Maclennan's

Camp No. 2 had been  justified by a serious outbreak in early spring of typhoid, of  malignant type, to which

Tommy fell a victim.  The hospitals along  the line were already overflowing, and so the doctor had sent

Tommy  to Kuskinook in charge of an assistant.  After a six weeks'  doubtful  struggle with the disease Tommy

began to convalesce, and  with  returning strength revived his invincible love of mischief,  which he  gratified in

provoking the soul of Orderly Ben Fallows,  notwithstanding that the two had become firm friends during the

tedious course of Tommy's sickness.  It didn't take Tommy long to  discover Ben's tender spots, the most

tender of which he found to  be  the honour of the hospital and all things and persons associated  therewith.  As

to the matron, Tommy ventured no criticism.  He had  long since enrolled her among his saints, and Ben

Fallows himself  was  not a more enthusiastic devotee than he.  And not even to  gratify his  insatiable desire for

fun at Ben's expense would Tommy  venture any  liberty with the name of the matron.  In regard to the  young

preacher,  however, who seemed to be a somewhat important part  of the  institution, Tommy was not so

scrupulous, while as to the  hospital  appointments and methods, he never hesitated to champion  the superior

methods of those down the line. 

It was a beautiful May morning and Tommy was signalizing his  unusually vigorous health by a very specially

exasperating  criticism  of the Kuskinook hospital and its belongings. 

"It's the beautiful hospitals they are down the line.  They don't  have the frills and tucks on their shirts, to be

sure, but they do  the thrick, so they do." 

"I guess they're all right fer simple cases," agreed Ben, "but w'en  yeh git somethin' real bad yeh got to come

'ere.  Look at yerself!" 

"Arrah! an' that was the docthor, Hivin be swate to him!  He tuk a  notion t' me fer a good turn I done him

wance.  Begob, there's a  man  fer ye!  Talk about yer white min!  Talk about yer prachers an'  the  like!  There's a

man fer ye, an' there's none to measure wid  him in  the mountains!" 

"Dr. Bailey, I suppose ye're talkin' about?" inquired Ben, with  fine scorn. 

"Yis, Dr. Bailey, an' that's the first two letters av his name.  An' whin ye find a man to stand forninst him, by

the howly poker!  I'll ate him alive, an' so I will." 

"Well, I hain't agoin' to say, Mr. Tate," said Ben, with studied,  politeness, "that no doctor can never compare

with a preacher, for  I've seen a doctor myself, an' there's the kind of work he done,"  displaying his wooden


The Doctor

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 112



Top




Page No 115


leg and foot with pride.  "But what I say is  that w'en it comes to doin' real 'ighclass, fine work, give me the

Reverend Richard Boyle, Esquire.  Yes, sir, sez I, Dick Boyle's the  man fer me!" 

"Aw, gwan now wid ye!  An' wud ye be afther puttin' a preacher in  the same car wid a docthor, an' him the

Medical Superintendent av  the  railway?" 

"I hain't talkin' 'bout preachers an' doctors in general," replied  Ben, keeping himself firmly in hand, "but I'm

talkin' about this  'ere  preacher, the Reverend Richard Boyle."  Ben's attention to the  finer  courtesies in

conversation always increased with his wrath.  "An' that  I'll stick to, for there's no man in these 'ere mountain

'as done more  fer this 'ere country than that same Reverend Richard  Boyle, Esquire." 

"Listen til the monkey!  An' what has he done, will ye tell me?" 

"Well," said Ben, ignoring Tommy's opprobrious epithet, "I hain't  got a day to spend, but, to begin with,

there's two churches up the  Windermere which" 

"Churches, is it?  Sure an' what is a church good fer but to bury a  man from, forby givin' the women a place to

say their prayers an'  show their hats?" 

"As I was sayin'," continued Ben, "there's two churches up the  Windermere.  I hain't no saint, an' I hain't no

scholar, but I goes  by them as is, an' I know that there's Miss Margaret, an' I tell  you"here Ben solemnly

removed his pipe from his mouth and,  holding  it by the bowl, pointed the stem, by way of emphasizing his

words,  straight at Tommy's face"I tell you she puts them churches  above  even this 'ere hinstitution!"  And

Ben sat back in his chair  to allow  the full magnitude of this fact to have its full weight  with Tommy.  For once

Tommy was without reply, for anything  savouring of criticism  of Miss Margaret or her opinions was

impossible to him. 

"An' what's more," continued Ben, "this 'ere hinstitution in which  we're asittin' this hour wouldn't be 'ere but

fer that same  preacher  an' them that backs him up.  That's yer churches fer yeh!"  And still  Tommy remained

silent. 

"An' if yeh want to knew more about him, you ask Magee there, an'  Morrison an' Old Cap Jim an' a 'eap of

fellows about this 'ere  preacher, an' 'ear 'em talk.  Don't ask me.  'Ear 'em talk w'en  they  git time.  They wuz a

blawsted lot of drunken fools, workin'  for the  whiskeysellers an' the tinhorn gamblers.  Now they're  straight

an'  sendin' their money 'ome.  An' there's some as I know  would be a lot  better if they done the same." 

"Manin' mesilf, ye blaggard!  An' tis thrue fer ye.  But luk at the  docthor, will ye, ain't he down on the

whiskey, too?" 

"Yes, that's w'at I 'ear," conceded Ben.  "But e'll soak 'em good  at poker." 

"Bedad, it's the truth ye're spakin," said Tommy enthusiastically.  "An' it wud do ye more good than a month's

masses to see him take  the  hair aff the tin horns, the divil fly away wid thim!  An' luk  at the  'rid lights'" 

"'Red lights'? interrupted Ben.  "Now ye're talkin'.  Who cleared  up the 'rid lights' at Bull Crossin'." 

"Who did, thin?" 

"Who?  The Reverend Richard Boyle is the man." 

"Aw, run in an' shut the dure!  Ye're walkin' in yer slape." 


The Doctor

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 113



Top




Page No 116


"Mr. Tate, I 'appen to know the facts in this 'ere particular case,  beggin' yer 'umble pardon."  Ben's h's became

more lubricous with  his  rising indignation.  "An' I 'appen to know that agin the  Pioneer's  violent opposition,

agin the business men, agin his own  helder  akeepin' the drug shop, agin the hagent of the town site  an' agin

the  whole blawsted, bloomin' population, that 'ere  preacher put up a  fight, by the jumpin' Jemima! that made

'em all  'unt their 'oles!" 

"Aw, Benny, it's wanderin' agin ye are!  Did ye niver hear how the  docthor walked intil the big meetin' an' in

five minutes made the  iditor av the Pioneer an' the town site agent an' that bunch look  like last year's potaty

patch fer ould shaws, wid the spache he  gave  thim?" 

"No," said Ben, "I didn't 'ear any such thing, I didn't." 

"Well, thin, go out into society, me bhoy, an' kape yer ears  clane." 

"My ears don't require no such cleanin' as some I know!" cried Ben,  whose selfcontrol was strained to the

point of breaking. 

"Manin' mesilf agin.  Begorra, it's yer game leg that saves ye from  a batin'!" 

"I don't fight no sick man in our own 'ospital," replied Ben  scornfully, "but w'en yer sufficiently recovered, I'd

be proud to  haccommodate yeh.  But as fer this 'ere preacher" 

"Aw, go on wid yer preacher an' yer hull outfit!  The docthor  yonder's worth" 

"Now, Mr, Tate, this 'ere's goin' past the limit.  I can put up  with a good deal of abuse from a sick man, but

w'en I 'ears any  reflections thrown out at this 'ere 'ospital an' them as runs it,  by  the livin' jumpin' Jemima

Jebbs! I hain't goin' to stand it, not  me!"  Ben's voice rose in a shrill cry of anger.  "I'd 'ave yeh to  know  that the

'ead of this 'ere hinstitution" 

"Aw, whist now, ye blatherin' bletherskite, who's talkin' about the  Head?  The Head, is it?  An' d'ye think I'd

sthand  Howly Moses!  here she comes, an' the angels thimsilves wud luk like last year  beside her!" 

"Goodmorning, Tommy.  Why, I do think you are looking remarkably  well today," cried the matron, her

brisk step, bright face, and  cheery voice eloquent of her splendid vitality and high spirit. 

"Och! thin, an' who wudn't luk well in your prisince?" said the  gallant little Irishman, with a touch to his hat.

"Sure, it's  better  than the sunlight to see the smile av yer pritty face." 

"Now, Tommy, Tommy, we'll have to be sending you away if you go on  like that.  It's a sure sign of

convalescence when an Irishman  begins  to blarney." 

"Blarney, indade!  Bedad, it's God's mercy I don't have to blarney,  for I haven't the strength to do that same." 

"Well, Tommy, don't try.  Keep your strength for getting well  again.  Ben, I think I saw Mr. Boyle riding up.

Will you please go  and take his horse and show him up to the office.  I am just  wanting  his help in preparing

my annual report." 

"Report!" cried Ben.  "A day like this!  No, sez I; git out into  the woods an' git a little colour into yer cheeks.

It'll do him  good, too.  This' ere hinstitution is takin' the life out o' yeh." 

And Ben went away grumbling his discontent and wrath at the  matron's inability to take thought for herself. 


The Doctor

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 114



Top




Page No 117


The tiny office was bare enough of beauty, but from the window  there stretched a scene glorious in its

majestic sweep and in its  varied loveliness.  Down over the tops of secondgrowth jack pine  and  Douglas fir

one looked straight into the roaring gorge of the  Goat  River filled with misty light and overhung with an

arching  rainbow.  Up the other side climbed the hills in soft folds of pine  tops and,  beyond the pines, to the

sheer, grey, rocky peaks in  whose clefts and  crags the snow lay like fretted silver.  Far up  the valley to the east

the line of the new railway gleamed here and  there through the pines,  while to the west the Goat River gorge

issued into the splendid  expanse of the Kootenay Valley, forest  clad and lying now in all the  sunlit glory of

its new spring dress. 

For some moments Dick stood gazing.  "Of all views I see, this is  the best," he said.  "Day or night I can get it

clear as I see it  now, and it always brings me rest and comfort." 

"Rest and comfort?" echoed Margaret, coming to his side.  "Yes, I  understand that, especially with the

sunlight upon it.  But at  night,  Dick, with the moon high above that peak there and filling  with its  light all the

valleys, do you know, I hardly dare look at  it long." 

"I understand," replied Dick, slowly.  "Barney used to say the same  about the moonlight on the view from the

hillcrest above the Mill." 

Then a silence fell between them.  The deepest, nearest thought  with each was Barney.  It was always Barney.

Resolutely they  refused  to allow the name to reach their lips except at rare  intervals, but  each knew how the

thought of him lurked in the  heart, ready to leap  into full view with every deeper throb. 

"Come, this won't do," said Margaret, almost sharply. 

"No, it won't do," replied Dick, each reading the thought in the  other's heart. 

"I am struggling with my report," said Margaret in a businesslike  tone.  "What shall I say?  How shall I

begin?" 

"Your report, eh?  Better let me write it.  I'll tell them things  that will make them sit up.  What copy there

would be in it for the  Daily Telegraph!  The lonely outpost of civilization, the incoming  stream of maimed

and wounded, of sick and lonely, the outgoing  stream  healed and hopeful, and all singing the praises of the

Lady  of  Kuskinook." 

"Hush, Dick," said Margaret softly.  "You are forgetting the man  who travels the lonely trails to the camps

and up the gulches for  the  sick and wounded and brings them out on his broncho's back and  his  own, too,

watches by them and prays with them, who yarns to  them and  sings to them till they forget their

homesickness, which  is the  sickness the hospital cannot cure." 

"Oh, draw it mild, Margaret.  Well, we'll give it up.  The best  part of this report will be that that is never

written, except on  the  hearts and in the lives of the poor chaps who will think of the  Lady  of Kuskinook any

time they happen to be saying their prayers." 

"Tell me, Dick, what shall I say?" 

"Begin with the statistics.  Typhoids, so many" 

"What an awful lot there were, two hundred and twentyseven of  them!" 


The Doctor

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 115



Top




Page No 118


"Yes," replied Dick.  "But think of what there would have been but  for that man, Bailey!  He's a wonder!  He

has organized the camps  upon a sanitary basis, brought in good water from the hills,  established hospitals,

and all that sort of thing." 

"So you've got it, too," said Margaret, with a smile. 

"Got what?" 

"Why, what I call the Bailey bacillus.  From the general manager,  Mr. Fahey, down to Tommy Tate, it seems

to have gone everywhere." 

"Is that so?" replied Dick, laughing.  "Well, there are some who  have escaped the tinhorn gang and the

whiskey runners.  Or rather,  they've got it, but it's a different kind.  Some day they'll kill  him." 

"And yet they say he is" 

"Oh, I know.  He does gamble, and when he gets going he's a terror.  But he's down on the whiskey and on the

'red lights.'  You remember  the big fight at Bull Crossing?  It was Bailey pulled me out of  that  hole.  The

Pioneer was slating me, Colonel Hilliers, the town  site  agent, was fighting me, withdrew his offer of a site for

our  church  unless I'd leave the 'red lights' alone, and went everywhere  quoting  the British army in India

against me.  Even my own men,  church  members, mind you, one of them an elder, thought I should  attend to

my  own business.  These people were their best customers.  Why, they  actually went so far as to write to the

Presbytery that I  was  antagonizing the people and ruining the Church.  Well, you  remember  the big meeting

called to protest against this vice?  The  enemy packed  the house.  Had half a dozen speakers for the  'Liberal'

side.  Unfortunately I had been sent for to see a fellow  dying up the line.  It looked for a complete knockout for

me.  In  came Dr. Bailey, waited  till they were all through their talk, and  then went for them.  He  didn't speak

more than ten minutes, but in  those ten minutes he  crumpled them up utterly and absolutely.  Colonel Hilliers

and the  editor of The Pioneer, I understand, went  white and red, yellow and  green, by turns.  The crowd

simply  yelled.  You know he is  tremendously popular with the men.  They  passed my resolution standing  on

the backs of their seats.  Quite  true, the doctor went from the  meeting to a big poker game and  stayed at it all

night.  But I'm  inclined to forgive him that, and  all the more because I am told he  was after that fellow

'Mexico'  and his gang.  Oh, it was a fine bit of  work.  I've often wished to  meet him, but he's a hard man to

find.  He  must be a good sort at  bottom." 

"To hear Tommy talk," replied Margaret, "you would make up your  mind he was a saint.  He tells the most

heartmoving stories of his  ways and doings, nursing the sick and helping those who are down on  their luck.

Why, he and Ben almost came to blows this morning in  regard to the comparative merits of the doctor and

yourself." 

"Ben, eh?  I can never be thankful enough," said Dick earnestly,  "that you brought Ben West with you.  It

always makes me feel safer  to think that he is here." 

"Ben will agree with you," replied Margaret, "I assure you.  He  assumes full care of me and of the whole

institution." 

"Good boy, Ben," said Dick, heartily.  "And he is a kind of link to  that old home andwith the past, the

beautiful past, the past I  like  to think of."  The shadows were creeping up on Dick's face,  deepening  its lines

and emphasizing the look of weariness and  unrest. 

"A beautiful past it was," replied Margaret gently.  "We ought to  be thankful that we have it." 


The Doctor

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 116



Top




Page No 119


"Have you heard anything?" inquired Dick. 

"No.  Iola's letter was the last.  He had left London shortly after  her arrival, so Jack Charrington had told her.

She didn't know  where  he had gone.  Charrington thought to the West somewhere, but  there has  been no word

since." 

Dick put his head on the table and groaned aloud. 

"Never mind, Dick, boy," said Margaret, laying her hand upon his  head as if he had been a child, "it will all

come right some day." 

"I can't stand it, Margaret!" groaned Dick, "I shut it out from me  for weeks and then it all comes over me

again.  It was my cursed  folly that wrecked everything!  Wrecked Barney's life, Iola's, too,  for all I know, and

mine!" 

"You must not say wrecked," replied Margaret. 

"What other word is there?  Wrecked and ruined.  I know what you  would say; but whatever the next life has

for us, there is nothing  left in this that can atone!" 

"That, too, you must not say, Dick," said Margaret.  "God has  something yet for us.  He always keeps for us

better than He has  given.  The best is always before us.  Besides," she continued  eagerly, "He has given you all

this work to do, this beautiful  work." 

The word recalled Dick.  He sat up straight.  "Yes, yes, I must not  forget.  I am not worthy to touch it.  He gave

me this chance to  work.  What else should I want?  And after all, this is the best.  I  can't help the hearthunger

now and then, but God forbid I should  ever  say a word of anything but gratitude.  I was down, down, far  down

out  of sight.  He pulled me up.  Who am I to complain?  But I  am not  complaining!  It is not for myself.  If there

were only one  word to  know he was doing well, was safe!"  He turned suddenly to  Margaret  with an almost

fierce earnestness.  "Margaret, do you  think God will  give me this?"  His voice was hoarse with the  intensity of

his  passion.  "Do you know, I sometimes feel that I  don't want Heaven  without this.  I never pray for anything

else.  Wealth, honour, fame, I  once longed for these.  But now these are  nothing to me if only I knew  Barney

was right and safe and well.  Yes, even my love for you,  Margaret, the best thing, the truest  thing next to my

love of my Lord,  I'd give up to know.  But three  years have gone since that awful night  and not a word!  It eats

and  eats and eats into me here," he smote  himself hard over his heart,  "till the actual physical pain is at  times

more than I can stand.  What do you think, Margaret?" he  continued, his face quivering  piteously.  "Every time

I think of God I  think of Barney.  Every  prayer I make I ask for Barney.  I wake at  night and it is Barney I  am

thinking of.  Can I stand this long?  Will  I have to stand it  long?  Has God forgiven me?  And when He forgives,

does He take  away the pain?  Sometimes I wonder if there is anything  in all this  I preach!" 

"Hush, Dick!" said Margaret, her voice broken with the grief she  understood only too well.  "Hush!  You must

not doubt God.  God  forgives and loves and grieves with our griefs.  He will take away  the pain as soon as He

can.  You must believe this and wait and  trust.  God will give him back to us.  I feel it here."  She laid  her  hand

upon her heaving breast. 

For some moments Dick was silent.  "Perhaps so," he said at length.  "For your sake He might.  Yes, down in

my heart I believe he will." 

"Come," said Margaret, "let us go out into the open air, into God's  sunlight.  We shall feel better there.  Come,

Dick, let us go and  see  the Goat cavort."  She took him by the arm and lifted him up.  At the  door she met Ben.

"I won't be gone long, Ben," she  explained. 


The Doctor

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 117



Top




Page No 120


"Stay as long as yeh like, Miss Margaret," replied Ben graciously.  "An' the longer yeh stay the better fer the

hinstitution." 

"That's an extremely doubtful compliment," laughed Margaret, as  they passed down the winding path that

made its way through the  tall  red pines to the rocky bank of the Goat River.  There on a  broad ledge  of rock

that jutted out over the boiling water,  Margaret seated  herself with her back against the big red polished  bole

of a pine  tree, while at her feet Dick threw himself,  reclining against a huge  pine root that threw great

clinging arms  here and there about the  rocky ledges.  It was a sweet May day.  All the scents and sounds of

spring filled up the fragrant spaces  of the woods.  Far up through the  great feathering branches gleamed

patches of blue sky.  On every side  stretched long aisles pillared  with the clean red trunks of the pine  trees

wrought in network  pattern.  At their feet raged the Goat,  foaming out his futile fury  at the unmoved black

rocks.  Up the rocky  sides from the water's  edge, bravely clinging to nook and cranny,  running along ledges,

hanging trembling to ragged edges, boldly  climbing up to the  forest, were all spring's myriad tender things

wherewith she  redeems Nature from winter's ugliness.  From the river  below came  gusts of misty wind, waves

of sound of the water's many  voices.  It  was a spot where Nature's kindly ministries got about the  spirit,

healing, soothing, resting. 

With hardly a word, Dick lay for an hour, watching the pine  branches wave about him and listening to the

voices that came from  the woods around and from the waters below, till the fever and the  doubt passed from

his heart and he grew strong and ready for the  road  again. 

"You don't know how good this is, Margaret," he said, "all this  about me.  No, it's you.  It's you, Margaret.  If I

could see you  oftener I could bear it better.  You shame me and you make me a man  again.  Oh, Margaret! if

only you could let me hope that some day" 

"Look, Dick!" she cried, springing to her feet, "there's the  train." 

It was still a novelty to see the long line of cars wind its way  like some great jointed reptile through the

woods below. 

"Tell me, Margaret," continued Dick, "is it quite impossible?" 

"Oh, Dick!" cried the girl, her face full of pain, "don't ask me!" 

"Can it never be, Margaret, in the years to come?" 

She clasped her hands above her heart.  "Dick," she cried  piteously, "I can't see how it can be.  My heart is not

my own.  While  Barney lives I could not be true and be another's wife." 

"While Barney lives!" echoed Dick blankly.  "Then God grant you may  never be mine!"  He stood straight for

a moment, then with a shake  of  his shoulders, as if adjusting a load, he stepped into the path.  "Come, let us

go," he said.  "There will be letters and I must get  to  work." 

"Yes, Dick dear," said Margaret, her voice full of tender pity,  "there's always our work, thank God!" 

Together they entered the shady path, going back to the work which  was to them, as to many others, God's

salvation. 

There were a number of letters lying on the office desk that day,  but one among them made Margaret's heart

beat quick.  It was from  Iola.  She caught it up and tore it open.  It might hold a word of  Barney.  She was not

mistaken.  Hurriedly she read through Iola's  glowing accounts of her season's triumph with Wagner.  "It has


The Doctor

XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK 118



Top




Page No 121


been  a  great, a glorious experience," wrote Iola.  "I cannot be far from  the  top now.  The critics actually

classed me with the great  Malten.  Oh,  it was glorious.  But I am tired out.  The doctors say  there is  something

wrong, but I think it is only that I am tired to  death.  They say I cannot sing for a year, but I don't want to sing

for a  long, long time.  I want you, Margaret, and I wantoh, fool  that I  was!I may as well out with itI

want Barney.  I have no  shame at  all.  If I knew where to find him I would ask him to come.  But he  would not.

He loathes me, I know.  If I were only with you  at the  manse or at the Old Mill I should soon be strong.

Sometimes  I am  afraid I shall never be.  But if I could see you!  I think  that is it.  I am weary for those I love.

Love!  Love!  Love!  That is the best.  If you have your chance, Margaret, don't throw  away love!  There,  this

letter has tired me out.  My face is hot as  I read it and my  heart is sore.  But I must let it go."  The tears  were

streaming down  Margaret's face as she read. 

"Read it, Dick," she said brokenly, thrusting the letter into his  hands. 

Dick read it and gave it back to her without a word. 

"Oh, where is he?" cried Margaret, wringing her hands.  "If we only  knew!" 

"The date is a month old," said Dick.  "I think one of us must go.  You must go, Margaret." 

"No, Dick, it must be you." 

"Oh, not I, Margaret!  Not I!  You remember" 

"Yes, you, Dick.  For Barney's sake you must go." 

"For Barney's sake," said Dick, with a sob in his throat.  "Yes,  I'll go.  I'll go tonight.  No, I must go to see a

man dying in  the  Big Horn Canyon.  Next day I'll be off.  I'll bring her back to  him.  Oh! if I could only bring

her back for him, dear old boy!  God give me  this!" 

"Amen," said Margaret with white lips.  For hope lives long and  dies hard. 

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN

The Big Horn flowed by a tortuous and rapid course through rough  country into the Goat.  The trail was bad

and, in places, led over  high mountain shoulders in a way heartbreaking to packers.  For  this  reason, all who

knew the ways and moods of a canoe chose the  water in  going up the canyon.  True enough, there were a

number of  liftouts  and two rather long portages that made the going up  pretty stiff, but  if a man had skill

with the paddle and knew the  water he might avoid  these by running the rapids.  Men from the  Ottawa or from

some other  north Canadian river, like all true  canoemen, hated to portage and  loved to take the risk of the

rapids.  Though the current was fairly  rapid, going upstream was  not so difficult as one might imagine; that  is,

if the canoeman  happened to know how to take advantage of the  eddies, how to sneak  up the quiet water by

the banks, how to put the  nose of his canoe  into the swift water and to hold her so that, as  Duprez, the keeper

of the stopping place at the Landing, said, "She  would walk on de  rapide toute suite lak one oiseau." 

There was a bad outbreak of typhoid at the upper camp on the Big  Horn, and Dr. Bailey had been urgently

summoned.  The upper camp  lay  on the other side of the Big Horn Lake, twenty miles or more  from the  steel.

The lake itself was six miles long by canoe, but  by trail it  was at least twice that.  Hence, though there would

be  some stiff  paddling in the trip, the doctor did not hesitate in his  choice of  route.  He knew his canoe and

loved every rib and thwart  in her.  He  had learned also the woodsman's trick of going light.  A blanket, a tea

pail which held his grub, consisting of some  Hudson Bay hard tack, a  hunk of bacon, and a little tea and


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 119



Top




Page No 122


sugar,  and his drinking cup  constituted his baggage, so that he could make  the portages in a  single carry.

Many a mile had he gone, thus  equipped, both by trail  and by canoe, in his journeyings up and  down these

valleys, doing his  work for the sick and wounded in the  railroad, lumber, and tie camps,  and more recently in

the new  planted mining towns. 

It was a great day for his trip.  A stiff breeze upstream would  help him in his fight with the current and coming

down it would be  glorious.  The sun was just appearing over the row of pines that  topped the low mountain

range to the east when he packed his kit  and  blankets under the gunwale in the bow and slipped his canoe  into

the  water.  He was about to step in when a voice he had not  heard for many  days arrested him. 

"Hello, Duprez!  Did you see the preacher pass this way yesterday?  He was  By the livin' jumpin' Jemima!

Barney!" 

It was Ben Fallows, gazing with open mouth on the doctor.  With two  swift steps the doctor was at his side.

He grasped Ben by the arm  and walked him swiftly apart. 

"Ben," he said, in a low, stern voice, "not a word.  I once did you  a good turn?" 

Ben nodded, still too astonished for speech. 

"Then listen to what I tell you.  No one must know what you know  now." 

"Butbut Miss Margaret and Dick" gasped Ben. 

"They don't know," interrupted the doctor, "and must not know.  Will you promise me this, Ben?" 

"By Jove, Barney!  I don'tI don't think" 

"Do you hear me, Ben?  Do you promise?" 

"Yes, by the livin'" 

"Goodbye, Ben; I think I can depend on you for the sake of old  days."  The doctor's smile set Ben's head in a

whirl. 

"You bet, BarDoctor!" he cried. 

"Good old boy, Ben.  Goodbye, lad." 

He stepped into the canoe and pushed her off into the eddy just  above the falls by which the Big Horn

plunged into the Goat. 

"Bo' voyage, M'sieu le Docteur!" sang out Duprez.  "You cache hup  de preechere.  He pass on de riviere las'

night." 

"What?  Who?" 

"De preechere, Boyle.  He's pass on wid canoe las' night.  He's  camp on de Beeg Fall, s'pose." 

Barney held his canoe steady for a moment.  "Went up last night,  did he?" 


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 120



Top




Page No 123


"Oui.  Tom Martin on de Beeg Horn camp he's go ver' seeck.  He send  for M'sieu Boyle." 

"Did he go up alone?" 

"Oui.  He's not want nobody.  Non.  He's good man on de canoe." 

It was an awkward situation.  There was a very good chance that he  should fall in with his brother somewhere

on the trip, and that, at  all costs, he was determined to avoid.  For a minute or more he sat  holding his canoe,

calculating time and distances.  At length he  came  to a resolve.  He must visit the camp on the Big Horn, and

he  trusted  his own ingenuity to avoid the meeting he dreaded. 

"All right, Duprez! bon jour." 

"Bo' jou' an' bon voyage.  Gare a vous on de Longue Rapide.  You  mak' de portage hon dat rapide, n'est ce

pas?" 

"No, sir.  No portage for me, Duprez.  I'll run her." 

"Prenez garde, M'sieu le Docteur," answered Duprez, shrugging his  shoulders.  "Maudit!  Dat's ver' fas' water!" 

"Don't worry about me," cried the doctor.  "Just watch me take this  little riffle." 

"Bien!" cried Duprez, as the doctor slipped his canoe into the eddy  and, with a smooth, noiseless stroke, sent

her up toward the point  where the stream broke into a riffle at the head of the rapid which  led to the falls

below.  It may be that the doctor was putting a  little extra weight on his paddle or that he did not exercise that

unsleeping vigilance which the successful handling of the canoe  demands, but whatever the cause, when the

swift water struck the  canoe, in spite of all his strength and skill, he soon found  himself  almost in midstream

and going down the rapids. 

"Mon Dieu!" cried Duprez, dancing in his excitement from one foot  to the other.  "A droit! a droit!  Non!  Don'

try for go hup!  Come  out on de heddy!" 

The doctor did not hear him, but, realizing the hopelessness of the  frontal attack upon the rapid, he steered his

canoe toward the eddy  and gradually edged her into the quiet water. 

"You come ver' close on de fall, mon gar'!" cried Duprez, as the  doctor paddled slowly up the edge past him.

"You bes' pass on de  portage.  Not many mans go hup on de rapids comme ca." 

"All right, Duprez.  I hit her too hard, that's all." 

Once more the doctor moved toward the riffle.  He had done the  thing before and he was not to be beaten

now.  As the eddy bore him  toward the swift water again he carefully gauged the angle of  attack,  so that when

the nose of the canoe entered the riffle, with  the trick  that all canoemen know, he held her up firm against the

water, and,  with no very great effort, but by skilful manipulations  of the force  of the current, he shoved her

gradually across the  riffle into the  slow water near the farther bank, and with a  triumphant wave of the  paddle

disappeared around the bend. 

"He's good man," said Duprez to Ben Fallows, who had taken all this  time to recover from the shock of

Barney's sudden appearance.  "But  de preechere, he's go hup dat rapide lak one oiseau las' night." 


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 121



Top




Page No 124


"Did, eh?" answered Ben.  "Well, he didn't put in three summers on  the Mattawa fer nothin'.  He's a bird in the

canoe, an' so's his  brothat isthe doctor there.  Wonder if he'll catch him!"  Ben  was  much excited. 

"Mebbe.  He's cache heem comin' down, for sure!" 

Meanwhile the doctor paddled on with steady, swinging stroke,  taking advantage of every eddy and cross

current, stealing along  the  bank under the overhanging trees, sidling across swift water,  lifting  his canoe over

rocky bits, till near midday he found  himself at the  portage below the Long Rapid. 

"Guess I'll camp on the other side," he said, talking aloud after  the manner of men who live much alone.  He

adjusted his paddles on  the thwarts, hooked his tea pail to his belt, shouldered his canoe,  and, taking his

blanket pack in his hand, made the half mile  portage  without a "set down." 

"There," he said, setting his canoe carefully on the grass, "my  legs are better than my arms.  Now we'll grub."

He unpacked his  tea  pail, cut his bacon into strips preparatory to toasting, built  a fire,  drew a pail of water,

threw in a handful of tea, swung it  by a poplar  sapling over the fire, and sat down to toast his bacon.  In fifteen

minutes his meal was readysuch a meal as can be had  only in the  mountains under the open sky and at the

end of a ten  mile paddle  against the stream of the Big Horn.  After dinner he  lit his pipe and  stretched

himself in the warm spring sun for half  an hour's quiet  think.  The old restlessness was coming back upon

him.  His work as  Medical Superintendent of the railway construction  was practically  completed.  The medical

department was thoroughly  organized and the  fight with disease and dirt was pretty much over  so far as he

was  concerned.  And with the easing of the strain there  came fiercely upon  him the soul fever that had for the

last three  years driven him from  land to land.  Had it not been that his  professional honour demanded  that he

should hold his post and do his  work, he had long ago left a  district where he was kept constantly  in mind of

what he had so  resolutely striven to forget.  By the  exercise of the most assiduous  care he had prevented a

meeting with  his brother during the last three  months.  But in this he could not  hope to be successful much

longer.  Before his second pipe was  smoked he had reached his resolve.  "I'll  pull out of this," he  said, "once

this Big Horn camp is cleaned up." 

He packed his kit, carefully extinguished his fire, the mark of a  right woodsman, slipped his canoe into the

water, and set off  again.  His meeting with Ben Fallows seemed somehow to have brought  his  brother near

him today.  Everything was eloquent of those days  they  had spent together on the upper reaches of the

Ottawa.  The  flowing  river, the open sky, the wood, the fresh air, and, most of  all, the  slipping canoe spoke to

him of Dick.  The fierce  resentment, the  bitter sense of loss, that had been as a festering  in his heart these

years, seemed somehow today to have lost their  stinging pain.  With  every lift of the paddle, with every deep

breath of the fragrant  spring air, with every slip of the canoe,  the buoyant gladness of  those old canoeing days

came swelling into  his heart, and ere he knew  he caught himself singing, to the  rhythmic swing of paddle and

shoulders, the old Habitant canoe  song: 

"En roulant ma boule roulant." 

As often as he found his body swinging to the song, so often did he  sternly check himself and resolutely set

another air going in his  head, only to find himself in a short space swinging along again to  the old song to

which he and his brother had so often made their  canoe slip in those great days that now seemed so far away. 

"En roulant ma boule," 

sang his paddle in spite of all he could do.  He could hear Dick's  clear tenor from the bow.  "Here, confound it!

Quit it, I say!" he  said aloud savagely. 

"En roulant ma boule roulant," 


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 122



Top




Page No 125


in a clear strong voice came the old song from around the bend.  The doctor almost dropped his paddle into

the stream. 

"Heavens above!" he muttered.  "What's that?  Who's that?" 

"Visa la noir, tua le blanc,  Rouli roulant, ma boule roulant," 

sang the voice.  There was only one who could sing that verse just  that way.  With two swift heaves of the

paddle he lifted his canoe  into the overhanging bushes, noiselessly leaped ashore, and pulled  his canoe up the

bank after him.  Down the river still came the  song,  and ever nearer. 

"O fils du roi tu es mechant,  En roulant ma boule." 

The doctor cautiously parted the bushes and looked out.  Close to  the bank came the canoe, the singer sitting

in the stern, his hat  off  and his face showing brown against the fair hair.  How strong  he  looked and how

handsome!  Barney remembered his own boyish pride  in  his brother's good looks.  Yes, he was handsome as

ever, and yet  he  was different.  "He's older, that's it," said the man in the  bushes,  breathing hard.  No, it was not

that altogether.  There was  a new  gravity, a new dignity, upon the face.  All at once the song  ceased  abruptly.

The paddle was laid down and the canoe allowed to  drift.  The current carried her still nearer the shore.  Every

line  in the  face could now be seen.  The man peering out through the  bushes was  conscious of a sharp thrust of

pain.  The lines in that  grave,  handsome face were lines drawn with some sharp instrument of  grief.  The

change was not that of years, it was more.  Not simply  the  gravity of responsible manhood, it was that, and

something  else.  This  was the change, the old careless gaiety was gone out of  the face and  in its place sadness,

almost gloom.  Straight down the  river the  grave, sad face was turned, but the eyes were fixed with  unseeing

gaze  upon the flowing water.  The canoe was now almost  abreast the hiding  place in the bushes and still

drifting.  Suddenly the man in the canoe,  lifting up his face toward the sky,  cried out, "I'll bring her back,

please God, and I'll find him,  too!"  The watcher drew back quickly.  A stick snapped under his  hand.  He threw

himself face down and  gripped his hands hard into  the moss as if to hold himself there.  "A  deer, I guess, but I

must  get on," he heard a voice say, then a flip  of the paddle and,  looking out through the bushes, he saw the

swaying  figure of the  man he most longed and most dreaded to see of all men in  the world  fast disappearing

from his view.  Twice he raised his hands  to his  lips to call after him, but even as he did so a vision held his

voice, the vision of a room in a city far away, the girl he loved,  and this man pressing hot kisses on her face. 

"No," he said at length, grinding his foot hard into the moss, "let  him go."  But still with straining eyes he

gazed after the swaying  figure till the bend in the river hid it from his sight.  Then he  sank down on the deep

moss bank with the air of a man who has just  passed through a heavy fight. 

The rest of the journey upstream was to him a weary drag.  The  brightness had gone out of the light, the

sweetness out of the air.  A  burning pain filled his heart and clutched at his throat.  The  old  sore, which his

work for the sick and wounded had helped to  heal over,  had been torn open afresh, and the first agony of it

was  upon him  again.  He arrived at the upper camp late at night and  weary.  But,  weary as he was, he toiled on

in his fight with the  typhoid outbreak  till near the dawning of the day, then, snatching  an hour's sleep, he  set

off down the Big Horn, resolved that ere a  week had passed he  would seek in some far land the forgetting

which  here was impossible  to him. 

Steadily the paddle swung all the long morning, but without  awakening any rhythmic song in his heart.  It was

a heavy grind to  be  got through with as soon as might be.  Even the slip and leap of  the  canoe failed to

quicken his heart a single beat.  It was still  early  in the forenoon when he reached the Long Rapid.  It was a

dangerous  bit of water, but without a moment's considering he stood  upright in  his canoe and, casting a quick

glance down the boiling  slope, he made  his choice of passage.  Then getting on his knees he  braced them

firmly against the sides of his canoe and before he was  well ready  found himself in the smooth, steep pitch at


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 123



Top




Page No 126


the crest of  that seething  incline of plunging water.  Two long swallowlike  swoops, then a mad  plunging

through a succession of buffeting,  curling waves that slapped  viciously at him as he dashed through, a  great

heave or two over the  humping billows at the foot, then the  swirl of the eddy caught him,  and lifted him clear

over into the  quiet water.  One minute of wild  thrills and the Long Rapid was  left behind. 

"Didn't take that quite right," he grumbled.  "Ought to have lifted  her sooner.  Next time I'll get through dry.

Next time?" he  repeated.  "God knows if there'll ever be any next time of that  water  for me."  He paddled

round the eddy toward the shore,  intending to  dump the water out of his canoe.  "Hello!  What in  thunder is

that?"  Up against the driftwood, where it had been  carried by the eddy, a  canoe was floating bottom upwards.

"God  help us!" he groaned.  "It's  his canoe!  My God!  My God!  Dick,  boy, you're not lost!  He'd run  these

rapids.  That's his style.  Oh, why didn't I call him?  We could  have done it together safe  enough!"  He stood up

in his canoe and  searched eagerly among the  driftwood.  "Dick!  Dick!" he called over  and over again in the

wild cry of a wounded man.  He paddled over to  the canoe and  examined it.  "Ah, that's where he hit the rocks,

just  at the foot.  But he shouldn't drown here," he continued, "unless they  hit him.  Let's see, where would that

eddy take him?"  For another  anxious  minute he stood observing the run of the water.  "If he could  keep  up

three minutes," he said, "he ought to strike that bar."  With  a  few sweeps of his paddle he was on the sand bar.

"Ha!" he cried.  A  paddle lay on the sand just above the water mark.  "That never  floated  there."  He leaped out

and drew up his canoe, then,  dropping on his  knees, he examined the marks upon the bar.  There  on the sand

was  stamped the print of an open hand.  "Now, God be  thanked!" he cried,  lifting his hands toward the sky,

"he's reached  this spot.  He's  somewhere on shore here."  Like a dog on scent he  followed up the  marks to the

edge of the forest where the bank rose  steeply over rough  rocks.  Eagerly he clambered up, his eyes on the

alert for any sign.  He reached the top.  A quick glance he threw  around him, then with a  low cry he rushed

forward.  There,  stretched prone on the moss, a  little pile of brushwood near him,  with his match case in his

hand,  lay his brother.  "Oh, Dick, boy!"  he cried aloud, "not too late,  surely!"  He dropped beside the  still form,

turned him gently over and  laid his hand upon his  heart.  "Too late!  Too late!" he groaned.  Like a madman he

rushed  out of the woods, flung himself down the  rocky bank and toward his  canoe, seized his bag and

scrambled back  again.  Again, and more  carefully, he felt for the heartbeat.  He  thought he could detect a

feeble flutter.  Hurriedly he seized his  flask and, forcing open  the closed teeth, poured a few drops of the

whiskey down the  throat.  But there was no attempt to swallow.  "We'll  try it this  way."  With swift fingers he

filled his syringe with the  whiskey  and injected it into the arm.  Eagerly he waited with his hand  upon  the

feebly fluttering heart.  "My God! it's coming, I do  believe!"  he cried.  "Now a little strychnine," he whispered.

"There,  that  ought to help." 

Once more he rushed to his canoe and brought his cooking kit and  blanket.  In five minutes he had a fire going

and his tea pail  swung  over it with a little more than a cupful of water in it.  In  five  minutes more he had half a

cup of hot tea ready.  By this time  the  heartbeat could be detected every moment growing stronger.  Into the

tea he poured a little of the stimulant.  "If I can only  get this  down," he muttered, chafing at the limp hands.

Once more  he lifted  the head, pried open the shut jaws, and tried to pour a  few drops of  the liquid down.

After repeated attempts he succeeded.  Then for the  first time he observed that his hands were covered with

blood.  Gently  he lifted the head and, examining the back of it,  detected a great  jagged wound.  "Looks bad,

bad."  He felt the bone  carefully and shook  his head.  "Fracture, I fear."  Heating some more  water he cleansed

and dressed the wound.  Half an hour more he spent  in his anxious  struggle, with intense activity utilizing

every  precious moment, when  to his infinite joy and relief the life began  to come slowly back.  "Now I must

get him to the hospital." 

There were still five miles to paddle, but it was down stream and  there were no portages.  With swift despatch

he cut a large armful  of  balsam boughs.  With these and his blankets he made a bed in his  canoe, cutting out

the bow thwart, then lifting the wounded man and  picking his steps with great care, he carried him to the

canoe and  laid him upon the balsam boughs on his right side.  The moment the  weight came upon that side a

groan burst from the pallid lips.  "Something wrong there," muttered the doctor, turning him slightly  over.

"Ah, shoulder out.  I'll just settle this right now."  By  dexterous manipulation the dislocation was reduced, and


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 124



Top




Page No 127


at once the  patient sank down upon the bed of boughs and lay quite still.  A  little further stimulation brought

back the heart to a steadier  beat.  "Now, my boy," he said to himself, as he took his place  kneeling in  the stern

of the canoe, "give her every ounce you  have."  For half an  hour without pause, except twice to give his

patient stimulant, the  sweeping paddle and the swaying body kept  their rhythmic swing, till  down the last

riffle shot the canoe and  in a minute more was at the  Landing. 

"Duprez!  Here, quick!"  The doctor stood in the door of the  stopping place, wet as if he had come from the

river, his voice  raucous and his face white. 

"Mon Dieu!" exclaimed the Frenchman, "what de mattaire?" 

The doctor swept a glance about the room.  "Sick man," he said  briefly.  "I want this bed.  Get your buckboard,

quick."  He seized  the bed and carried it out before the eyes of the astonished  Duprez. 

Duprez was a man slow of speech but quick to act, and by the time  the bed had been arranged on the

buckboard he had his horse between  the shafts. 

"Now then, Duprez, give me a hand," said the doctor. 

"Certainment.  Bon Dieu!  Dat's de bon preechere!  Not dead, heh?" 

"No," said the doctor, glancing sharply into the haggard face while  he placed his fingers upon the pulse.  "No.

Now get on.  Drive  carefully, but make time." 

In a few minutes they reached the road that led to the hospital,  which was well graded and smooth.  Duprez

sent along his pony at a  lope and in a short space of time they reached the door of the  hospital, where they

were met by Orderly Ben Fallows on duty. 

"Barney!  By the livin' jumpin' Jemima Jebbs!" cried Ben.  "What on  earth" 

But the doctor cut him short.  "Ben, get the Matron, quick, and get  a bed ready with warm blankets and hot

water bottles.  Go, man!  Don't  gape there!" 

Still gaping his amazement, Ben skipped in through the hall and up  the stair as fast as his wooden leg would

allow him.  He reached  the  office door.  "Miss Margaret," he gasped, "Barney's at the door  with a  sick man.

Wants a bed ready.  We 'aven't got oneand" 

The look upon the matron's face interrupted the flow of his words.  "Barney?" she said, rising slowly to her

feet.  "Barney?" she said  again, her hand clutching the desk and holding hard.  "What do you  mean, Ben?"  The

words came slowly. 

"He wants a bed for a sick man and we 'aven't" 

Margaret took a step toward him.  "Ben," she said, in breathless  haste, "get my room ready.  But first tell Nurse

Crane to come to  me  quick.  Go, Ben." 

The orderly hurried away, leaving her alone.  With trembling hands  she shut the door, turned toward her desk,

and there stood, both  hands pressed hard to her heart, fighting hard to control the  tumultuous tides that surged

through her heart and thundered in her  ears.  "Barney!  Barney!" she whispered.  "Oh, Barney, at last!"  The

blue eyes were wide open and all aglow with the tender light of  her  great love.  "Barney," she said over and

over, "my love, my  love,  myah, not mine"  A sob caught her voice.  Over her desk  hung a  copy of


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 125



Top




Page No 128


Hoffman's great picture, the Christ kneeling in  Gethsemane.  She went close to the picture.  "O Christ!" she

cried  brokenly, "I,  too!  Help me!"  A knock came to the door, Nurse  Crane entered.  Margaret quickly turned

toward her desk again. 

"Dr. Bailey is at the door with a patient," said the nurse. 

"Dr. Bailey?" echoed Margaret, not daring to look up, her trembling  hands fluttering among the papers on the

desk.  "Go to him, Nurse,  and get what he wants.  Take my room.  I shall follow in a moment." 

Once more she was alone.  Again she stood before the picture of the  Christ, the words of the great submission

ringing through the  chambers of her soul.  "Not my will but Thine be done."  She  pressed  nearer the picture,

gazing into that strong, patient,  suffering face  through the rain of welcome tears.  "O Christ!" she  whispered,

"dear  blessed Christ!  I understandnow.  Help me!  Help me!"  Then, after a  pause, "Not my will!  Not my

will!" 

The strife was past.  Quietly she went to the lavatory that stood  in the corner of her office, bathed her eyes,

smoothed away the  signs  of struggle from her face, and went forth serene to her duty  and her  cross.  In the hall

she met Barney.  With a quick, light  step she was  at his side, both hands stretched out.  "Barney!"  "Margaret!"

was all  they said.  For a moment or two Barney stood  holding her hands, gazing  without a word into the sweet

face, so  pale, so beautiful, so serenely  strong.  Twice he essayed to speak,  but the words choked in his  throat.

Turning abruptly away he  pointed to the figure under the grey  blanket on the camp bed. 

"I've broughtyouDick," at last he said hoarsely. 

"Dick!  Hurt?  Not"  She halted before the dreaded word. 

"No, injured.  Badly, I fear, but I hope" 

"The room is ready," said Nurse Crane. 

At once all other thoughts and emotions gave way to the immediate  demands of their common duty.  They

had work to do, and they had  trained themselves to obey without thought of self that Divine call  to serve the

suffering.  Together they toiled at their work,  Margaret  noting with delighted wonder the quick fingers and the

finished skill  that cleansed and probed and dressed the wound in  the head and made  thorough examination for

other injury or ill,  Barney keenly conscious  of the efficiency of the silent, steady  helper at his side whose

quick  eye and hand anticipated his every  want.  At length their work was  done and they stood looking down

upon the haggard face. 

"He is resting now," said Barney, in a low voice.  "The fracture is  not serious, I think." 

"Poor Dick," said Margaret, passing her hand over his brow. 

At her touch and voice Dick moaned and opened his eyes.  Barney  quickly stepped back out of sight.  For a

moment or two the eyes  wandered about the room, then rested on Margaret's face in a  troubled, inquiring

gaze. 

"What is it, Dick, dear?" said Margaret, bending over him. 

For answer his hand began to move feebly toward his breast as if  seeking something. 


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 126



Top




Page No 129


"I know.  The letter, Dick?"  A look of intelligence lighted the  eye.  "That's all right, Dick.  I shall get it to

Barney.  Barney  is  here, you know." 

A hand grasped her arm.  "Hush!" said Barney in stern command.  "Say nothing about me."  But she heeded

him not.  For a moment  longer  the sick man's gaze lingered on her face.  A faint smile of  content  overspread

the drawn features, then the look of intelligence  faded and  the eyes closed wearily. 

"Come," said Barney, moving toward the door, "he is better quiet." 

Leaving the nurse in charge, they went together toward the office. 

"Where did you find him?" asked Margaret as she gave Barney a seat.  Then Barney told her the story of how

he had chanced upon the canoe  and had discovered Dick lying insensible in the woods. 

"It was God's leading, Barney," said Margaret gently, when the  story was done; but to this he made no reply.

"Is there serious  danger, do you think?" she inquired in an anxious voice. 

"He will recover," replied Barney.  "All he requires is careful  nursing, and that you can give him.  I shall wait

till tomorrow." 

"Tomorrow?  And then?" 

"I am leaving this country next week." 

"Leaving the country?  And why?" 

"My work here is done." 

"Surely there is much yet to do, and you have just begun to do such  great things.  Why should you leave

now?" 

Barney waited a few moments in silence as if pondering an answer.  "Margaret, I must go," he finally burst

forth.  "You know I must  go.  I can't live within touch of him and forget!" 

"Forgive, you mean, Barney." 

"Well, forgive, if you like," he replied sullenly. 

"Barney," replied Margaret earnestly, "this is unworthy of you, and  in the face of God's mercy today how

can you hold resentment in  your  heart?" 

"How can I?  God knows, or the Devil.  For three years I have  fought it, but it is there.  It is there!"  He struck

his hand hard  upon his breast.  "I can't forget that he ruined my life!  But for  him I believe in my soul I should

have wonher to me!  At a  critical  moment he came in and ruined" 

"Barney!  Barney, listen to me!" cried Margaret impetuously. 

Barney sprang to his feet. 

"No, you must listen to me.  Sit down."  Barney obeyed her word and  sat down.  "Now, hear me, and hear me

fairly.  I am not going to  say  that Dick was free from blame, nor was Iola either.  Whose was  the  greater I can't


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 127



Top




Page No 130


tell.  They were both young and, to a certain  extent,  inexperienced in the ways of life.  Circumstances threw

them much  together and on terms of almost brotherly and sisterly  intimacy.  That  was a mistake.  They ignored

conventions that can  never be safely  ignored.  Just at that time Dick's life was made  hard for him.  His  Church

had rejected him." 

"Rejected him?" 

"Yes, rejected him.  He was refused license by the Presbytery, was  branded as a heretic and outcast from

work."  Margaret's voice grew  bitter.  "Do you wonder that he grew hard?  Perhaps they could not  help itI

can't saybut he grew hard.  Yes, and worse than that,  grew away from his faith, from his friends, and from

those things  that keep men straight and strong.  He grew weak.  The hour of  temptation came upon him.  You

and I have seen enough of that side  of  life to know what that means.  He broke faith with youno, not  with

you.  He was loyal to you, but he broke faith with himself and  with  her.  For a single moment, that moment at

which you appeared,  he  yielded to passion, and bitterly, terribly, has he suffered  since that  moment.  How

terribly no one knows.  He has tried to  find you, but you  would not be found.  He wronged you, Barney, but

you have made him and  all of us suffer much."  The voice that had  gone on so bravely and so  firmly here

suddenly trembled and broke. 

"Made you suffer!" cried Barney, with bitter scorn.  "How can you  speak of suffering?  You have everything!  I

have lost all!" 

"Everything?" echoed Margaret faintly.  "Ah, Barney, how little you  know!  But, no matter, God has brought

you together and you must  not  do this wicked thing.  You must not continue to break our  hearts." 

"Break your hearts?  Margaret, what's the use of words?  I had a  heart, too, and a brother whom I loved and

trusted as myself, yes,  more than myself, andI hadIola.  All I have lost.  My work  satisfies me for a few

months, but try as I can this awful thing  hunts me down and drives me mad.  There is nothing in life left for

me.  And there might have been much but for" 

"Stop, Barney!" cried Margaret impulsively.  "There is much still  left for you.  God is good.  How much better

than we.  You can't  forgive a fellowsinner.  Oh, shame!  But He forgives and forgets,  and surely you ought to

try" 

"Try!  Try!  Heavens above, Margaret!  Try!  Do you think I haven't  tried?  That thing is there! there!" smiting

on his breast again.  "Can you tell me how to rid myself of it?" 

"Yes, Barney, I think I can tell you.  God's great goodness will do  this for you.  Listen," she said, putting up

her hand to stay his  words, "God is bringing a great joy to you to shame you and to  soften  you.  Here, read

this."  She handed him Iola's letter, went  to the  window, and stood with her back to him, looking out upon the

great  sweeping valley below. 

"Margaret!"  The hoarse voice called her back to him.  His hard,  proud, sullen reserve was shattered, gone.  His

lips were  quivering,  his hands trembling.  The girl was touched to the heart.  "Margaret,"  he cried brokenly,

"what does this mean?"  He was  terribly shaken. 

"It means that she wants you, that she needs you.  Dick was going  tomorrow to bring her back to you,

Barney.  That was his one  desire." 

"To bring her to me?  To bring her back to me?  Dick?  Dear old  boy! and I  Oh, Margaret!"  He put his

trembling hands out to  her.  "Forgive me!  God forgive me!  Poor Dick!  I'll see him!"  He  started  toward the

door.  "No, not how," he cried, striving in vain  to control  himself.  "I am mad! mad!  For three long years I


The Doctor

XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN 128



Top




Page No 131


have  carried this  cursed thing in my heart!  It's gone!  It's gone,  Margaret!  Do you  hear?  It's gone!"  He was

shouting aloud.  "I  feel right toward Dick,  my brother!" 

"Hush, Barney dear," said the girl, tears running down her face,  "you will wake him." 

"Yes, yes," he cried, in an eager whisper, "I'll be careful.  Poor  old boy, he has suffered, too.  Dear old Dick!

And she wants me!  I'll go tonight!  Yes, tonight!  What's the date?"  He tore at  the  envelope with trembling

hands.  The letter dropped to the  floor.  Margaret caught it up and opened it for him.  "A month ago  and more!

Yes, I'll go tonight.  Oh, Margaret, what a blasted  fool I am!  I  can't get myself in hand."  Suddenly he threw

himself  into his chair.  "Here!" he ground out between his teeth, "get  quiet!"  He sat for a  few moments

absolutely still, gathering  strength to command himself.  At length he got himself in hand.  "No," he said in a

quiet voice, "I  shall not go tonight.  I shall  wait till Dick is better.  Just now he  must be kept quiet.  In the

morning I expect to see him very much  himself.  We can only wait  and see." 

Through the night they waited, Barney struggling mightily to hold  himself in perfect control, Margaret

quietly doing what was to be  done, her whole spirit breathing of that selfforgetting love which  finds its

highest joy in the joy of another.  At the break of day  the  nurse came to the door and found them still waiting. 

"Mr. Boyle is awake and is asking for you, Miss Robertson." 

"Let me go to him," cried Barney.  "Don't fear."  His voice was  still vibrating, but his manner was calm and

steady.  He was master  of himself again. 

"Yes," said Margaret, "go to him."  Then as the door closed she  stood once more before the Gethsemane

scene.  "Thank God, thank  God,"  she said softly, "for them the pain is over." 

For half an hour she waited and then went up to the sickroom.  She  opened the door softly, went in and stood

gazing till her eyes grew  dim.  On the pillow, face down, Barney's head lay close to Dick's,  whose arm was

thrown about his brother's neck, and on Dick's face  shone a look of rapturous peace.  As Margaret moved to

leave the  room  Dick called her in a voice faint, but full of joy. 

"Margaret," he said, a smile breaking like light through a dark  cloud, "my head was broken, but I'd have all

the bones in my body  broken, just to have Barney set them.  We're all right, eh, boy?" 

Slowly Barney raised his face, tearmarked, worn, but radiant with  a peace it had not known for many a day.

"Yes, old chap," he said  in  a voice still tremulous in spite of all his selfcommand, "we're  right  again, and,

please God, we'll keep so." 

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST

For three days Dick made steady progress toward health, but his  progress was slow.  Any mental effort

produced severe pain in his  head and sufficed to raise his temperature several points.  As he  gained in strength

and became more and more clear in his thinking  his  anxiety in regard to his work began to increase.  His

congregations  would be waiting him on Sunday, and he could not bear  to think of  their being disappointed.

With no small effort had he  gathered them  together, and a single failure on his part he knew  would have

disastrous effect upon the attendance.  He was  especially concerned  about the service at Bull Crossing, which

was  at once the point where  the work was the most difficult, and, at  the present juncture, most  encouraging.

Under his instructions  Barney sought to secure a  substitute for the service at Bull  Crossing, but without

result.  Preachers were scarce in that  country and every preacher had more  work in sight than he could

overtake.  And so Dick fretted and wrought  himself into a fever,  until the doctor took him sternly to task. 


The Doctor

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST 129



Top




Page No 132


"I don't see that it's your business to worry, Dick," he said.  "I  suppose you consider yourself as working under

orders, and it is  your  belief, isn't it, that the One who gives the orders is the One  who has  laid you down

here?" 

"That's true," said Dick wearily, "but there's the people.  A lot  of them come a long way.  It's been hard to get

them together, and  I  hate to disappoint them." 

"Well, we'll get someone," replied Barney.  "We're a pretty hard  combination to beat, aren't we, Margaret?

There will be a man to  take the service at Bull Crossing if I have to take it myselfa  desperate resort,

indeed." 

"Why not, Barney?" asked Dick.  "You could do it well." 

"What?  Did you ever hear me talk?  I can talk a little with my  fingers, but my tongue is unconscionably slow." 

"There was a man once slow of speech," replied Dick quietly, "but  he was given a message and he led a

nation into freedom." 

Barney nodded.  "I remember him.  But he could do things." 

"No," answered Dick, "but he believed God could do things." 

"Perhaps so.  That was rather long ago." 

"With God," replied Dick earnestly, "there is no such thing as long  ago." 

"All the same," said Barney, "I guess these things don't happen  now." 

"I believe they happen," replied his brother, "where God finds a  man who will take his life in his hand and

go." 

"Well, I don't know about that," replied Barney, "but I do know  that you must quit talking and sleep.  Now,

hear me, drop that  meeting out of your mind.  I'll look after it." 

But Saturday came and, in spite of every effort on Barney's part,  he found no one for the service at Bull

Crossing next day.  There  was  still a slight hope that one of the officials of the  congregation  would consent to

be a stopgap for the day. 

"I guess I'll have to take that service myself, Margaret," said  Barney laughingly.  "Wouldn't the crowd stare?

They'd hear the  sermon of their lives." 

"It would be a good sermon, Barney," replied Margaret quietly.  "And why should you not say something to

the men?" 

"Nonsense, Margaret!" cried Barney impatiently.  "You know the  thing is utterly absurd.  What sort of man am

I to preach?  A  gambler, a swearer, and generally bad.  They all know me." 

"They know only a part of you, Barney," said Margaret gently.  "God  knows all of you, and whatever you

have been you are no gambler  today, and you are not a bad man." 


The Doctor

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST 130



Top




Page No 133


"No," replied Barney slowly, "I am no gambler, nor will I ever be  again.  But I have been a hard, bad man.  For

three years I carried  hate in my heart.  I could not forgive and didn't want to be  forgiven.  And that, I believe,

was the cause of all my badness.  ButsomehowI don't deserve itbut I've been awfully well  treated.  I

deserved hell, but I've got a promise of heaven.  And  I'd be glad  to do something for"  He paused abruptly. 

"There, you've got your sermon, Barney," said Margaret. 

"What do you mean?" 

"'Forgive and ye shall be forgiven.'" 

"It's the sermon someone wants to preach to me, but it's not for me  to preach.  The thing is preposterous.  I'll

get one of those  fellows  at the Crossing to take the meeting." 

On Saturday evening Dick again reverted to the subject. 

"I'm not anxious, Barney," he said, "but who's going to take the  meeting tomorrow night at Bull Crossing?" 

"Now, look here," said Barney, "Monday morning you'll hear all  about it.  Meantime, don't ask questions.

Margaret and I are  responsible, and that ought to be enough.  You never knew her to  fail." 

"No, nor you, Barney," said Dick, sinking back with a sigh of  satisfaction.  "I know it will be all right.  Are

you going down  tomorrow evening?" he inquired, turning to Margaret. 

"I?" exclaimed Margaret.  "What would I do?" 

"Of course you are going.  It will do you a lot of good," said  Barney.  "You may have to preach yourself or

hold my coat while I  go  in." 

A sudden gleam of joy in the eyes, a flush of red upon the cheek,  and the quick following pallor told Dick the

thoughts that rushed  through Margaret's heart. 

"Yes," said Dick gravely, "you will go down, too, Margaret.  It  will do you good, and I don't need you here." 

Many anxious days had Barney passed in his life, but never had he  found himself so utterly blocked by

unmanageable circumstances and  uncompromising facts as he found facing him that Sunday morning.  He

confided his difficulty to Tommy Tate, whom he had found in  "Mexico's"  saloon toning up his system after

his long illness, and  whom he had  straightway carried off with him. 

"I guess it's either you or me, Tommy." 

"Bedad, it's yersilf that c'd do that same, an' divil a wan av the  bhoys will 'Mexico' git this night, wance the

news gits about." 

"Don't talk rot, Tommy," said Barney angrily, for the chance of his  being forced to take his brother's place,

which all along had  seemed  to be extremely remote, had come appreciably nearer.  With  the energy  of

desperation he spent the hours of the afternoon  visiting,  explaining, urging, cajoling, threatening anyone of

the  members or  adherents of the congregation at Bull Crossing in whom  might be  supposed to dwell the

faintest echo of the spirit of the  preacher.  One after another, however, those upon whom he had built  his

hopes  failed him.  One was out of town, another he found sick  in bed, and a  third refused point blank to

consider the request, so  that within a  few minutes of the hour of service he found himself  without a preacher


The Doctor

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST 131



Top




Page No 134


and wholly desperate, and for the first time he  seriously faced the  possibility of having to take the service

himself.  He returned to the  shack of one of his brother's  parishioners, where Margaret was  staying, and

abruptly announced to  her his failure. 

"Can't get a soul, and of course I can't do it, Margaret.  You  know, I can't," he repeated, in answer to the look

upon her face.  "Why, it was only last week I fleeced 'Mexico' out of a couple of  hundred.  He would give a

good deal more to get even.  The crowd  would hoot me out of the building.  Not that I care for that"the  long

jaws came hard together"but it's just too ghastly to think  of." 

"It isn't so very terrible, Barney," said Margaret, her voice and  eyes uniting in earnest persuasion.  "You are

not the man you were  last week.  You know you are not.  You are quite different, and you  will be different all

your life.  A great change has come to you.  What made the change?  You know it was God's great mercy that

took  the bitterness out of your heart and that changed everything.  Can't  you tell them this?" 

"Tell them that, Margaret?  Great Heavens!  Could I tell them that?  What would they say?" 

"Barney," asked Margaret, "you are not afraid of them?  You are not  ashamed to tell what you owe to God?" 

Afraid?  It was an ugly word for Barney to swallow.  No, he was not  afraid, but his native diffidence,

intensified by these recent  years  of selfrepression and selfabsorption, had made all speech  difficult  to him,

but more especially speech that revealed the  deeper movements  of his soul. 

"No, Margaret, I'm not afraid," he said slowly.  "But I'd rather  have them take the flesh off that arm bit by bit

than get up and  speak to them.  I'd have to tell them the truth, don't you see,  Margaret?  How can I do that?" 

"All that you say must be the truth, Barney, of course," she  replied.  "But you will tell them just what you

will." 

With these words she turned away, leaving him silent and fighting a  desperate fight.  His word passed to his

brother must be kept.  But  soon a deeper issue began to emerge.  His honour was involved.  His  sense of loyalty

was touched.  He knew himself to be a different  man  from the man who, last week, in "Mexico's" saloon, had

beaten  his old  antagonist at the old game.  His consciousness of himself,  of his life  purposes, of his outlook, of

his deepest emotions, was  altogether a  different consciousness.  And more than all, that  haunting, pursuing

restlessness was gone and, in its place, a deep  peace possessed him.  The process by which this had been

achieved  he could not explain, but  the result was undeniable, and it was  due, he knew, to an influence  the

source of which he frankly  acknowledged to be external to himself.  The words of the beaten  and confounded

pagan magicworkers came to  him, "This is the finger  of God."  He could not deny it.  Why should  he wish to

hide it?  It  became clear to him, in these few minutes of  intense soul activity,  that there was a demand being

made upon him as  a man of truth and  honour, and as the struggle deepened in his soul  and the possibility  of

his refusing the demand presented itself to his  mind, there  flashed in upon him the picture of a man standing

in the  midst of  enemies, the flickering firelight showing his face  vacillating,  terrorstricken, hunted.  From the

trembling lips of the  man he  heard the words of base denial, "I know not the man," and in  his  heart there rose

a cry, "O Christ! shall I do this?"  "No," came  the  answer, strong and clear, from his lips, "I will not do this

thing,  so help me God." 

Margaret turned quickly around and looked at him in dismay.  "You  won't?" she said faintly. 

"I'll take the service," he replied, setting the long jaws firmly  together.  And with that they went forth to the

hall. 


The Doctor

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST 132



Top




Page No 135


They found the place crowded far beyond its capacity, for through  Tommy Tate it had been noised abroad

that Dr. Bailey was to preach.  There were wild rumors, too, that the doctor had "got religion,"  although

"Mexico" and his friends scouted the idea as utterly  impossible. 

"He ain't the kind.  He's got too much nerve," was "Mexico's"  verdict, given with a full accompaniment of

finished profanity. 

Tommy's evidence, however, was strong enough to create a profound  impression and to awaken an

expectation that rose to fever pitch  when  Barney and Margaret made their way through the crowds and took

their  places, Margaret at the organ, which Dick usually played  himself, and  Barney at the table upon which

were the Bible and the  Hymnbook.  His  face wore the impenetrable, deathlike mark which  had so often

baffled  "Mexico" and his gang over the poker table.  It fascinated "Mexico"  now.  All the years of his wicked

manhood  "Mexico" had, on principle,  avoided anything in the shape of a  religious meeting, but today the

attraction of a poker player  preaching proved irresistible.  It was  with no small surprise that  the crowd saw

"Mexico," with two or three  of his gang, make their  way toward the front to the only seats left  vacant. 

When it became evident beyond dispute that his oldtime enemy was  to take the preacher's place, "Mexico"

leaned over to his pal,  "Peachy" Bud, who sat between him and Tommy Tate, and muttered in  an  undertone

audible to those in his immediate neighbourhood, "It's  his  old game.  He's runnin' a blank bluff.  He ain't got

the  cards." 

But painful experience shook "Peachy's" confidence in his friend's  judgment on this particular point, and he

only ventured to reply,  "He's got the lead."  "Peachy" preferred to await developments. 

The opening hymn was sung with the hearty fervour that marks the  musical part of any religious service in

the West.  But there was  in  the voices that curious thrill that is at once the indication  and the  quickening of

intense excitement. 

"This here'll show what's in his hand," said "Peachy," when the  moment for prayer arrived.  "Peachy" was not

unfamiliar with  religious services, and had, with unusual keenness of observation,  noted that when a man

undertook to pray he must, if he be true,  reveal the soul within him. 

"Mexico" grunted a dubious affirmative.  But "Peachy" was  disappointed, for in a voice reverent, but

unimpassioned, the  preacher for the day led the people's devotions, using the great  words taught those men

long ago who knew not how to pray, "Our  Father  who art in Heaven." 

"Blanked if he ain't bluffed again!  We've got to wait till he  begins to shoot, I guess," said "Peachy," mixing

his figures. 

The lesson was the parable of the unforgiving debtor and the  parallel passage containing the matchless story

of the sinful woman  and the proud Pharisee.  In the reading of these lessons the voice,  which had hitherto

carried the strident note of nervousness,  mellowed  into rich and subduing fulness.  The men listened with  that

hushed  attention that they give when words are getting to the  heart.  The  utter simplicity of the reader's

manner, the dignity of  his bearing,  the quiet strength that showed itself in every tone,  and the  undercurrent of

emotion that made the voice vibrate like a  stringed  instrument, all these, with the marvellous authoritative

tenderness of  the great utterance on a theme so closely touching  their daily  experience, gripped these men and

held them in complete  thrall. 

When the reading was done the doctor stood for some moments looking  his audience quietly in the face.  He

knew them all, men from the  camps and the line, men from the hills and mining claims, men from  the saloons

and the gambling hells.  Many he had treated  professionally, some he had himself nursed back to health,


The Doctor

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST 133



Top




Page No 136


others  he  had rescued from those desperate moods that end in death.  Others  againand these not a fewhe

had "cleaned out" at poker or  "Black  Jack."  But to all of them he was "white."  Not so to  himself.  It was  a very

humble man and a very penitent, that stood  looking them in the  face.  His first words were a confession. 

"I am not worthy to stand here before you," he began, in a low,  clear tone, "God knows, you know, and I

know.  I am here for two  reasons: one is that I promised my brother, the Reverend Richard  Boyle"here a

gasp of surprise was audible from one and another in  the audience"a man you know to be a good man,

better than ever I  can hope to be." 

"Durned if he is!" grunted "Peachy" to "Mexico."  "Ain't in the  same bunch!" 

"An' that's thrue fer ye," answered Tommy.  But "Mexico" paid no  heed to these remarks.  He was staring at

the speaker with the look  of a man wholly bewildered. 

"And the other reason is," continued, the doctor, "that I have  something which I think it fair to tell you men.

Like a lot of  you,  I have carried a name that is not my own."  Here significant  looks  were gravely exchanged.

"They gave it to me by mistake when  I reached  the Pass.  I didn't care much at that time about names or

anything  else, so I let it go.  There are times in a fellow's life  when he's  not unwilling to forget his name.  My

name is Boyle."  And then, in  sentences simple, cleancut, and terse, he told of his  boyhood days,  the Old

Mill, the two boys growing up together, their  love for and  their loyalty to each other, their struggles and their

success.  Then  came a pause.  The speaker had obviously come to a  difficult spot in  his story.  The men waited

in earnest, grave, and  deeply moved  expectation.  "At that time a great calamity came to  meno matter

whatand it threw me clear off my balance.  I lost  my head and lost  my nerve, and just then" again the

speaker  paused, as if to gather  strength to continue"and just then my  brother did me a wrong.  Not  being in

a condition to judge fairly,  I magnified the wrong a  thousandfold and I tried to tear my  brother out of my

heart.  I could  not and I would not forgive him,  and I couldn't cease to love him.  I  lived a life of misery,

misery  so great that it drove me from  everything in earth that I held  dear, and for three years I went  steadily

down from bad to worse.  I came to the Crow's Nest a year and  a half ago.  My life since  then most of you

know well." 

"Bedad we do!  An' Hivin bliss ye!" burst forth Tommy Tate, who had  found the greatest difficulty in

controlling his emotions of  indignation and grief during the doctor's selfcondemnatory tale.  At  Tommy's

words a quiet thrill ran through the crowd, for few men  of  those present but held the doctor in affectionate

esteem.  The  sins of  which he was conscious and which humiliated him before them  were, in  their estimation,

but trivial. 

For a moment the speaker was thrown off his track by Tommy's  outburst, but, recovering himself, he went

on.  "It would be wrong  to  say that my life here has been all bad.  I have been able to  serve  many of you, but

my work has done far more for me than it has  for you.  But for it I should have long ago gone down out of

sight.  I confess  that it has been a hard fight for me, an awful fight, to  stay at my  work, but the day that I heard

that my brother was your  missionary  brought me the hardest fight I had had for many a day.  I wanted to get

away from the past.  For nearly four years I had  been carrying round a  heart with hell in it.  I had begun to

forget  a little, but that day  it all came back.  This week I met my  brother.  I found him dying,  almost dead, up

in the Big Horn  Valley.  That morning my heart carried  hell in it.  Today it is  like what I think heaven must

be."  As he  spoke these words a light  broke over his face, and again he stood  silent, striving to regain  control

of his voice. 

"Blanked if he don't hold the cards!" said "Mexico" in a thick  voice to "Peachy" Budd. 

"Full flush," answered "Peachy." 


The Doctor

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST 134



Top




Page No 137


"Mexico" was in the grasp of the elemental emotions of his  untutored nature.  His swarthy face was twisted

like the face of a  man in torture.  His black eyes were gleaming like two fires from  under his shaggy

eyebrows. 

"How it came about," continued the doctor, in a quiet, even tone,  "I am not going to tell.  But this I am going

to say, I know it was  God's great mercy, His great kindness it was that took the hate out  of my heart.  I forgave

my brother that dayandGod forgave me.  That's all there is to it.  It's the biggest thing that has ever  come

to me.  I have got my brother back just as when we were little  chaps  at the Old Mill."  A sudden choke caught

the speaker's voice.  The firm  lips quivered and the strong hands writhed themselves in a  mighty  effort to

master the emotions surging through his soul. 

Tommy Tate was openly sniffling and wiping his eyes.  "Peachy" Budd  was swearing audibly his emotions,

but, most of all, "Mexico's"  swarthy face betrayed the intensity of his feelings.  He had  grasped  the back of the

seat before him and was leaning toward the  speaker as  if held under an hypnotic spell. 

Again the doctor, getting his voice steady, went on.  "I have just  a word more to say.  I would like to give

credit for this that  happened to me to the One we have been reading about this  afternoon,  and I do so with all

my heart.  I came near being coward  enough and  mean enough to go away without owning this up before  you.

How He did  it, I do not pretend to know.  I'm not a preacher.  But He did it, and  that's what chiefly concerns

me.  And what He  did for me I guess He  can do for any of you.  And now I've got to  square up some things.

'Mexico'"  At the sound of his name  "Mexico" started violently and,  involuntarily, his hand went, with  a

quick motion, toward his  hip"I've taken a lot from you.  I'd  like to pay it back."  The voice  was humble,

earnest, kind. 

"Mexico," taken by surprise, shifted his tobacco to the other side  of his mouth, stood up and drawled out,

"Haow?  Me?  Pay me back?  Blanked if you do!  It was a squar' deal, wa'n't it?" 

"Yes, I played fair, 'Mexico,' but" 

"Then go to hell!"  "Mexico's" tone was not at all unfriendly, but  his vocabulary was limited, and he was

evidently deeply stirred.  "We're squar' an'an' blanked if I don't believe ye're white!  Put  it thar!"  With a

single stride "Mexico" was over the seat that  separated him from the platform and reached out his hand.  The

doctor  took it in a hard grip. 

"Look here, men," he said, when "Mexico" had resumed his seat,  "I've got to do something with this money.

I've got at least five  thousand that don't belong to me." 

"'Tain't ours," called a voice. 

"Men," continued the doctor, "I'm starting out on a new track.  I  want to straighten out the past all I can.  I can't

keep this  money.  I'd feel like a thief." 

But such an ethical code was beyond the men, and one and all  protested to each other, in tones that were quite

audible over the  hall and with anathemas of more or less terrible import, that the  money was not theirs and

that they would not touch it.  The doctor  listened for a minute or more and then, with the manner of one

closing a discussion, he said, "All right.  If you won't help me  I'll  have to find some way, myself, of

straightening this up.  This  is all  I have to say.  I'm no preacher and I'm not any better than  the rest  of you, but

I'd like to be a great deal better man than I  am, and,  with God's help, I'm going to try.  That's my religion." 

And with these words he sat down, leaving the people still staring  at him and waiting for something in the

way of closing exercises to  what must have been the most extraordinary religious service in all  their


The Doctor

XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST 135



Top




Page No 138


experience.  Softly, Margaret began to play the old hymn,  "Nearer, My God, to Thee!"  The men, accepting it

as a signal, rose  to their feet and began to sing, and with these great words of  aspiration ringing through their

hearts they passed out into the  night. 

Among the many who lingered to speak to the doctor were "Mexico,"  "Peachy," and, of course, his faithful

follower, Tommy Tate.  "Mexico"  drew him off to one corner. 

"Say, pard," he began, "you've done me up many a time before, but  blanked if yeh haven't hit me this time the

worst yet!  When you  was  talkin' about them two little chaps" here "Mexico's" hard  face began  to work and

his voice to quiver"you put the knife  right in here.  I  had a brother once," he continued in a husky  voice.  "I

wish to God  someone had choked the blank nonsense out of  me, for I done him a  wrong an' I wasn't man

enough to own up.  An'  that's what started me  in all this hell business I've been chasin'  ever since." 

The doctor took him by the arm and walked him out of the room.  "Take Miss Robertson home," he said to

Tommy as he passed. 

An hour later he appeared, pale and as nearly exhausted as his iron  nerve and muscle would allow him to be.

"I say, Margaret, this  thing  is wonderful!  There's no explaining it by any physical or  mental law  that I know."

Then, after a pause, he added, with an  odd thrill of  tenderness in his voice, "I believe we shall hear  good

things of  'Mexico' yet." 

And so they did, but that is another tale. 

XXII. THE HEART'S REST

There is no sweeter spot in all the west Highlands of Scotland than  the valley that runs back from that far

penetrating arm of the sea,  Loch Fyne, to Craigraven.  There, after a succession of wild and  gloomy glens, one

comes upon a sweet little valley, sheltered from  the east and north winds and open to the warm western sea

and to  the  long sunny days of summer.  It is a valley full of balmy airs,  fragrant with the scents of sea and

heather, and shut in from the  roar and rush of the great world, just over the ragged rim of the  craggy hills that

guard it.  A veritable heaven on earth for the  nerveracked and brainwearied, for the heartsick and soul

burdened; for it was the pleasure of the lady of Ruthven Hall, a  kindly, homely mansion house that stood at

the valley's head, to  bring hither such of her friends or her friends' friends as needed  the healing that soft airs

and sunny days, with long quiet hours  filled with love that understands, can give. 

To this spot Lady Ruthven herself had been brought, a girl fresh  from the shelter of her English home, the

bride of Sir Hector  Ruthven; and here for five happy summers they had come from the  strenuous life of

Diplomatic Service to find rest.  Here, too, came  Sir Hector, when his work was done, still a young man, to

rest  under  the yews in the little churchyard near the Hall, leaving his  lady with  her little daughter and her

infant son to administer his  vast estates.  After the first sharp grief had passed, Lady Ruthven  took up her

burden and, with patient courage, bore it for the sake  of the dead  first, and then for the sake of the living.

Round her  son, growing  into sturdy young manhood, her heart's roots wound  themselves,  striking deep into

his life, till one day he, too, was  laid beneath  the yew trees in the churchyard.  From that deep  shadow she

came  forth, bearing her cross of service to her kind, to  live a life  fragrant with the airs of Heaven, in

fellowship with  Him who, for love  of man, daily gave Himself to die. 

It was through her nephew, Alan Ruthven, artist and poet, pure of  heart and clean of life, that Jack

Charrington came to know Ruthven  Hall and its dwellers.  The young men first met in London, and  later  in

Edinburgh, where both were pursuing their professions with  a  devotion that did not forbid attention to sundry

social duties,  or  prevent them from taking long walks over the Lammermuirs on  Saturday  afternoons.  To


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 136



Top




Page No 139


Ruthven Hall, Alan was permitted to bring  his young  Canadian friend, who, he was secretly convinced, stood

sorely in need  of just such benediction as his saintly aunt could  bestow.  The day of  Jack Charrington's

coming to Ruthven Hall was  the birthday of his  better life, when he had a vision of his  profession in the light

of  that great ministry to the world's sick  and wounded and weary by Him  who came to the world "to heal."  In

another sense, too, it was for  him the beginning of days, for it  was the day on which his eyes first  fell upon

sunny, saucy Maisie  Ruthven.  Thenceforth the orbit of  Jack's life swung round Ruthven  Hall, and thus it fell

that when, on  one of his visits to the great  metropolis, he found Iola exhausted  after her season's triumphs and

forbidden to sing again for a year,  and so wellnigh heartbroken,  he bethought him of the little valley  of rest

in the far western  Highlands.  Straightway he confided to Lady  Ruthven his concern for  his copatriot and

friend, giving as much of  her story as he  thought it well that both Lady Ruthven and her  daughter should

know.  Hence, when they went north to their Highland  valley again,  they carried with them Iola, to be rested

and nursed,  and to be  healed in heart, too, if that could be.  For Lady Ruthven,  with her  eyes made keen by

grief and love, had not been long in  discovering  that, with Iola, the deeper sickness was that which no

physician's  medicine can reach. 

Through the early summer they waited for signs of returning health  to their guest, but neither the most

watchful care nor the most  tender nursing could keep the strength from gradually waning. 

"She is fretting her heart out.  That's the chief cause of this  terrible restlessness," said Alan Ruthven to his

friend, who was  visiting at the Hall. 

"Partly," replied Charrington gloomily, "but not altogether, I  fear.  This restlessness is symptomatic.  We must

have Bruce Fraser  out again.  But if we only could get track of Boyle it would  greatly  help.  She wrote

yesterday to her great friend, Miss  Robertson, who,  more than anyone, has kept in touch with him." 

"Charrington," inquired Alan hesitatingly, "would you advise that  he should be looked up?  Of course, you

credit me with being  perfectly disinterested.  I gave up my dream some time ago, you  know." 

"Oh, certainly, Ruthven, I know, but" 

"You fear I'm prejudiced.  Well, I confess I am.  I hate to think  of a girl like that having anything to do with a

man unworthy of  her,  as from what you have told me of him he must be." 

"Unworthy!" cried Jack.  "Did I ever call him unworthy?  It depends  upon what you mean.  He gambles.  He has

terrific passions; but  he's  a man through and through, and he's clean and honourable." 

"Ah," said Ruthven, drawing a deep breath, "then would to Heaven  she could find him!  For this fretting is

like a fever in her  bones." 

"At present, we can only wait for an answer to her letter." 

And so they waited, each one of the little group vying with the  other in providing interest and amusement for

the weary, restless,  fevered girl.  Often, at the first, the old impatience would break  out, mostly in her talk with

Charrington, at rare times to her  hostess, too, but at such times followed by quick penitence. 

"Dear Lady Ruthven," she said one day after one of her little  outbreaks, "I wish I were like you.  You are so

sweetly good and so  perfectly selfcontrolled.  Even I cannot wear out your patience.  You  must have been

born good and sweet." 

For a few moments Lady Ruthven was silent, her mind going back  swiftly to long gone years.  "No, dear," she

said gently; "I have  much to be thankful for.  It was a hard lesson and slowly learned,  but He was patient and


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 137



Top




Page No 140


bore long with me.  And He is still  bearing." 

"Tell me how you learned," asked Iola timidly, and then Lady  Ruthven told her life story, without tears,

without repinings,  while  Iola wondered.  That story Iola never forgot, and the  influence of it  never departed

from her.  Never were the days quite  so bad again, but  every day while she struggled to subdue her  impatience

even in  thought, she kept looking for word from across  the sea with a longing  so intense that all in the house

came to  share it with her. 

"Oh! if we only knew where to get him!" groaned Jack Charrington to  her one day, for to Jack, who was the

only link with her happy  past,  she had opened her heart.  "Why does he keep away?" he added  bitterly. 

"It is my fault, Jack," she replied.  "He is not to blame.  No one  is to blame but me.  But he will come some

day.  I feel sure he  will  come, I only hope he may be in time.  He would greatly grieve  if" 

"Hush, Iola.  Don't say it.  I can't bear to have you say it.  You  are getting better.  Why, you walked out

yesterday quite smartly." 

"Some days I am so well," she replied, unwilling to grieve him.  "I  would like him to see me first on one of

my good days.  I am sure  to  hear soon now." 

They had hardly turned to enter the house when they saw a messenger  wearing the uniform of the Telegraph

Department approaching. 

"Oh, Jack!" she cried, "there it is!" 

"Come, Iola," said Jack, almost sternly, "come in and sit down."  So saying, he brought her into the library

and made her recline  upon  the couch, in that sunny room near the window where many of  her waking  hours

were spent. 

It was Alan who took the message.  They all followed him into the  library.  "Shall I open it?" he asked, with an

anxious look at  Iola. 

"Yes," she said faintly, laying both hands upon her heart. 

Lady Ruthven came to her side.  "Iola, darling," she said, taking  both her hands in hers, "it is good to feel that

God's arms are  about  us always." 

"Yes, dear Lady Ruthven," replied the girl, regaining her  composure; "I'm learning.  I'm not afraid." 

Opening, Alan read the message, smiled, and handed it to her.  She  read the slip, handed it to Jack, closed her

eyes, and, smiling,  lay  back upon her couch.  "God is good," she whispered, as Lady  Ruthven  bent over her.

"You were right.  Teach me how to trust Him  better." 

"Are you all right, Iola?" said Jack, anxiously feeling her pulse. 

"Quite right, Jack, dear," she said. 

"Then hooray!" cried Jack, starting up.  "Let's see, 'Coming  Silurian seventh.  Barney.'" he read aloud.  "The

seventh was  yesterday.  Six days.  She'll be in on the thirteenth.  Ought to be  here by Monday at latest." 

"Saturday, Jack," said Iola, opening her eyes. 


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 138



Top




Page No 141


"Well, we'll plan for Monday.  We're not going to be disappointed.  Meantime, you're not to fret."  And he

frowned sternly down upon  her. 

"Fret?" she cried, looking up brightly.  "Never more, Jack.  I  shall never fret again in all my life.  I'm going to

build up for  these five days, every hour, every minute.  I want Barney to see me  well." 

It was a marvel to all the house how she kept her word.  Every  hour, every minute, she appeared to gain

strength.  She ate with  relish and slept like a child.  The old feverish restlessness left  her, and she laid aside

many of her invalid ways. 

"You are going down to Glasgow tomorrow, I suppose, Charrington?"  said Alan on Thursday, after the

Silurian had been reported. 

"I've just been thinking," replied Jack, with careful deliberation,  "that it would be almost better you should

go, Ruthven.  You see  you're the man of the house, and it would be easier for a stranger  to  tell him." 

"Come, Charrington," replied his friend, "you don't often play the  coward.  You've simply got to go.  But why

should you tell?" 

"Tell?  He'll see it in my face.  That last report of Bruce  Fraser's he would read in my eyes.  I see the ghastly

words yet,  'Quite hopeless.  Heart seriously involved.  Cannot be long  delayed.'  I say, old man, I suppose I

ought to go, but you've got  to come along  and make talk.  I'll simply blubber right out when I  see him.  You

know I'm awfully fond of the old boy." 

"I say, Charrington, I've got it!  Take my aunt with you." 

Jack gasped.  "By Jove!  The very thing!  It's rough on her, but  she's the saintly kind that delights to bear other

people's  burdens." 

And so it was arranged that Jack and Lady Ruthven should meet the  boat and bring Barney, with all speed, to

Ruthven Hall. 

At the Silurian's gangway Jack received his friend with  outstretched hands, crying, "Barney, old boy, we're

glad to see  you!  Here, let me present you to Lady Ruthven, at whose house Iola  is  staying."  With feverish

haste he hurried Barney through the  crowds,  bustling hither and thither about his luggage and giving  himself

not a  moment for conversation till they were seated in the  firstclass  apartment carriage that was to carry

them to  Craigraven.  But they had  hardly got settled in their places when  the conversation, in spite of  all Jack's

efforts, dropped to  silence. 

"You have bad news for me," said Barney, looking Lady Ruthven  steadily in the face.  "Has anything

happened?" 

"No, Dr. Boyle," replied Lady Ruthven, a little more quickly than  was her wont, "but" and here she

paused, shrinking from  delivering  the mortal stab, "but we are anxious about our dear  Iola." 

"Tell me the worst, Lady Ruthven," said Barney. 

"That is all.  We are very anxious.  It is her lungs chiefly and  her heart.  But she is very bright and very hopeful.

It is better  she should be kept so." 


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 139



Top




Page No 142


Barney listened with face growing grey, his eyes looking out of  their deep sockets with the piteous, mute

appeal of an animal  stricken to death.  He moistened his lips and tried to speak, but,  failing, kept his eyes

fixed on Lady Ruthven's face as if seeking  relief.  Charrington turned his head away. 

"We feel thankful for her great courage," said Lady Ruthven, in her  sweet, calm voice, "and for her peace of

mind." 

At last Barney found his voice.  "Does she suspect anything?" he  asked hoarsely. 

"I think she must, but she has said nothing.  She has been eager  all summer to get back to her hometo

youto those she loved.  She  will rejoice to see you." 

Suddenly Barney dropped his face into his hands with a low, long  moan.  Jack looked out upon the fleeting

landscape dimmed by the  tears he dared not wipe away.  A long silence followed while, drop  by  drop, Barney

drank his cup to the bitter dregs. 

"We try to think of the bright side," at length said Lady Ruthven  gently. 

Barney lifted his face from his hands, looked at her in dumb  misery. 

"There is the bright side," she continued, "the side of the  immortal hope.  We like to think of the better

country.  That is  our  real home.  There, only, are our treasures safe."  She was  giving him  time to get hold of

himself after the first deadly stab.  But Barney  made no reply except to gravely bow.  "It is, indeed, a  better

country," she added softly as if to herself, "the only place  we  immortals can call home."  Then she rose.

"Come, Jack," she  said, "I  think Dr. Boyle would like to be alone."  Before she  turned away to  another section

of the carriage, she offered him her  hand with a  grave, pitying smile. 

Barney bowed reverently over her hand.  "I am grateful to you," he  said brokenly, "believe me."  His face was

contorted with the agony  that filled his soul.  A quick rush of tears rendered her  speechless  and in silence they

turned away from him, and for the  long hour that  followed they left him with his grief. 

When they came back they found him with face grave and steady,  carrying the air of one who has fought his

fight and has not been  altogether beaten.  And with that same steady face he reached the  great door of

Ruthven Hall. 

"Jack, you will take Dr. Boyle to his room," said Lady Ruthven; "I  shall see Iola and send for him."  But just

then her daughter came  down the stairs.  "Mamma," she said in a low, quick tone, "she  wants  him at once." 

"Yes, dear, I know," replied her mother, "but it will be better  that I" 

But there was a light cry, "Barney!" and, looking up, they all saw,  standing at the head of the great staircase,

a figure slight and  frail, but radiant.  It was Iola. 

"Pardon me, Lady Ruthven," said Barney, and was off three steps at  a time. 

"Come, children."  Swiftly Lady Ruthven motioned them into the  library that opened off the hall, where they

stood gazing at each  other, awed and silent. 

"Heaven help them!" at length gasped Jack. 

"Let go my arm, Dr. Charrington," said Miss Ruthven.  "You are  hurting me." 


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 140



Top




Page No 143


"Your pardon, a thousand times.  I didn't know.  This is more than  I can well stand." 

"It will be well to leave them for a time, Dr. Charrington," said  Lady Ruthven, with a quiet dignity that

subdued all emotion and  recalled them to selfcontrol.  "You will see that Dr. Boyle gets  to  his room?" 

"I shall go up with you, Lady Ruthven, a little later," replied  Jack.  "Yes, I confess," he continued, answering

Miss Ruthven's  look,  "I am a coward.  I am afraid to see him.  He takes things  tremendously.  He was quite

mad about her years ago, fiercely mad  about her, and when the break came it almost ruined him.  How he  will

stand this, I don't know, but I am afraid to see him." 

"This will be a terrible strain for her, Lady Ruthven," said Alan.  "It should not be prolonged, do you think?" 

"It is well that they should be alone for a time," she replied, her  own experience making her wise in the ways

of the breaking heart. 

When with that quick rush Barney reached the head of the stairs  Iola moved toward him with arms upraised.

"Barney!  Barney!  Have  you come to me at last?" she cried. 

A single, searching glance into her face told him the dread truth.  He took her gently into his arms and,

restraining his passionate  longing to crush her to him, lifted her and held her carefully,  tenderly, gazing into

her glowing, glorious eyes the while.  "Where?"  he murmured. 

"This door, Barney." 

He entered the little boudoir off her bedroom and laid her upon a  couch he found there.  Then, without a word,

he put his cheek close  to hers upon the pillow, murmuring over and over, "IolaIolamy  lovemy love!" 

"Why, Barney," she cried, with a little happy laugh, "don't tremble  so.  Let me look at you.  See, you silly boy,

I am quite strong and  calm.  Look at me, Barney," she pleaded, "I am hungry to look at  your  face.  I've only

seen it in my dreams for so long."  She  raised  herself on her arm and lifted his face from the pillow.  "Now let

me  sit up.  I shall never see enough of you.  Never!  Never!  Oh, how  wicked and how foolish I was!" 

"It was I who was wicked," said Barney bitterly, "wicked and  selfish and cruel to you and to others." 

"Hush!"  She laid her hand on his lips.  "Sit here beside me.  Now,  Barney, don't spoil this one hour.  Not one

word of the past.  You  were a little hard, you know, dear, but you were right, and I knew  you were right.  I was

wrong.  But I thought there would be more in  that other life.  Even at its best it was spoiled.  I wanted you.  The

great 'Lohengrin' night when they brought me out so many  times" 

"I was there," interrupted Barney, his voice still full of bitter  pain. 

"I know.  I saw you.  Oh! wasn't that a night?  Didn't I sing?  It  was for you, Barney.  My soul, my heart, my

body, went all into  Ortrud that night." 

"It was a great, a truly great thing, Iola." 

"Yes," said Iola, with a proud little laugh, "I think the dear old  Spectator was right when it said it was a truly

great performance,  but I waited for you, and waited and waited, and when you didn't  come  I found that all the

rest was nothing to me without you.  Oh,  how I  wanted you, Barney, thenand ever since!" 

"If I had only known!" groaned Barney. 


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 141



Top




Page No 144


"Now, Barney, we are not to go back.  We are to take all the joy  out of this hour.  Promise me, Barney, you

will not blame yourself  now or everpromise me, promise me!" she cried, eagerly insistent. 

"But I do, Iola." 

"Oh, Barney! promise me this, we will look forward, not back, will  you, Barney?"  The pleading in her voice

swept away all feeling but  the desire to gratify her. 

"I promise you, Iola, and I keep my word." 

"Yes, you do, Barney.  Oh, thank you, darling."  She wreathed her  arms about his neck and laid her head upon

his breast.  "Oh!" she  said with a deep sigh, "I shall rest nowrestrest.  That's what  I've been longing for.  I

could not rest, Barney." 

Barney shuddered.  Only too well he knew the meaning of that  fateful restlessness, but he only held her closer

to him, his heart  filled with a fierce refusal of his lot. 

"There is no one like you, Barney, after all," she murmured,  nestling down with a delicious sigh of content.

"You are so  strong.  You will make me strong, I know.  I feel stronger already,  stronger  than for months." 

Again Barney shuddered at that cruel deception, so characteristic  of the treacherous disease. 

"Why don't you speak to me, Barney?  You haven't said a word except  just 'Iola, Iola, Iola.'  Haven't you

anything else to say, sir?  After your long silence you might"  She raised her head and  looked  into his eyes

with her old saucy smile. 

"There is nothing to say, Iola.  What need to speak when I can hold  you like this?  But you must not talk too

much." 

"Tell me something about yourself," she cried.  "What?  Where?  How?  Why?  No, not why.  I don't want that,

but all the rest." 

"It is hardly worth while, Iola," he replied, "and it would take a  long time." 

"Oh, yes, think what a delicious long time.  All the time there is.  All the day and every day.  Oh, Barney! does

one want more Heaven  than this?  Tell me about Margaret andyesand Dick," she shyly  added.  "Are they

well and happy?" 

"Now, darling," said Barney, stroking her hair; "just rest there  and I'll tell you everything.  But you must not

exhaust yourself." 

"Go on then, Barney," she replied with a sigh of ineffable bliss,  nestling down again.  "Oh, lovely rest!" 

Then Barney told her of Margaret and Dick and of their last few  days together, making light of Dick's injury

and making much of the  new joy that had come to them all.  "And it was your letter that  did  it all, Iola," he

said. 

"No," she replied gently, "it was our Father's goodness.  I see  things so differently, Barney.  Lady Ruthven has

taught me.  She is  an angel from Heaven, and, oh, what she has done for me!" 

"I, too, Iola, have great things to be thankful for." 


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 142



Top




Page No 145


A tap came to the door and, in response to their invitation, Lady  Ruthven, with Jack in the background,

appeared. 

"Dinner will be served in a few minutes, Iola, and I am sure Dr.  Boyle would like to go to his room.  You can

spare him, I suppose?" 

"No, I can't spare him, but I will if you let me go down tonight  to dinner." 

"Is it wise, do you think?" said Lady Ruthven gravely.  "You must  save your strength now, you know." 

"Oh, but I am strong.  Just for tonight," she pleaded.  "I'm not  going to be an invalid tonight.  I'm going to

forget all about it.  I  am going to eat a good dinner and I'm going to sing, too.  Jack,  tell  them I can go down.

Barney, you will take me down.  You may  carry me,  if you like.  I am going, Jack," she continued with

something of her  old imperious air. 

Barney searched her face with a critical glance, holding his  fingers upon her wrist.  She was growing excited.

"Well, I think  she  might go down for a little.  What do you think, Charrington?  You know  best." 

"If she is good she might," said Jack doubtfully.  "But she must  promise to be quiet." 

"Jack, you're a dear.  You're an angel.  I'll be goodas good as I  can."  With which extremely doubtful

promise they had to content  themselves. 

At dinner none was more radiant that Iola.  Without effort or  strain her wit and gaiety bubbled over, till

Barney, watching her  in  wonder, asked himself whether in his first impression of her he  had  not been

mistaken.  As he still watched and listened his wonder  grew.  How brilliantly clever she was!  How quick her

wit!  How  exquisitely  subtle her fancy!  Her mind, glowing like a live coal,  seemed to  kindle by mere contact

the minds about her, till the  whole table,  catching her fire, scintillated with imagination's  divine flame.

Through it all Barney became conscious of a change  in her.  She was  brighter than of old, cleverer by far.  Her

conversation was that of a  highly cultured woman of the world.  But  it was not these that made  the change.

There was a new quality of  soul in her.  Patience had  wrought her perfect work.  She exhaled  that exquisite

aroma of the  spirit disciplined by pain.  She was  less of the earth, earthy.  The  airs of Heaven were breathing

about  her. 

To Barney, with his new sensitiveness to the spiritual, this change  in Iola made her inexpressibly dear.  It

seemed as if he had met  her  in a new and better country where neither had seen the other  before.  And yet it

filled him with an odd sense of loss.  It was  as if earth  were losing its claim in her, as if her earthward

affinities were  refining into the heavenly.  She was keenly  interested in the story of  Dick's work and, in spite

of his  reluctance to talk, she so managed  the conversation, that, before  he was aware, Barney was in the full

tide of the thrilling tale of  his brother's heroic service to the men  in the mountains of Western  Canada.  As

Barney waxed eloquent,  picturing the perils and  privations, the discouragements and defeats,  the toils and

triumphs  of missionary life, the lustrous eyes grew  luminous with deep inner  light, the beautiful face, its

ivory pallor  relieved by a touch of  carmine upon lip and cheek, appeared to shed a  very radiance of  glory that

drew and held the gaze of the whole  company. 

"Oh, what splendid work!" she cried.  "How good to be a man!  But  it's better," she added, with a quick glance

at Barney and a little  shy laugh, "to be a woman." 

It was the anxiety in Charrington's eyes that arrested Lady  Ruthven's attention and made her bring the dinner

somewhat abruptly  to a close. 


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 143



Top




Page No 146


"Oh, Lady Ruthven, must we go?" cried Iola, as her hostess made a  move to rise.  "What a delightful dinner

we have had!  Now you are  not going to send me away just yet.  'After dinner sit a while,'  you  know, and I

believe I feel like singing tonight." 

"My dear, my dear," said Lady Ruthven, "do you think you should  exert yourself any more?  You have had an

exciting day.  What does  your doctor say?" 

"Barney?" 

"Barney, indeed!" echoed Jack indignantly.  "Oh, the ingratitude of  the female heart!  Here for all these weeks

I have" 

"Forgive me, Jack.  I am quite sure you won't be hardhearted  enough to banish me." 

"An hour on the library couch, whence one can look upon the sea, in  an atmosphere of restful quiet, listening

to cheerful but not too  exciting conversation," said Jack gravely. 

"And music, Doctor?" inquired Iola, with mock humility. 

"Well, I'll sing a little myself," replied Jack. 

"Oh, my dear Iola," cried Miss Ruthven, "hasten to bed, I beg of  you, and save us all.  And yet, do you know,

I rather like to hear  Dr. Charrington sing.  It makes me think of our automobile tour in  the Highlands last

year," she continued with mischievous gravity. 

"Ah," said Jack, much flattered, "I don't quite" 

"Oh, the horn, you know." 

"Wretch!  Now I refuse outright to sing." 

"Really?  And after we had prepared ourselves for theah  experience." 

"How do you feel now, Iola?" said Jack, quietly placing his fingers  upon her pulse. 

"Perfectly strong, I assure you.  Listen."  And she ran up her  chromatics in a voice rich and strong and clear. 

"Well, this is most wonderful!" exclaimed Jack.  "Her pulse is  strong, even, steady.  Her respiration is normal." 

"I told you!" cried Iola triumphantly.  "Now you will let me sing  not a big song, but just that wee Scotch

thing I learned from old  Jennie.  Barney's mother used to sing it." 

"My dear Iola," entreated Lady Ruthven, "do you think you should  venture?  Do you think she should, Dr.

Boyle?" 

"Don't ask me," said Barney.  "I should forbid it were it anyone  else." 

"But it isn't anyone else," persisted Iola, "and my doctor says  yes.  I'll only hum, Jack." 

"Well, one only.  And mind, no fugues, arpeggios, doublestoppings,  and such frills." 


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 144



Top




Page No 147


She took her guitar.  "I'll sing this for Barney's dear mother,"  she said.  And in a voice soft, rich and full of

melody, and with  perfect reproduction of the quaint oldfashioned cadences and  quavers, she sang the

Highland lament, "O'er the Moor." 

"O'er the moor I wander lonely,  Ochonarie, my heart is sore;  Where are all the joys I cherished?  With my

darling they have  perished,  And they will return no more. 

"I loved thee first, I loved thee only,  Ochonarie, my heart is  sore;  I loved thee from the day I met thee.

What care I though all  forget thee?  I will love thee evermore." 

And then, before anyone could utter a word of protest, she said,  "You never heard this, I think, Barney.  I'll

sing it for you."  And  in a low, soft voice, thrilling with pathetic feeling, she sang  the  quaint little song that

described so fittingly her own  experience, "My  Heart's Rest." 

"I had wandered far, and the wind was cold,  And the sharp thorns  clutched, and the day was old,  When the

Master came to close His fold  And saw that one had strayed. 

"Wild paths I fled, and the wind grew chill,  And the sharp rocks  cut, and the day waned, till  The Master's

voice searched vale and  hill:  I heard and fled afraid. 

"Dread steeps I climbed, and the wind wailed on.  And the stars  went out, and the day was gone,  Then the

Master found, laid me upon  His bosom, unafraid." 

A hush followed upon her song.  Far down the valley the moon rose  red out of the sea, the sweet night air,

breathing its fragrance of  mignonette and roses, moved the lace of the curtains at the open  window as it

passed.  A late thrush was singing its night song of  love to its mate. 

"I feel as if I could sleep now," said Iola.  "Barney, carry me."  Like a tired child she nestled down in Barney's

strong arms.  "Goodnight, dear friends, all," she said.  "What a happy evening  it  has been."  Then, with a little

cry, "Oh, Barney! hold me.  I'm  slipping," she locked her arms tight about his neck, lifting her  face  to his.

"Goodnight, Barney, my love, my own love," she  whispered, her  breath coming in gasps.  "How good you are

to me  how good to have  you.  Now kiss mequickdon't waitagain, dear  goodnight."  Her  arms

slipped down from his neck.  Her head sank  upon his breast. 

"Iola!" he cried, in a voice strident with fear and alarm, glancing  down into her face.  He carried her to the

open window.  "Oh, my  God!  My God!  She is gone!  Oh, my love, not yet! not yet!" 

But the ear was dull even to that penetrating cry of the broken  heart, and the singing voice was forever still

from words or songs  that mortal ears could hear.  In vain they tried to revive her.  The  tired lids rested upon the

lustrous eyes from which all light  had  fled.  The weary heart was quiet at last.  Gently, Barney  placed her  on

the couch, where she lay as if asleep, then, standing  upright, he  gazed round upon them with eyes full of

dumb anguish  till they  understood, and one by one they turned and left him alone  with his  dead. 

For two days Barney wandered about the valley, his spirit moving in  the midst of a solemn and mysterious

peace.  The light of life for  him had not gone out, but had brightened into the greater glory.  Heaven had not

snatched her away.  She had brought Heaven near. 

At first he was minded to carry her back with him to the old home  and lay her in the churchyard there.  But

Lady Ruthven took him to  the spot where her dead lay. 


The Doctor

XXII. THE HEART'S REST 145



Top




Page No 148


"We should be glad that she should sleep beside our dear ones  here," she said.  "You know we love her

dearly." 

"It is a great kindness you are doing, Lady Ruthven," Barney  replied, his heart responding with glad

acceptance to the  suggestion.  "She loved this valley, and it was here she first  found rest." 

"Yes, she loves this valley," replied Lady Ruthven, refusing to  accept Barney's tense.  To her, death made no

change.  "And here  she  found peace and perfect love again." 

A single line in the daily press brought a few close friends from  London to bury her.  Old Sir Walter himself

was present.  He had  taken such pride in her voice, and had learned to love his pupil as  a  daughter, and with

him stood Herr Lindau, the German impresario,  under  whose management she had made her London debut in

"Lohengrin."  There  in the sunny valley they laid her down, their faces touched  with  smiles that struggled with

their tears.  But on his face who  loved her  best of all there were no tears, only a look of wonder,  and of

gladness, and of peace. 

XXIII. THE LAST CALL

Dick was discouraged and, a rare thing with him, his face showed  his discouragement.  In the war against the

saloon and vice in its  various forms he felt that he stood almost alone. 

At the door of The Clarion office the editor, Lemuel Daggett,  hailed him.  He hesitated a moment, then

entered.  A newspaper  office  was familiar territory to him, as was also that back country  that  stretches to the

horizon from the back door of every printing  office.  The Clarion was the organ of the political Outs as The

Pioneer was  that of the Ins.  Politics in British Columbia had not  yet arrived at  that stage of development

wherein parties  differentiate themselves  from each other upon great principles.  The Ins were in and the Outs

opposed them chiefly on that ground. 

"Well," said Daggett, with an air of gentle patronage, "how did the  meeting go last night?" 

"I don't suppose you need to ask.  I saw you there.  It didn't go  at all." 

"Yes," replied Daggett, "your men are all right in their opinions,  but they never allow their opinions to

interfere with business.  I  could have told you every last man of them was scared.  There's  Matheson, couldn't

stand up against his wholesale grocer.  Religion  mustn't interfere with sales.  The saloons and 'red lights' pay

cash;  therefore, quit your nonsense and stick to business.  Hutton  sells  more drugs and perfumes to the 'red

lights' than to all the  rest of  the town and country put together.  Goring's chief won't  stand any  monkeying

with politics.  Leave things as they are.  Why,  even the  ladies decline to imperil their husbands' business." 

Dick swallowed the bitter pill without a wink.  He was down, but he  was not yet completely out.  Only too

well he knew the truth of  Daggett's review of the situation. 

"There is something in what you say," he conceded, "but" 

"Oh, come now," interrupted Daggett, "you know better than that.  This town and this country is run by the

whiskey ring.  Why,  there's  Hickey, he daren't arrest saloonkeeper or gambler, though  he hates  whiskey and

the whole outfit worse than poison.  Why  doesn't he?  The  Honourable McKenty, M. P., drops him a hint.

Hickey is told to mind  his own business and leave the saloon and  the 'red lights' alone, and  so poor Hickey is

sitting down trying  to discover what his business is  ever since.  The safe thing is to  do nothing." 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 146



Top




Page No 149


"You seem to know all about it," said Dick.  "What's the good of  your paper?  Why don't you get after these

men?" 

"My dear sir, are you an old newspaper man, and ask that?  It is  quite true that The Clarion is the champion of

liberty, the great  moulder of public opinion, the leader in all moral reform, but  unhappily, not being an

endowed institution, it is forced to  consider  advertising space.  Advertising, circulation,  subscriptions, these

are  the considerations that determine  newspaper policy." 

Dick gazed ruefully out of the window.  "It's true.  It's terribly  true," he said.  "The people don't want anything

better than they  have.  The saloon must continue to be the dominant influence here  for  a time.  But you hear

me, Daggett, a better day is coming, and  if you  want an opportunity to do, not the heroic thing only, but  the

wise  thing, jump into a campaign for reform.  Do you think  Canadians are  going to stand this long?  This is a

Christian  country, I tell you.  The Church will take a hand." 

Daggett smiled a superior smile.  "Coming?  Yes, sure, but meantime  The Pioneer spells Church with a small

c, and even the Almighty's  name with a small g." 

"I tell you, Daggett," said Dick hotly, "The Pioneer's day is past.  I see signs and I hear rumblings of a storm

that will sweep it, and  you, too, unless you change, out of existence." 

"Not at all, my dear sir.  We will be riding on that storm when it  arrives.  But the rumblings are somewhat

distant.  I, too, see  signs,  but the time is not yet.  By the way, where is your  brother?" 

"I don't see much of him.  He is up and down the line, busy with  his sick and running this library and

clubroom business." 

"Yes," replied Daggett thoughtfully, "I hear of him often.  The  railroad men and the lumbermen grovel to him.

Look here, would he  run in this constituency?" 

Dick laughed at him.  "Not he.  Why, man, he's straight.  You  couldn't buy him.  Oh, I know the game." 

Daggett was silenced for some moments. 

"Hello!" said Daggett, looking out of the window, "here is our  coming Member."  He opened the door.  "Mr.

Hull, let me introduce  you  to the Reverend Richard Boyle, preacher and moral reformer.  Mr.  BoyleMr.

Hull, the coming Member for this constituency." 

"I hope he will make a better fist of it than the present  incumbent," said Dick a little gruffly, for he had little

respect  for  either of the political parties or their representatives.  "I  must get  along.  But, Daggett, for goodness'

sake do something with  this  beastly gamblinghell business."  With this he closed the  door. 

"Good fellow, Boyle, I reckon," said Hull, "but a little  unpractical, eh?" 

"Yes," agreed Daggett, "he is somewhat visionary.  But I begin to  think he is on the right track." 

"How?  What do you mean?" 

"I mean the West is beginning to lose its wool, and it's time this  country was getting civilized.  That fool

editor of The Pioneer  thinks that because he keeps wearing buckskin pants and a cowboy  hat,  he can keep

back the wheels of time.  He hasn't brains enough  to last  him over night.  Boyle says he sees the signs of a

coming  storm.  I  believe I see them, too." 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 147



Top




Page No 150


"Signs?" inquired Hull. 

"Yes, the East is taking notice.  The big corporations are being  held responsible for their men, their health, and

their morals.  'Mexico,' too, has something up his sleeve.  He's acting queer, and  this Boyle's brother is taking a

hand, I believe." 

"The doctor, eh?  Pshaw! let him." 

"Do you know him?" 

"Not well." 

"You get next him quick.  He's the coming man in this country,  don't forget it." 

Hull grunted rather contemptuously.  He himself was a man of  considerable wealth.  He was an old timer and

cherished the old  timer's contempt for the tenderfoot. 

"All right," said Daggett, "you may sniff.  I've watched him and  I've discovered this, that what he wants to do

he does.  He's an  old  poker player.  He has cleaned out 'Mexico' half a dozen times.  He has  quit poker now,

they say, and he's got 'Mexico' going  queer." 

"What's his game?" 

"Can't make it out quite.  He has turned religious, they say.  Spoke here at a big meeting last spring, quite

dramatic, I believe.  I  wasn't there.  Offered to pay back his ungodly winnings.  Of  course,  no man would listen

to that, so he's putting libraries into  the camps  and establishing clubrooms." 

"By Jove! it's a good game.  But what do the boys, what does  'Mexico' think of it?" 

"Why, that's the strangest part of it.  He's got them going his  way.  He's a doctor, you know, has nursed a lot of

them, and they  swear by him.  He's a sign, I tell you.  So is 'Mexico.'" 

"What about 'Mexico'?" 

"Well, you know 'Mexico' has been the head centre of the saloon  outfit, divides the spoil and collects the

'rents.'  But I say he's  acting queer." 

Hull was at once on the alert.  "That's interesting.  You are sure  of your facts?  It might be all right to corral

those chaps.  The  virtue campaign is bound to come.  A little premature yet, but that  doctor fellow is to be

considered." 

But the virtue campaign did not immediately begin.  The whole  political machinery of both parties was too

completely under the  control of the saloon and "red light" influence to be easily  emancipated.  The business

interests of the little towns along the  line were so largely dependent upon the support of the saloon and  the

patronage of vice that few had the courage to openly espouse  and  seriously champion a campaign for reform.

And while many,  perhaps the  majority, of the men employed in the railroad and in  the lumber camps,  though

they were subject to periodic lapses from  the path of sobriety  and virtue, were really opposed to the saloon

and its allies, yet they  lacked leadership and were, therefore,  unreliable.  It was at this  point that the machine

in each party  began to cherish a nervous  apprehension in regard to the influence  of Dr. Boyle.  Bitter enemies

though they were, they united their  forces in an endeavour to have the  doctor removed.  The wires  ordinarily

effective were pulled with  considerable success, when  the manipulators met with an unexpected  obstacle in


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 148



Top




Page No 151


General Manager  Fahey.  Upon him the full force of the  combined influences  available was turned, but to no

purpose.  He was  too good a railway  manager to be willing to lose the services of a man  "who knew his  work

and did it right, a man who couldn't be bullied or  blocked,  and a man, bedad, who could play a good game of

poker." 

"He stays while I stay," was Fahey's last word in reply to an  influential director, labouring in the interests of

the party  machine. 

Failing with Fahey, the allied forces tried another line of attack.  "Mexico" and the organization of which he

was the head were  instructed to "run him out."  Receiving his orders, "Mexico" called  his agents together and

invited their opinions.  A sharp cleavage  immediately developed, one party led by "Peachy" being strongly in

favour of obeying the orders, the other party, leaderless and  scattering, strongly opposed.  Discussion waxed

bitter.  "Mexico"  sat  silent, watchful, impassive.  At length, "Peachy," in full  swing of an  impassioned and

sulphurous denunciation of the doctor,  his person and  his ways, was called abruptly to order by a  peremptory

word from his  chief. 

"Shut up your fool head, 'Peachy.'  To hear you talk you'd think  you'd do something." 

A grim laugh at "Peachy's" expense went round the company. 

"Do somethin'?" snarled "Peachy," stung to fury, "I'll do somethin'  one of these days.  I've stood you all I

want." 

"Peachy's" oaths were crude in comparison with "Mexico's," but his  fury lent them force.  "Mexico" turned his

baleful, gleaming eyes  upon him. 

"Do something?  Meaning?" 

"Never mind," growled "Peachy." 

"Git!"  "Mexico" pointed a long finger to the door.  It was a word  of doom, and they all knew it, for it meant

not simply dismissal  from  that meeting, but banishment from the company of which  "Mexico" was  head, and

that meant banishment from the line of the  Crow's Nest Pass.  "Peachy" was startled. 

"You needn't be so blanked swift," he growled apologetically.  "I  didn't mean for to" 

"You git!" repeated "Mexico," turning the pointing finger from the  door to the face of the startled wretch. 

With a fierce oath "Peachy" reached for his gun, but hesitated to  draw.  "Mexico" moved not a line of his face,

not a muscle of his  body, except that his head went a little back and the heavy eyelids  fell somewhat over the

piercing black eyes. 

"You dog!" he ground out through his clenched teeth, "you know you  can't bring out your gun.  I know you.

You poor cur!  You thought  you'd sell me up to the other side!  I know your scheme!  Now git,  and quick!" 

The command came sharp like a snap of an animal's teeth, while  "Mexico's" hand dropped swiftly to his side.

Instantly "Peachy"  rose  and backed slowly toward the door, his face wearing the grin  of a  savage beast.  At

the door he paused. 

"'Mexico,'" he said, "is this the last between you and me?" 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 149



Top




Page No 152


"Mexico" kept his gleaming eyes fastened upon the face of the man  backing out of the door. 

"Git out, you cur!" he said, with contemptuous deliberation. 

"Take that, then." 

Like a flash, "Mexico" threw himself to one side.  Two shots rang  out as one.  A slight smile curled "Mexico's"

lip. 

"Got him that time, I reckon." 

"Hurt, 'Mexico'?" anxiously inquired his friends. 

"Naw.  He ain't got the nerve to shoot straight."  The bartender  and some others came running in with anxious

faces.  "Never mind,  boys," said "Mexico."  "'Peachy' was foolin' with his gun; it went  off and hurt him some." 

"Say, there's blood here!" said the bartender.  "He's been bleedin'  bad." 

"Guess he's more scared than hurt.  Now let's git to business." 

The bartender and his friends took the hint and retired. 

"Now, boys, listen to me," said "Mexico" impressively, leaning over  the table.  "Right here I want to say that

the doctor is a friend  of  mine, and the man that touches him touches me."  There was an  ominous  silence. 

"Just as you say, 'Mexico,'" said one of the men, "but I see the  finish of our game in these parts.  The doctor's

got the boys a  goin' and you know he ain't the kind that quits." 

"You're right an' you're wrong.  The Doc ain't the whole Government  of this country yet.  His game's the

winnin' game.  Any fool can  see  that.  But we hold most of the trumps just now.  So for the  present we  stay." 

As the meeting broke up, "Mexico's" friends warned him against  "Peachy." 

"Pshaw! 'Peachy'!" said "Mexico" contemptuously.  "He couldn't hold  his gun steady at me." 

"He's all right behind a tree, though, an' there's lots of 'em  round." 

But "Mexico "only spat out his contempt for anything that "Peachy"  could do, and went calmly on his way,

"keeping the boys in line."  But  he began to be painfully conscious of an undercurrent of  feeling over  which

he could exercise no control.  Not that there  was any lack of  readiness on the part of the boys to "line up" at

the word, but there  was no corresponding readiness in pledging  their support to the "same  old party."  There

was, on the contrary,  a very marked reserve on the  part of the men who formerly,  especially after the lining

up process  had been several times  repeated, had been distinguished for unlimited  enthusiasm for all  "Mexico"

represented.  They "lined up" still, but  beyond this they  did not go. 

The editor of The Pioneer, too, became conscious of this change in  the attitude of the men he had always

counted upon to do his  bidding  at the polls.  "It's that cursed doctor!" he exclaimed to  McKenty, the  Member

for the district.  "He's been working a deep  game.  Of course,  his brother's putting up all kinds of a fight,  but

we expect that and  we know how to handle him.  But this fellow  is different.  I tell you  I'm afraid of him." 

"Pshaw!  He hasn't got any backing," said McKenty. 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 150



Top




Page No 153


"How?" 

"Well, he hasn't got any grease, and you can't make anything go  without grease."  McKenty spoke out of

considerable experience. 

"That's all right as an ordinary thing, but the doctor has grease  of another kind.  This library and clubroom

business is catching  the  boys all round." 

"I've heard about it," said McKenty.  "I guess the Government could  take a hand in libraries and institutes and

that sort of thing,  too." 

"That's all right," replied the editor.  "Might do some good.  But  you can't beat him at that game.  It isn't his

libraries and his  clubs altogether or chiefly, it's himself and his work.  He's a  number one doctor, and night

and day he's on the road.  By Jove!  he's  everywhere.  He's got no end of stay, confound him!  I tell  you he's a

winner.  He can get a thousand men in a week to back him  for anything  he says." 

McKenty thought deeply for some moments.  "Well," he said, finally,  "something has got to be done.  We can't

afford, you and I, at this  stage to get out of the game.  What about 'Mexico'?" 

"'Mexico'!" exclaimed the editor, breaking out into profanity.  "There's the weakest spot in the whole

combination, just where it  used to be strongest.  The doctor's got him, body and soul.  Why,  'Mexico' 'd be

after him with a gun if he stayed anywhere else when  he visits town.  The best in 'Mexico's' saloon isn't quite

good  enough for the doctor.  No, sir!  He's got a line on 'Mexico,' all  right." 

"Can't you shake him loose?  There are the usual ways, you know, of  loosening up people." 

"But, my dear sir, I'm just telling you that the usual ways won't  work here.  This combination is something

quite unusual.  I believe  there's some religion in it." 

McKenty laughed loud.  It was a good joke. 

"I tell you I mean it," said the editor, testily.  "The doctor's  got it hard.  Talk about conversion!  You weren't at

that meeting  last springI waswhen he got up and preached us a sermon that  would make your hair curl."

And the editor proceeded to give a  graphic account of the meeting in question. 

"Well," said McKenty, "I guess we can't touch the doctor.  But  'Mexico,' pshaw! we can keep 'Mexico' solid.

We've got to.  He  knows  too much.  You've simply got to get after him." 

This the editor of The Pioneer proceeded to do without delay, for,  looking out through the dusty windows of

The Pioneer office, he  perceived "Mexico" sauntering down the other side of the street. 

"There he is now," he cried, going toward the door.  "Hi!  'Mexico'!"  he called, and "Mexico" came slouching

across.  "Ugly  looking  beggar, ain't he?" said the editor.  "Jaw like a bulldog.  Morning,  'Mexico'!" 

"Mornin'," grunted "Mexico," nodding first to the editor and then  to McKenty. 

"How is things, 'Mexico'?" said the editor, in his most  ingratiating  manner. 

"How?" 

"How are the boys?  Vote solid?  Election's coming on, you know." 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 151



Top




Page No 154


"Comin' on soon?" 

"Well, it looks that way, but really one can't say.  We ought to be  ready, though." 

"Can't be too soon," said "Mexico." 

"How is that?" 

"Time's agin ye.  Leather pants goin' out of fashion," with a  glance at the schapps which the editor delighted

to wear.  "People  beginnin' to go to meetin' in this country." 

"I hear you're going yourself a little, 'Mexico,'" said McKenty,  facetiously. 

"Mexico" turned his eyes slowly upon the Member. 

"Anything to say agin it?" 

"Not at all, 'Mexico,' not at all.  Good thing; but they say the  doctor's got the boys rather away from you, that

you're losing your  grip." 

"Who says?" 

"Oh, I hear it everywhere." 

"Guess it must be right, then," replied "Mexico," grimly. 

"And they say he's got a line on you, 'Mexico,' getting you right  up to the mourners' bench." 

"Do, eh?" 

"Look here, 'Mexico,'" said McKenty, dropping his bantering tone,  "you're not going to let the blank

preacherdoctor combination work  you, are you?" 

"Don't know about that." 

"You don't?" 

"No.  But I do know that there ain't any other combination kin.  I'm working for myself in this game.  If any

combination wants to  shove my way, they can jump in.  They'll quit when it don't pay to  shove, I guess.  Me

the same.  You fellers ain't any interest in  me,  I reckon." 

"Well, do you imagine the doctor has?" 

"Mexico" paused, then said thoughtfully, "Blanked if I can git on  to his game!" 

"Oh, come, 'Mexico,' you can't get on to him?  He's working you.  You don't really think he has your interest at

heart?" 

"Can't quite tell."  "Mexico" wore a vexed and thoughtful air.  "Wish I could.  If I thought so I'd" 

"What?" 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 152



Top




Page No 155


"Tie up to him tight, you bet your eternal life!"  There was a  sudden gleam from under "Mexico's" heavy

brows and a ring in his  usually drawling voice, that sufficiently attested his earnestness.  "There ain't too many

of that kind raound." 

"What do you think of that?" inquired the editor, as "Mexico"  sauntered out of the door. 

"Think?  I think there's a law against gamblers in this province  and it ought to be enforced." 

"That means war," said the editor. 

"Well, let it come.  That doctor is the whole trouble, I can see.  I'd give a thousand dollars down to see him out

of the country." 

But there was no sign that the doctor had any desire to leave the  country, and all who knew him were quite

certain that until he  should  so desire, leave he would not.  All through the winter he  went about  his work with

a devotion that taxed even his superb  physical strength  to the uttermost.  In addition to his work as  Medical

Superintendent  of the railroad he had been asked to take  oversight of the new coal  mines opening up here and

there in the  Pass, which brought him no end  of both labour and trouble.  The  managers of the mines held the

most  primitive ideas in regard to  both safety in operating a mine and  sanitation of miners' quarters.

Consequently, the doctor had to enter  upon a long campaign of  education.  It was an almost hopeless task.  The

directors were  remote from the ground and were unimpressed by the  needs so  urgently reported by their

doctor.  The managers on the  ground were  concerned chiefly with keeping down the expenses of  operation.

The  miners themselves were, as a class, too well  accustomed to the  wretched conditions under which they

lived and  worked to make any  strenuous objection. 

How to bring about a better condition of things became, with the  doctor, a constant subject of thought.  It was

also the theme of  conversation on the occasion of his monthly visits to the Kuskinook  Hospital, where it had

become an established custom for Dick and  him  to meet since his return from Scotland. 

"We'll get them to listen when we kill a few score men, not  before," grumbled Barney to Dick and Margaret. 

"It's the universal law," replied Dick.  "Some men must die for  their nation.  It's been the way from the first." 

"But, Barney, is it wise that you should worry yourself and work  yourself to death as you are doing?" said

Margaret, anxiously.  "You  know you can't stand this long.  You are not the man you were  when you  came

back." 

Barney only smiled.  "That would be no great matter," he said,  lightly.  "But there is no fear of me," he added.

"I don't pine  for  an early death, you know.  I've got a lot to live for." 

There was silence for a minute or two.  They were thinking of the  grave in the little churchyard across the sea.

Ever since Barney's  return, and as often as they met together, they allowed themselves  to  think and speak

freely of the little valley at Craigraven, so  full of  light and peace, with its grave beside the little church.  At

first  Dick and Margaret shrank from all reference to Iola, and  sought to  turn Barney's mind from thoughts so

full of pain.  But  Barney would  not have it so.  Frankly and simply he began to speak  of her, dwelling  lovingly

and tenderly upon all the details of the  last days of her  life, as he had gathered them from Lady Ruthven,  her

friend. 

"It would be easier for me not to speak of her," he had said on his  return, "but I've lost too much to risk the

loss of more.  I want  you  to talk of her, and by and by I shall find it easy." 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 153



Top




Page No 156


And this they did most loyally, and with tender solicitude for him,  till at length the habit grew, so that

whenever they came together  it  only deepened and chastened their joy in each other to keep  fresh the  memory

of her who had filled so large a place, and so  vividly, in the  life of each of them.  And this was good for them

all, but especially  for Barney.  It took the bitterness out of his  grief, and much of the  pain out of his loss.  The

memory of that  last evening with Iola, and  Lady Ruthven's story of the purifying  of her spirit, during those

last  few months, combined to throw  about her a radiance such as she had  never shed even in the most  radiant

moments of her life. 

"There is only place for gratitude," he said, one evening, to them.  "Why should I allow any mean or selfish

thought to spoil my memory  of  her or to hinder the gratitude I ought to feel, that her going  was so  free from

pain, and her last evening so full of joy?" 

It was with these feelings in his heart that he went back to the  camps to his work among the sick and

wounded in body and in heart.  And as he went in and out among the men they became conscious of a  new

spirit in him.  His touch on the knife was as sure as ever, his  nerve as steady, but while the old reserve still

held his lips from  overflowing, the words that dropped were kinder, the tone gentler,  the touch more tender.

The terrible restlessness, too, was gone  out  of his blood.  A great calm possessed him.  He was always ready

for  the ultimate demand, prepared to give of his life to the  uttermost.  To his former care for the physical

wellbeing of the  men, he added  now a concern for their mental and spiritual good,  and hence the  system of

libraries and clubrooms he had initiated  throughout the  camps and towns along the line.  It mattered not to

him that he had to  meet the open opposition of the saloon element  and the secret  hostility of those who

depended upon that element  for the success of  their political schemes.  His love of a fight  was as strong as

ever.  At first the men could not fathom his  motives, but as men do, they  silently and observantly waited for

the real motive to emerge.  As  "Mexico" said, they "couldn't get  onto his game."  And none of them  was more

completely puzzled than  was "Mexico" himself, but none more  fully acknowledged, and more  frankly yielded

to the fascination of the  new spirit and new manner  which the doctor brought to his work.  At  the same time,

however,  "Mexico" could not rid himself of a suspicion,  now and then, that  the real game was being kept

dark.  The day was to  come when  "Mexico" would cast away every vestige of suspicion and give  himself up

to the full luxury of devotion to a man, worthy to be  followed, who lived not for his own things.  But that day

was not  yet, and "Mexico" was kept in a state of uncertainty most  disturbing  to his mind and injurious to his

temper.  Day by day  reports came of  the doctor's ceaseless toil and unvarying self  sacrifice, the very

magnitude of which made it difficult for  "Mexico" to accept it as  being sincere. 

"What's his game?" he kept asking himself more savagely, as the  mystery deepened.  "What's in it for him?  Is

he after McKenty's  job?" 

One night the doctor came in from a horseback trip to a tie camp  twelve miles up the valley, wearied and

soaked with the wet snow  that  had been falling heavily all day.  "Mexico" received him with  a  wrathful

affection. 

"What theahwhat makes you go out a night like this?" "Mexico"  asked him with indignation, struggling

to check his profanity,  which  he had come to notice the doctor disliked.  "I can't get onto  you.  It's all just d,

that is, cursed foolishness!" 

"Look here, 'Mexico,' wait till I get these wet things off and I'll  tell you.  Now listen," said the doctor, when he

sat warm and dry  before "Mexico's" fire.  "I've been wanting to tell you this for  some  time."  He opened his

black bag and took out a New Testament  which now  always formed a part of his equipment, and finding the

place, read the  story of the two debtors.  "Do you remember,  'Mexico,' the talk I gave  you last spring?"

"Mexico" nodded.  That  talk he would not soon  forget.  "I had a big debt on then.  It was  forgiven me.  He did a

lot  for me that time, and since then He has  piled it up till I feel as if  I couldn't live long enough to pay  back

what I owe."  Then he told  "Mexico" in a low, reverent tone,  with shining eyes and thrilling  voice, the story of


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 154



Top




Page No 157


Iola's going.  "That's why," he said, when he  concluded his tale.  "That was a  great thing He did for her and for

me.  And then, 'Mexico,' these  poor chaps! they have so little.  Who  cares for them?  That's why I  go out on a

night like this.  And don't  you think that's good  enough?" 

Then "Mexico" turned himself loose for five minutes and let off the  sulphurous emotion that had been

collecting during the doctor's  tale.  After he had become coherent again he said with slow  emphasis: 

"You've got me, Doc.  Wipe your feet on me when you want." 

"'Mexico,'" replied the doctor, "you know I don't preach at you.  I  haven't, have I?" 

"Blanked ifthat is, no, you haven't." 

"Well, you say I can have you.  I'll take you right here.  You are  my friend."  He put out his hand, which

"Mexico" gripped and held  fast.  "But," continued the doctor, "I want to say that He wants  you  more than I do,

wants to wipe off that debt of yours, wants you  for  His friend." 

"Say, Doc," said "Mexico," drawing back a little from him, "I guess  not.  That there debt goes back for twenty

years, and it's piled  out  of sight.  It never bothers me much except when I see you and  hear you  talk.  It would

be a blankthat is, a pretty fine thing  to have it  cleaned off.  But say, Doc, your heap agin mine would be

like a  sandhill agin that mountain there." 

"The size makes no difference to Him, 'Mexico,'" said the doctor,  quietly.  "He is great enough to wipe out

anything.  I tell you,  'Mexico,' it's good to get it wiped off.  It's simply great!" 

"You're right there," said "Mexico," emphatically.  Then, as if a  sudden suspicion flashed in upon him, "Say,

you're not talkin'  religion to me, are you?  I ain't goin' to die just yet." 

"Religion?  Call it anything you like, 'Mexico.'  All I know is  I've got a good thing and I want my friend to

have it." 

When the doctor was departing next morning "Mexico" stopped him at  the door.  "I say, Doc, would you mind

letting me have that there  book of yours for a spell?" 

The doctor took it out of his bag.  "It's yours, 'Mexico,' and you  can bank on it." 

The book proved of absorbing interest to "Mexico."  He read it  openly in the saloon without any sense of

incongruity, at first,  between the book and the business he was carrying on, but not  without  very considerable

comment on the part of his customers and  friends.  And what he read became the subject of frequent

discussions with his  friend, the doctor.  The book did its work  with "Mexico," as it does  with all who give it

place, and the first  sign of its influence was an  uncomfortable feeling in "Mexico's"  mind in regard to his

business and  his habits of life.  His  discomfort became acute one pay night, after  a very successful game  of

poker in which he had relieved some half a  dozen lumbermen of  their pay.  For the first time in his life his

winnings brought him  no satisfaction.  The great law of love to his  brother troubled  him.  In vain he argued

that it was a fair deal and  that he himself  would have taken his loss without whining.  The  disturbing thoughts

would not down.  He determined that he would play  no more till he  had talked the matter over with his friend,

and he  watched  impatiently for the doctor's return.  But that week the doctor  failed to appear, and "Mexico"

grew increasingly uncertain in his  mind and in his temper.  It added to his wretchedness not a little  when the

report reached him that the doctor was confined to his bed  in the hospital at Kuskinook.  In fact, this news

plunged "Mexico"  into deepest gloom. 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 155



Top




Page No 158


"If he's took to bed," he said, "there ain't much hope, I guess,  for they'd never get him there unless he was too

far gone to fight  'em off." 

But at the Kuskinook Hospital there was no anxiety felt in regard  to the doctor's illness.  He was run down

with the fall and  winter's  work.  He had caught cold, a slight inflammation had set  up in the  bowels, and that

was all.  The inflammation had been  checked and in a  few days he would be on his feet again. 

"If we could only work a scheme to keep him in bed a month,"  groaned Dick to his nurse as they stood beside

his bed. 

"There is, unhappily, no one in authority over him," replied  Margaret, "but we'll keep him ill as long as we

can.  Dr. Cotton,"  and here she smilingly appealed to the newly appointed assistant,  "you will help, I am sure." 

"Most certainly.  Now we have him down we shall combine to keep him  there." 

"Yes, a month at the very least," cried Dick. 

But Barney laughed their plans to scorn.  In two days he promised  them he would be fit again. 

"It is the Superintendent of the Hospital against the Medical  Superintendent of the Crow's Nest Railway,"

said Dr. Cotton, "and I  think in this case I'll back the former, from what I've seen." 

"Ah," replied Margaret, "that is because you haven't known your  patient long, Doctor.  When he speaks the

word of command we simply  obey." 

And that is just what happened.  On the afternoon of the second  day, when both the doctor and Dick had gone

off to their work and  Barney had apparently fallen into a quiet sleep, the silence that  reigned over the flat was

broken by Ben Fallows coming up the stair  with a telegram in his hand. 

"It's fer the doctor," said Ben, "an' the messenger said as 'ow  'Mexico' had got shot and" 

Swiftly Margaret closed the door of the room in which Barney lay.  Ben's voice, though not loud, was of a

peculiarly penetrating  quality.  Two words had caught Barney's ear, "Mexico" and "shot." 

"Let me have the wire," he said quietly, when Margaret came in. 

"I intended to give it to you, Barney," she replied as quietly.  "You will do nothing rash, I am sure, and you

always know best." 

Barney opened the telegram and read, "'Mexico' shot.  Bullet not  found.  Wants doctor to come if possible." 

"Dr. Cotton is not in?" inquired Barney. 

"He is gone up the Big Horn." 

"We can't possibly get him tonight," replied Barney. 

Silently they looked at each other, thinking rapidly.  They each  knew that the other was ready to do the best,

no matter at what  cost. 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 156



Top




Page No 159


"Take my temperature, Margaret."  It was ninenine and onefifth.  "That's not bad," said Barney.  Margaret, I

must go.  It's for  'Mexico's' life.  Yes, and more." 

Margaret turned slightly pale.  "You know best, Barney," she said,  "but it may be your life, you know." 

"Yes," he replied gravely.  "I take that chance.  But I think I  ought to take it, don't you?"  But Margaret refused

to speak.  "What  do you think, Margaret?" he asked. 

"Oh, Barney!" she cried, with passionate protest, "why should you  give your life for him?" 

"Why?" he repeated slowly.  "There was One who gave His life for  me.  Besides," he added, after a pause,

"there's a fair chance that  I  can get through." 

She threw herself on her knees beside his bed.  "No, Barney,  there's almost no chance, you know and I know,

and I can't let you  go  now!"  The passionate love in her voice and in her eyes startled  him.  Gravely, earnestly,

his eyes searched her face and read her  heart.  Slowly the crimson rose in her cheeks and flooded the fair  face

and  neck.  She buried her face in the bed.  Gently he laid his  hand upon  her head, stroking the golden hair.  For

some moments  they remained  thus, silent.  Then, refusing to accept the confession  of her word and  look and

act, he said, in a voice grave and kind  and tender, "You  expect me to do right, Margaret." 

A shudder ran through the kneeling girl.  Once more the cup of  renunciation was being pressed to her lips.  To

the last drop she  drained it, then raised her head.  She was pale but calm.  The  bright  blue eyes looked into his

bravely while she answered simply,  "You will  do what is right, Barney." 

Just as he was about to start on his journey another wire came in.  "Didn't know you were so ill.  Don't you

come.  I'm all right.  'Mexico.'"  A rumour of the serious nature of the doctor's illness  had evidently reached

"Mexico," and he would not have his friend  risk  his life for him.  A fierce storm was raging.  The out train  was

hours  late, but a light engine ran up from the Crossing and  brought the  doctor down. 

When he entered the sick man's room "Mexico" glanced into his face.  "Good Lord, Doctor!" he cried, "you

shouldn't have come!  You're  worse than me!" 

"All right, 'Mexico,'" replied the doctor cheerfully.  "I had to  come, you know.  We can't go back on our

friends." 

"Mexico" kept his eyes fastened on the doctor's face.  His lips  began to tremble.  He put out his hand and

clutched the doctor's  hard.  "I know now," he said hoarsely, "why He let 'em kill Him." 

"Why?" 

"Couldn't go back on His friends, eh?" 

"You've got it, 'Mexico,' old man.  Pretty good, eh?" 

"You bet!  Now, Doc, get through quick and get to bed." 

The bullet was found in the lung and safely extracted.  It was a  nasty wound and dangerous, but in half an

hour "Mexico" was resting  quietly.  Then the doctor lay down on a couch near by and tossed  till  morning,

conscious of a return of the pain and fever.  The  symptoms he  well knew indicated a very serious condition.

When  "Mexico" woke the  doctor examined him carefully. 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 157



Top




Page No 160


"You're fine, 'Mexico.'  You'll be all right in a week or two.  Keep quiet and obey orders." 

"Mexico's" hand grasped him.  "Doc," he said anxiously, "you look  awful bad.  Can't you get to bed quick?

You're going to be  terrible  sick." 

"I'm afraid I'm going to be pretty bad, 'Mexico,' but I'm glad I  came.  I couldn't have stayed away, could I?

Remember that,  'Mexico.'  I'm glad I came." 

"Mexico's" fierce black eyes softened.  "Doc, I'm sorry and I'm  glad.  I had a lot of things to ask, but I don't

need to.  I know  now.  And I want to tell you, I've quit all that business, cut it  right out."  He waved his hand

toward the bar. 

"'Mexico,'" said Barney earnestly, "that's great!  That's the best  news I've had all summer.  Now I must get

back quick."  He took the  gambler's hand in his.  "Goodbye, 'Mexico.'"  His voice was  earnest,  almost solemn.

"You've done me a lot of good.  Goodbye,  old boy.  Play the game.  He'll never go back on a friend." 

"Mexico" reached out and held him with both hands.  "Git out," he  said to the attendant.  "Doc," his voice

dropped to a hoarse  whisper  as he drew the doctor down to him, "there ain't nobody  here, is  there?" he asked,

with a glance round the room. 

"No, 'Mexico,' no one." 

"Doc," he began again, his strong frame shaking, "I can't say it.  It's all in here till it hurts.  You'reyou're like

Him, I think.  You make me think o' Him." 

Barney dropped quickly on his knees beside the bed, threw his arms  about his friend, and held him for a few

moments in a tight  embrace.  "God bless you, 'Mexico,' for that word," he said.  "Goodbye, my  friend." 

They held each other fast for a moment or two, looking into each  other's eyes as if taking a last farewell.

Then Barney took his  journey through the storm, which was still raging, his fever  mounting  higher with every

moment, back to the hospital, where  Margaret  received him with a brave welcoming smile. 

"Dr. Cotton has returned," she announced.  "And Dr. Neeley of  Nelson is here, Barney." 

He gave her a look of understanding.  He knew well what she meant.  "That was right, Margaret.  And Dick?" 

"Dick will be here this afternoon." 

"You think of everything, Margaret dear, and everybody except  yourself," said Barney, as he made his way

painfully up the stairs. 

"Let me help you, Barney," she said, putting her arms about him.  "You're the one who will not think of

yourself." 

"We've all been learning from you, Margaret.  And it is the best  lesson, after all." 

The consultation left no manner of doubt as to the nature of the  trouble and the treatment necessary.  It was

appendicitis, and it  demanded immediate operation. 

"We can wait till my brother comes, can't we, Doctor?" Barney  asked, a little anxiously.  "An hour can't make

much difference  now,  you know." 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 158



Top




Page No 161


"Why, certainly we shall wait," cried the doctor. 

Twenty miles through the storm came Dick, in answer to Margaret's  urgent message, to find his brother

dangerously ill and preparing  for  a serious operation.  The meeting of the brothers was without  demonstration

of emotion.  Each for the sake of the other held  himself firmly in hand.  The issues were so grave that there

was no  room for any expenditure of strength and indulging in the luxury of  grief.  Quietly, Barney gave his

brother the few directions  necessary  to the disposal of his personal effects. 

"Of course, Dick, I expect to get through all right," he said, with  cheerful courage. 

"Of course," answered Dick, quickly. 

"But it's just as well to say things now when one can think  quietly." 

"Quite right, Barney," said Dick again, his voice steady and even. 

The remaining minutes they spent in almost complete silence, except  for a message of remembrance for the

mother and the father far  away;  then the doctor came to the door. 

"Are you ready, Doctor?" said Dick, in a firm, almost cheerful  voice. 

"Yes, we're all ready." 

"A minute, Doctor, please," said Barney. 

The doctor backed out of the room, leaving the brothers alone. 

"Just a little, word, Dick." 

"Oh, Barney," cried his brother, his breast heaving in a great sob,  "I don't think I can." 

"Never mind then, old chap," replied Barney, putting out his hand  to him. 

"Wait a minute, Barney.  I will," said Dick, instantly regaining  hold of himself.  As he spoke he knelt by the

bed, took his  brother's  hand in both of his and, holding it to his face, spoke  quietly and  simply his prayer,

closing with the words, "And O, my  Father, keep my  brother safe."  "And mine," added Barney.  "Amen." 

"Now, Dick, old boy, we're all ready."  And with a smile he met the  doctor at the door. 

In an hour all was over, and the grave faces of the doctor and the  nurse told Dick all he dared not ask. 

"How long before he will be quite conscious again?" he inquired. 

"It will be an hour at least," replied the surgeon, kindly, "before  he can talk much." 

Without a word to anyone, Dick went away to his room, locked the  door upon his lonely fight and came forth

when the hour was gone,  ready to help his brother if he should chance to need help for "the  last weariness, the

final strife." 

"We must help him," he said to Margaret as they stood together  waiting till he should waken.  "We must

forget our side just now." 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 159



Top




Page No 162


But he need not have feared for her, nor for Barney.  Through the  night they watched him grow weaker,

watched not in growing gloom,  but, as it were, in an atmosphere bright with the light of hope and  warm with

strong and tender love.  At times Barney would wander in  his delirium, but a word would call him back to

them.  As the end  drew near, by Nature's kindly ministry the pain departed. 

"This is not too bad, Dick," he said.  "How much worse it might  have been.  He brought us two together

againus three," he  corrected, glancing at Margaret. 

"Yes, Barney," replied Dick, "nothing matters much beside that." 

"And then," continued his brother, "He let me do a little work for  the boys, for 'Mexico.'  Poor 'Mexico'!  But

he'll stick, I think.  Help him, Dick.  He is my friend." 

"Mine, too, Barney," said Dick; "mine forever." 

"Poor chaps, they need me.  What a chance for some man!for a  doctor, I mean!" 

"We'll get someone, Barney.  Never fear." 

"What a chance!" he murmured again, wearily, as he fell asleep. 

Day dawned clear and still.  The storm was gone, the whole world  was at peace.  The mountains and the wide

valleys lay beautiful in  their unsullied robes of purest white, and, over all, the rising  sun  cast a rosy sheen.  As

Margaret rolled up the blinds and drew  back the  curtains, letting in the glory of the morning, Barney  opened

his eyes  and turned his face toward the window, moving his  lips in a whisper. 

Bending over him his brother caught the words, "Night no more."  The great day was dawning for him.  With a

long, lingering look  upon  the mountains, he turned his eyes away from the window and let  them  rest upon his

brother's face.  "It is near now, DickI think  and  it's not hard at all.  I'd like to sleep out thereunder the

pinesbut I think motherwould liketo have me near." 

"Yes, Barney, my boy.  We'll take you home to mother."  Dick's  voice was steady and clear. 

"Margaret," said Barney.  She came and knelt where he could see  her.  An odd little smile played over his face.

"I wasn't worth  it,  Margaretbut I thank youI like to think of it nowI would  like  youto kiss me."  She

kissed him on the lips once, twice, for  a  single moment her superb courage faltering as she whispered in  his

ear, "Barney, my love! my love!" 

Again he smiled up at her.  "Margaret," he said, "take careof  Dickfor me." 

"Yes, Barney, I will."  The brave blue eyes and the clear, sweet  voice carried full conviction to his mind. 

"I know you will," he said with a sigh of content.  For a long time  he lay still, his eyes closed, his breathing

growing more rapid.  Suddenly he opened his eyes, turned himself toward his brother.  "Dick, my boy," he

cried, in a clear, strong voice, "my brothermy  brother."  He lifted up both his arms and wound them round

Dick's  neck, drew a deep breath, then another.  They waited anxiously.  Then  one more.  Again they waited,

tense and breathless, but the  eternal  silence had fallen. 

"He's gone, Margaret!" cried Dick, in a voice of piteous surprise,  lifting up a white appealing face to her.

"He's gone!  Oh! he has  left us!" 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 160



Top




Page No 163


She came quickly round to him and knelt at his side.  "We have only  each other now, Dick," she said, and

took him in her arms.  And so,  in the strength of the great love that bound them to the dead, they  found

courage to turn again and live. 

Three days later, when the road was clear again, they bore him  through the Pass, the General Manager

placing his private car at  their disposal.  It was no poor funeral.  It was rather the  triumphal  procession of a

king.  At every station stood a group of  men, silent  and sorrowstricken.  It was their friend who was being

carried past.  At Bull Crossing a longer stay was made.  The  station house and  platform and the street behind

were blocked with  men who had gathered  in from the lumber camps and from down the  line.  One of their

number  came up, bearing a large wreath of the  costliest flowers brought from  the far south, and laid it on the

bier.  The messenger stood there a  moment and then said,  hesitatingly, "The men would like to see him  again,

if you think  best." 

"Tell them to come," replied Dick, quickly, proceeding to uncover  the face.  For almost an hour they filed

past, solemn, silent for  the  most part, but many weeping as only strong men can weep.  But  as they  looked

upon the strong dead face, its serene dignity, its  proud look  of triumph subdued their sobbing, and they

passed out  awed and  somewhat comforted.  The look on that dead face forbade  pity.  They  might grieve for the

loss of their friend, but to him  the best had  come. 

By Margaret's side stood Tommy Tate, till the last.  "Ochone!" he  sobbed, "when I think of mesilf me heart is

bruck entirely, but  when  I luk at him I feel no pain at all."  It was the feeling in  the hearts  of all.  For

themselves they must weep, but not for him. 

At length, all had gone.  "Could you say a word to them, Dick?"  said Margaret.  "I think he would like it."  And

Dick, drawing a  deep  breath, went forth to them.  His words were few and simple.  "We must  not speak words

of grief today.  He was glad to help you  and he grew  to love you as his friends.  In his last hours he  thought

of you.  I  know you will not forget him.  But were he  giving me my words today,  he would not ask me to

speak of him, but  of the One who made him what  he was, Whom he loved and served with  his life.  For His

sake it was,  and for yours, that he gave himself  to you." 

As his voice ceased a commotion rose at the back of the crowd.  A  sleigh dashed up, two men got out, helping

a third, before whom the  crowd quickly made way.  It was "Mexico," pale, feeble, leaning  heavily upon his

friends.  He came up to Dick.  "May I see him?" he  asked humbly. 

"Come in," said Dick, giving him both his hands and lifting him on  to the platform, while a great sob swept

over the crowd.  They all  knew by this time that it was to save "Mexico" the doctor had given  his life.  With

heads bared they waited till "Mexico" came out  again.  As he appeared on the platform of the car with Dick's

arm  supporting  him, the men gazed at him in deathly stillness.  The  ghastly face with  its fierce, gleaming eyes

held them as with a  spell.  For a moment  "Mexico" stood leaning heavily upon Dick, but  suddenly he drew

himself  erect. 

"Boys," he said, his voice hoarse and broken, but distinctly  audible over the crowd, "he died because he

wouldn't go back on his  friend.  He gave me this."  He took from his breast the New  Testament, held it up and

carried it reverently to his lips.  "I'm  agoin' to follow that trail." 

Two thousand miles and more they carried him home to his mother,  and then to the old churchyard, where he

sleeps still, forgotten,  perhaps, even by many who had known and played with him in his  boyhood, but

remembered by the men of the mountains who had once  felt  the touch of that strong love that gave the best

and freely  for their  sakes, and for His Whom it was his pride and joy to call  Master and  Friend. 


The Doctor

XXIII. THE LAST CALL 161



Top




Page No 164


XXIV. FOR LOVE'S SAKE

Again it was June, and over all the fields Nature's ancient miracle  had been wrought.  The trees by the snake

fences stood in the full  pride of their rich leafage, casting deep shadows on the growing  grains.  As of old, the

Mill lane, with its velvet grassy banks,  ran  between snake fences, sweetscented, cool, and shaded.  Between

the  rails peeped the clover, red and white.  Over the top rail  nodded the  rich berries of the dogwood, while the

sturdy thorns  held bravely  aloft their hard green clusters waiting the sun's warm  passion.  The  singing voices

of summer were all athrob, filling  the air with great  antiphonies of praise, till this good June day  was fairly

wild with  the sheer joy of life. 

At the crest of the hill Margaret paused.  This was Barney's spot.  "I'll wait here," she said to herself, a faint

flush lighting up  the  chaste beauty of her face.  But the hot sun beat down upon her  with  his fierce rays.  "I

must get into the shade," she said,  climbed the  fence, and, on the fragrant masses of red clover, threw  herself

down  in the shade of the thorn tree.  On this spot, how  vividly the past  came to her.  How well she

remembered the  heartache of that day so  long ago.  The ache would never quite be  gone, but with it mingled

now  a sweetness that only love knows how  to distil from pity where trust  is and high esteem. 

A year had passed since she had sent Dick back alone to his work,  remaining herself to bring the lonely hearts

of the Old Mill such  help and comfort as she could.  At the parting with him, Barney's  words, "Take care of

Dick for me," had moved her to offer with shy  courage to go back with him.  But Dick was far too generous to

avail  himself of any such persuasion. 

"You must not come to me for pity," he said, bidding her goodbye. 

But throughout the year she had waited, listening to her heart and  wondering at its throbs, as from time to

time the story of Dick's  heroic service came to her ears; and now the year was done.  Last  night he had

returned.  Today he would come to her.  She would  meet  him here.  Ah, there he was now.  On the crest of the

hill he  would  turn and look toward her.  There, he had turned. 

As Dick caught sight of her he raised his voice in a shout,  "Margaret!" and came running toward her. 

She rose, and with her hands pressed hard upon her heart to quiet  the throbbing that threatened to choke her,

she stood waiting him. 

Touching a top rail, he vaulted lightly over the fence and stood  there waiting.  "Margaret!" he cried again,

with a note of anxiety  in  his voice that trembled under the intensity of his feeling. 

But still she could not move for the tumult of joy that possessed  her.  "Oh, I am so glad," she whispered to

herself.  Dick came  toward  her slowly, almost timidly, it seemed to her.  He took her  hands down  from her

breast, held her at arm's length, seeking to  read the meaning  in the blue eyes lifted so bravely to his. 

"For pity's sake, Margaret?" he asked, the note of anxiety  deepening in his voice. 

For a moment she stood pouring her heart's love into his eyes.  "Yes," she said, shyly dropping her eyes before

his ardent gaze,  "and  for love's sake, too." 

And for Dick the day's gladness grew riotous, filling his world  full from earth to heaven above. 


The Doctor

XXIV. FOR LOVE'S SAKE 162



Top





Bookmarks



1. Table of Contents, page = 3

2. The Doctor, page = 4

   3. Ralph Connor, page = 4

   4. I. THE OLD STONE MILL, page = 4

   5. II. THE DAUGHTER OF THE MANSE, page = 7

   6. III. THE RAISING, page = 12

   7. IV. THE DANCE, page = 17

   8. V. THE NEW TEACHER, page = 23

   9. VI. THE YOUNG DOCTOR, page = 28

   10. VII. THE GOOD CHEER DEPARTMENT, page = 31

   11. VIII. BEN'S GANG, page = 39

   12. IX. LOVE'S TANGLED WAYS, page = 47

   13. X. FOR A LADY'S HONOUR, page = 51

   14. XI. IOLA'S CHOICE, page = 60

   15. XII. HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE, page = 66

   16. XIII. A MAN THAT IS AN HERETIC REJECT, page = 76

   17. XIV. WHOSOEVER LOOKETH UPON A WOMAN, page = 81

   18. XV. THE SUPERINTENDENT'S METHODS, page = 86

   19. XVI. THE CHALLENGE OF DEATH, page = 93

   20. XVII. THE FIGHT WITH DEATH, page = 99

   21. XVIII. THE MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CROW'S NEST, page = 108

   22. XIX. THE LADY OF KUSKINOOK, page = 114

   23. XX. UNTIL SEVENTY TIMES SEVEN, page = 122

   24. XXI. TO WHOM HE FORGAVE MOST, page = 132

   25. XXII. THE HEART'S REST, page = 139

   26. XXIII. THE LAST CALL, page = 149

   27. XXIV. FOR LOVE'S SAKE, page = 165